FAROUDJA INC
S-1/A, 1997-10-02
HOUSEHOLD AUDIO & VIDEO EQUIPMENT
Previous: PARANET INC, RW, 1997-10-02
Next: CITYSCAPE HOME LOAN OWNER TRUST 1997-2, 8-K, 1997-10-02



<PAGE>
   
    AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON OCTOBER 2, 1997
    
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-32375
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
 
   
                                AMENDMENT NO. 2
                                   FORM S-1/A
    
 
                          REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER
 
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                            ------------------------
 
                                 FAROUDJA, INC.
 
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                              <C>                            <C>
           DELAWARE                          3651                  77-0444978
 (State or other jurisdiction    (Primary Standard Industrial   (I.R.S. Employer
              of                 Classification Code Number)     Identification
incorporation or organization)                                      Number)
</TABLE>
 
                750 PALOMAR AVENUE, SUNNYVALE, CALIFORNIA 94086
                                 (408) 735-1492
 
         (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
            area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)
 
                                MICHAEL J. MOONE
                     PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                                 FAROUDJA, INC.
                               750 PALOMAR AVENUE
                          SUNNYVALE, CALIFORNIA 94086
                                 (408) 735-1492
 
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code of
                               agent for service)
                            ------------------------
 
                                   COPIES TO:
 
          MARK A. BONENFANT                       PATRICK J. SCHULTHEIS
  Buchalter, Nemer, Fields & Younger         Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati
      a Professional Corporation                 Professional Corporation
601 South Figueroa Street, Suite 2400               650 Page Mill Road
    Los Angeles, California 90017              Palo Alto, California 94304
            (213) 891-0700                            (415) 493-9300
 
                            ------------------------
 
        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
  AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE AFTER THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES EFFECTIVE.
 
                            ------------------------
 
    If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box. / /
 
    If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. / / ______________
 
    If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. / / ______________
                            ------------------------
 
    THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT
SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION,
ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a), MAY DETERMINE.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES
EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE SECURITIES
IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
<PAGE>
   
                  SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED OCTOBER 2, 1997
    
 
   
                                     [LOGO]
 
                                3,000,000 SHARES
    
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
 
   
    All of the 3,000,000 shares of Common Stock offered hereby are being offered
by Faroudja, Inc. ("Faroudja" or the "Company"). Prior to this Offering, there
has been no public market for the Common Stock of the Company. It is currently
estimated that the initial public offering price will be between $8.00 and
$10.00 per share. See "Underwriting" for information relating to the method of
determining the initial public offering price. Application has been made to have
the Common Stock approved for quotation on the Nasdaq National Market under the
symbol "FDJA."
    
 
                              -------------------
 
        THE COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK.
                    SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING AT PAGE 6.
 
                               -----------------
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
      EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
        COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
        ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION
                   TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                UNDERWRITING
                                             PRICE TO           DISCOUNTS AND         PROCEEDS TO
                                              PUBLIC           COMMISSIONS (1)        COMPANY (2)
<S>                                     <C>                  <C>                  <C>
Per Share.............................  $                    $                    $
Total (3).............................  $                    $                    $
</TABLE>
 
(1) The Company and the Selling Stockholder have agreed to indemnify the
    Underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the
    Securities Act of 1933, as amended. See "Underwriting."
 
(2) Before deducting expenses payable by the Company, estimated at $750,000.
 
   
(3) One of the Company's stockholders has granted the Underwriters a 30-day
    option to purchase up to an additional 450,000 shares of Common Stock solely
    to cover over-allotments, if any. See "Principal and Selling Stockholders"
    and "Underwriting." If such option is exercised in full, the total Price to
    Public, Underwriting Discounts and Commissions and Proceeds to Selling
    Stockholder will be $     , $     and $     , respectively.
    
 
                              -------------------
 
   
    The Common Stock is offered by the Underwriters as stated herein, subject to
receipt and acceptance by them and subject to their right to reject any order in
whole or in part. It is expected that delivery of such shares will be made
through the offices of BancAmerica Robertson Stephens, San Francisco,
California, on or about            , 1997.
    
 
   
BANCAMERICA ROBERTSON STEPHENS   VOLPE BROWN WHELAN & COMPANY
    
 
                The date of this Prospectus is            , 1997
<PAGE>
Description of Front Cover Spread
 
1.  Heading that states "Faroudja. The quality standard for digital video
    solutions."
 
2.  Graphic presentation indicating how Faroudja current products and Faroudja
    future products are utilized from the origination and production of video
    signals to the reception and presentation of the video signal to a viewer
 
3.  Picture of a Faroudja "system"
 
4.  Picture of Faroudja board level product.
 
5.  Picture of a Faroudja integrated circuit.
 
6.  Picture of S3 trademark to represent Faroudja licensing.
 
7.  Text:
 
    "Faroudja designs, develops and markets video image enhancement products
    that significantly improve images to achieve cinema-like quality.
 
    Faroudja's technology, experience and reputation for providing sophisticated
    video processing products will enable it to address opportunities in the
    emerging Digital Television (DTV)/High Definition Television (HDTV)
    broadcast environment and in the converging Personal Computer (PC) and TV
    markets.
 
Description of Inside Front Cover
 
1.  Actual photograph of a standard television image.
 
2.  Actual photograph of same television image with Faroudja line processing,
    color decoding and detail enhancement technology.
 
3.  TEXT:
 
        Through more than 25 years of product development and technological
        advances, Faroudja and its predecessors have established a reputation
        for excellence in video signal processing and video image enhancement in
        the high end home theater, industrial and broadcast markets.
 
4.  Faroudja Picture Plus trademark.
 
5.  25 year logo.
 
CERTAIN PERSONS PARTICIPATING IN THIS OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS THAT
STABILIZE, MAINTAIN, OR OTHERWISE AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK,
INCLUDING BY ENTERING STABILIZING BIDS, EFFECTING SYNDICATE COVERING
TRANSACTIONS OR IMPOSING PENALTY BIDS. FOR A DESCRIPTION OF THESE ACTIVITIES,
SEE "UNDERWRITING."
 
IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, CERTAIN UNDERWRITERS MAY ENGAGE IN PASSIVE
MARKET MAKING TRANSACTIONS IN THE COMMON STOCK ON THE NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET IN
ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 103 OF REGULATION M. SEE "UNDERWRITING."
<PAGE>
    NO DEALER, SALES REPRESENTATIVE, OR ANY OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO
GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS IN CONNECTION WITH THIS
OFFERING OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS, AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE,
SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATION MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN
AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY OR ANY UNDERWRITER. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT
CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL, OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY, ANY
SECURITIES OTHER THAN THE REGISTERED SECURITIES TO WHICH IT RELATES OR AN OFFER
TO, OR SOLICITATION OF, ANY PERSON IN ANY JURISDICTION WHERE SUCH OFFER OR
SOLICITATION WOULD BE UNLAWFUL. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY
SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT
THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE DATE HEREOF OR
THAT THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO
THE DATE HEREOF.
 
    UNTIL            , 1997 (25 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS), ALL
DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE REGISTERED SECURITIES, WHETHER OR NOT
PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS.
THIS DELIVERY REQUIREMENT IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER
A PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD
ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
                            ------------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    PAGE
                                                                                                    -----
<S>                                                                                              <C>
Summary........................................................................................           4
Risk Factors...................................................................................           6
Use of Proceeds................................................................................          17
Dividend Policy................................................................................          17
Capitalization.................................................................................          18
Dilution.......................................................................................          19
Selected Consolidated Financial Data...........................................................          20
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations..........          22
Business.......................................................................................          31
Management.....................................................................................          44
Certain Transactions...........................................................................          55
Principal and Selling Stockholders.............................................................          58
Description of Capital Stock...................................................................          60
Shares Eligible for Future Sale................................................................          64
Underwriting...................................................................................          66
Legal Matters..................................................................................          67
Experts........................................................................................          67
Available Information..........................................................................          68
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements.....................................................         F-1
</TABLE>
    
 
                            ------------------------
 
    The Company intends to furnish its stockholders with annual reports
containing audited consolidated financial statements examined by an independent
public accounting firm and quarterly reports for the first three quarters of
each year containing interim unaudited financial information. Upon completion of
the Offering contemplated hereby, the Company will be subject to the
informational requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, and in
accordance therewith, will be filing reports and other information with the
Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
    FAROUDJA, PICTURE PLUS and PRESENTATION PLUS are trademarks of the Company.
All other trademarks or tradenames referred to in the Prospectus are the
property of their respective owners. Digital Light Processing-TM- is a trademark
of Texas Instruments Incorporated.
 
    The Company was incorporated in the State of Delaware on December 26, 1996.
The Company's principal executive offices are located at 750 Palomar Avenue,
Sunnyvale, California 94086 and its telephone number is (408) 735-1492. All
references to the "Company" shall mean Faroudja, Inc. and its predecessors and
subsidiaries, unless the context otherwise requires.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
                                    SUMMARY
 
    THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY THE MORE DETAILED
INFORMATION AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES THERETO APPEARING
ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS. PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSIDER CAREFULLY
THE INFORMATION DISCUSSED UNDER "RISK FACTORS." THIS PROSPECTUS CONTAINS
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS BASED UPON CURRENT EXPECTATIONS THAT INVOLVE RISKS
AND UNCERTAINTIES. THE COMPANY'S ACTUAL RESULTS AND THE TIMING OF CERTAIN EVENTS
COULD DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THOSE ANTICIPATED IN THESE FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS AS A RESULT OF CERTAIN FACTORS, INCLUDING THOSE SET FORTH UNDER "RISK
FACTORS" AND ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS.
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
    Faroudja designs, develops and markets a range of video image enhancement
products that significantly improve displayed images to achieve cinema-like
quality. Through more than 25 years of product development and technological
advances, the Company and its predecessors have established a reputation for
excellence in video signal processing and video image enhancement in the
high-end home theater, industrial and broadcast markets. The Company believes
that its technology, experience and reputation in these markets will enable it
to address opportunities in the emerging digital television ("DTV") and digital
high definition television ("HDTV") broadcast environment and to facilitate the
convergence of the personal computer ("PC") and the television ("TV").
 
    Video images can currently be displayed on a variety of media, including
color TVs, projection systems and PCs. Historically, there has been a
substantial difference in the quality of these various media. TV signals are
produced in accordance with the NTSC standard, which was originally developed in
the 1940s for black and white programs. This standard was last modified in the
1950s to make possible the compatible transmission of black and white and color
programs. The technical compromises required to achieve compatibility introduced
image degrading imperfections, which are increasingly visible as screen sizes
become larger. Over the last decade, consumer interest in home theaters and
large screen TVs has increased dramatically, fueled by decreasing equipment
prices and the advent of cable TV, direct broadcast satellite, laser discs, VCRs
and most recently digital video discs ("DVD").
 
    The Company's products for the TV market substantially reduce the
imperfections inherent in analog NTSC signals and dramatically improve displayed
images, giving the observer a far richer viewing experience. The Company's
technology improves picture quality by removing artifacts and noise, detecting
and compensating for motion, enhancing resolution and multiplying the number of
lines displayed on the TV screen.
 
    Faroudja intends to capitalize on its experience and core technologies to
address the problems of standards conversion and upscaling anticipated in the
emerging DTV/HDTV broadcast equipment market. The Federal Communications
Commission ("FCC") recently established standards for DTV broadcasting in the
U.S. and has targeted the eventual phase out of analog (NTSC) broadcasting by
the year 2006. Faroudja is developing products that it believes will assist
broadcasters in responding to evolving regulatory and market requirements by
allowing them to continue to use a significant portion of their current
infrastructure, thereby reducing capital costs associated with the transition
from analog to digital transmission.
 
    The Company believes that the use of the PC as an entertainment device in
the future will depend in large part on the PC's ability to display TV images.
The two media use different display formats--TV signals use an interlaced format
while PCs use a progressive scanning format. The Company's technology
significantly reduces the image imperfections caused by the
interlace/progressive conversion, which will enable the display of high quality
TV pictures on PC screens. The Company and S3 Incorporated ("S3"), a leading
supplier of advanced graphics accelerators for multimedia computer systems, are
working jointly, pursuant to a recent license agreement, to develop integrated
circuits incorporating the Company's video processing technology for use in PCs.
 
    The Company intends to establish additional relationships with companies
whose technology, products and product strategies complement those of the
Company. The Company markets its products for the TV market through a network of
home theater, industrial and commercial dealers as well as OEM customers. For
the broadcast market, the Company utilizes its direct sales force. The Company
intends to expand its international sales and marketing activities in order to
increase export sales.
 
   
    The Company began operations in 1971 through two related companies, Faroudja
Laboratories, Inc. ("FLI") and later Faroudja Research Enterprises, Inc.
("FRE"). The Company was incorporated in December 1996 under the laws of the
state of Delaware to succeed to the business of FLI and FRE.
    
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
                                  THE OFFERING
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Common Stock offered by the Company..........  3,000,000 shares
<S>                                            <C>
Common Stock outstanding after the
  Offering...................................  11,733,696 shares(1)
Use of Proceeds..............................  For general corporate purposes, including
                                               working capital and research and development.
                                               See "Use of Proceeds."
Proposed Nasdaq National Market symbol.......  FDJA
</TABLE>
    
 
                      SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
                     (in thousands, except per share data)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                         SIX MONTHS
                                                            YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                    ENDED JUNE 30,
                                             -----------------------------------------------------  --------------------
                                               1992       1993       1994       1995       1996       1996       1997
                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                          <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
  Total revenues...........................  $   3,437  $   5,684  $   8,065  $  11,954  $  13,126  $   5,590  $   7,864
  Gross profit.............................      1,298      3,557      5,067      7,739      8,329      3,523      5,578
  Operating income (loss)..................       (448)     1,206      1,859      4,006      2,115        989        767
  Net income (loss)........................  $    (393) $   1,251  $   1,929  $   4,009  $   1,511  $     808  $     534
  Net income per share.....................                                                                    $    0.05
  Shares used in per share
    calculation(2).........................                                                                        9,730
 
PRO FORMA DATA(3):
  Pro forma adjustments....................                        $    (701) $    (939) $    (192) $    (192)
  Pro forma net income.....................                            1,228      3,070      1,319        616
  Pro forma net income per share...........                        $    0.15  $    0.38  $    0.15  $    0.07
  Shares used in per share
    calculation(2).........................                            7,979      7,998      9,012      8,784
</TABLE>
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               JUNE 30, 1997
                                                                                          ------------------------
                                                                                                          AS
                                                                                           ACTUAL     ADJUSTED(4)
                                                                                          ---------  -------------
<S>                                                                                       <C>        <C>
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments.....................................  $   7,793    $  32,153
  Working capital.......................................................................     11,185       35,545
  Total assets..........................................................................     15,225       39,585
  Total long-term debt..................................................................     --           --
  Total stockholders' equity............................................................     12,923       37,283
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
   
(1) Based on shares outstanding as of June 30, 1997. Excludes (i) 1,578,349
    shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of stock options outstanding
    as of June 30, 1997, (ii) an aggregate of 864,271 shares of Common Stock
    reserved for future issuance pursuant to the Company's stock option and
    stock purchase plans, (iii) 179,601 shares of Common Stock issuable upon
    exercise of outstanding warrants and (iv) 29,240 shares of Common Stock
    issuable to S3 pursuant to certain anti-dilution rights which the Company
    granted to S3 under a Stock Purchase Agreement, assuming an Offering price
    of $9.00 per share. See "Capitalization," "Management--Stock Plans,"
    "Certain Transactions," "Description of Capital Stock" and Note 6 of Notes
    to Consolidated Financial Statements.
    
(2) See Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for an explanation
    of the basis used to calculate net income per share.
   
(3) Reflects the pro forma effect of the Company being treated as a C
    Corporation rather than an S Corporation for federal and state income tax
    purposes, effective January 1, 1994. See "Certain Transactions--Subchapter S
    Distributions."
    
   
(4) Adjusted to give effect to the sale and issuance of 3,000,000 shares of
    Common Stock offered by the Company hereby at an assumed initial public
    offering price of $9.00 per share and receipt of the estimated net proceeds
    therefrom. See "Use of Proceeds" and "Capitalization."
    
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    AN INVESTMENT IN THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OFFERED BY THIS PROSPECTUS
INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK. PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS OF THE COMMON STOCK
OFFERED HEREBY SHOULD CAREFULLY REVIEW THE FOLLOWING RISK FACTORS AS WELL AS THE
OTHER INFORMATION SET FORTH IN THIS PROSPECTUS. THIS PROSPECTUS CONTAINS
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS BASED UPON CURRENT EXPECTATIONS THAT INVOLVE RISKS
AND UNCERTAINTIES. THE COMPANY'S ACTUAL RESULTS AND THE TIMING OF CERTAIN EVENTS
COULD DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THOSE ANTICIPATED IN THESE FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS AS A RESULT OF CERTAIN FACTORS, INCLUDING THOSE SET FORTH IN THE
FOLLOWING RISK FACTORS AND ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS.
 
POTENTIAL FLUCTUATIONS IN FUTURE OPERATING RESULTS; SEASONALITY
 
   
    The Company's operating results have varied in the past and are likely to
vary significantly in the future from period to period as a result of a number
of factors, including the volume and timing of orders received during the
period, fluctuations in the amount and timing of license and royalty revenues,
the timing of new product introductions by the Company and its competitors,
demand for and market acceptance of the Company's products, product line
maturation, the impact of price competition on the Company's average selling
prices, delays encountered by the Company's strategic partners, the availability
and pricing of components for the Company's products, changes in product or
distribution channel mix, product returns or price protection charges (price
protection is currently afforded to one of the Company's customers (see
"Business--Sales and Marketing")) from customers and the unexpected loss of key
customers. Many of these factors are beyond the Company's control. For example,
in 1996, the Company experienced an unexpected decline in sales of its broadcast
products resulting from a major customer which developed internally products
previously purchased from the Company. In addition, due to the short product
life cycles that characterize the markets for the Company's products, the
Company's failure to introduce new, competitive products consistently and in a
timely manner could materially adversely affect operating results for one or
more product cycles. The Company recently entered into a license agreement with
S3 pursuant to which the Company may receive royalties and may receive quarterly
prepaid license fees to maintain exclusivity. S3 is under no obligation to
market any products or to make the payments necessary to maintain its exclusive
license rights. There can be no assurance that the Company will receive any
further payments pursuant to this agreement, and the amount of any such payments
cannot be predicted. As a result, license and royalty revenues may be higher or
lower than expected in any given quarter. S3 is a key customer of the Company, a
licensee of the Company's technology and a potential competitor of the Company.
See "--Distribution Risks; Diversification of Sales Channels," "--Dependence on
Strategic Relationships," "Business--Strategic Relationships" and "Certain
Transactions--License Agreement with S3" for further information relating to the
relationship between the Company and S3.
    
 
    Gross margins may vary from period to period as a result of a number of
factors, including the mix of products sold, new product introductions,
fluctuations in the receipt of license and royalty revenues, and the mix of
distribution channels. The Company's gross margins may also be adversely
affected by shortages in the availability of key components for the Company's
products. To maintain favorable margin levels on product sales, the Company must
introduce new products, must introduce enhanced versions of its products, and
must continue its cost reduction efforts. The Company anticipates that it will
incur lower overall gross margins in future periods as it introduces lower
margin products for consumer markets.
 
    Customers generally order on an as-needed basis and, accordingly, the
Company has historically operated with a relatively small backlog.
Notwithstanding the difficulty in forecasting future sales and the relatively
small level of backlog at any given time, the Company generally must plan
production, order components and undertake its development, sales and marketing
activities and other commitments months in advance of orders for its products.
Accordingly, any shortfall in revenues in a given quarter may adversely impact
the Company's operating results due to an inability to adjust expenses during
the quarter to offset any reduced level of revenues for the quarter.
 
    The Company currently derives a substantial portion of its total revenues
from the sale of a relatively small number of high priced products. The
Company's backlog at the beginning of a quarter typically does not include
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
all sales required to achieve the Company's sales objectives for that quarter.
Consequently, the Company's total revenues and operating results for a quarter
depend upon the Company obtaining orders for products to be shipped in the same
quarter. In addition, from time to time, a significant portion of the Company's
sales have been derived from sales of multiple products to a limited number of
customers. The volume and timing of orders received during a quarter are
difficult to forecast. As a result of the Company's typical sales cycle, a
disproportionate percentage of the Company's total revenues in any quarter may
be generated in the last month of a quarter. As a result, a shortfall in sales
in any quarter as compared to expectations may not be identifiable until the end
of the quarter. A delay in shipment near the end of a particular quarter, due,
for example, to an unanticipated shipment rescheduling, to cancellations by
customers or to unexpected manufacturing difficulties experienced by the Company
or its suppliers may cause total revenues in a particular quarter to fall
significantly below the Company's expectations and may thus materially adversely
affect the Company's operating results for such quarter. The Company's industry
is subject to a high degree of seasonality, and demand for the Company's
products has historically been highest in the third and fourth quarters of each
calendar year. As a result, sales are typically highest in these quarters and
may be lower in following quarters.
 
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH NEW MARKETS AND APPLICATIONS; MARKET ACCEPTANCE
 
    Substantially all of the Company's revenues in 1996 were derived from sales
of products that address the high-end home theater and industrial TV markets.
Certain of the Company's current products and certain of its planned future
products generally address markets that are not now and may never become
substantial commercial markets. The Company's future growth will depend, in
large part, on the Company's ability to identify new markets for its products
and to apply its video enhancement technology to evolving markets and
applications that require superior visual images. There can be no assurance that
these markets will become substantial commercial markets or that they will
evolve in such a manner that the Company's products achieve market acceptance.
For example, one of the products the Company manufactures for the TV market is
the DV1000, a DVD player. However, a significant market for DVD players has not
yet developed. The Company also intends to exploit what it believes will be the
convergence of the TV and PC markets. There can be no assurance that the TV and
PC markets will converge, that this new market will present substantial
commercial opportunities, or that the Company's products will adequately address
this market in a timely manner. The Company has experienced, and expects to
continue to experience, technological and pricing constraints that may preclude
the development of products that address emerging markets. There can be no
assurance that the Company or its original equipment manufacturer ("OEM")
customers will continue their existing product development efforts, or, if
continued, that such efforts will be successful, that markets will develop in a
timely manner, or at all, for any of the Company's or such customers' products,
or that the Company's and its customers' products will not be superseded by
other technology or products.
 
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH CHANGING TV STANDARDS
 
    The Company is developing products that are designed to conform with certain
current industry broadcast standards. However, there can be no assurance that
manufacturers will continue to follow these standards or that competing
standards will not emerge which will be preferred by manufacturers or consumers.
The acceptance of the Company's products also depends in part upon third-party
content providers developing and marketing content for end user systems, such as
video and audio playback systems, in a format compatible with the Company's
products. There can be no assurance that these or other factors beyond the
Company's control will not adversely affect the development of markets for the
Company's products.
 
    The FCC has required broadcasters to begin broadcasting digital signals in
May 1999, targeting the phase out of the current analog signals by the year
2006. There is considerable uncertainty among broadcasters and providers of
broadcast, reception and display equipment as to how DTV will be implemented, as
to how broadly and rapidly DTV will be deployed, and as to when, if ever, analog
TV will be discontinued. There can be no assurance that the market for the
Company's products will continue following the introduction of DTV or if
competing standards or technologies emerge that are preferred by manufacturers
and consumers. In addition,
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
there can be no assurance that DTV and related products will gain market
acceptance or that third-party content providers will develop and market content
for end user systems using a digital format or a format compatible with the
Company's products. There can be no assurance that such factors beyond the
Company's control will not adversely affect the development of markets for the
Company's products.
 
DEPENDENCE ON NEW PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT AND RISK OF TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE
 
    The markets for the Company's products are characterized by evolving
industry standards, rapid technological change, frequent new product
introductions and short product life cycles. The Company's future success will
depend, in large part, on its ability to continue to enhance its existing
products and to develop new products and features to meet changing customer
requirements and evolving industry standards. The Company anticipates that sales
from its line multiplier product lines will experience limited growth, or may
decline, in future periods as the Company's technology migrates to board and
chip level products. The percentage of revenues derived from sales of the
Company's line multiplier product lines was 80% and 75% during fiscal 1996 and
the six months ended June 30, 1997, respectively. The Company expects that more
than one-half of its total revenues in 1998 will be derived from license and
royalty revenues and sales of recently introduced products, as well as products
which the Company is developing. The success of new products depends on a number
of factors, including proper selection and timely introduction of planned new
products, successful and timely completion of product development, accurate
estimation of demand for new products, market acceptance of new products of the
Company and its OEM customers, the Company's ability to offer new products at
competitive prices, the availability of adequate staffing to produce and sell
such new products, and competition from products introduced by competitors.
Certain of these factors are outside the control of the Company. See "--Risks
Associated with New Markets and Applications; Market Acceptance." For example,
to date sales of the Company's DVD players have been minimal, and initial sales
of the Company's rear projection TV system are not expected until the fourth
quarter of 1997. Sales of the Company's board level products, and future license
and royalty revenues, depend in part upon the ability of the Company's OEM
customers and licensees to successfully develop and market products
incorporating the Company's products or technology. The Company's products
intended for the digital broadcast market are not expected to be field tested
until the fourth quarter of 1997 and are not expected to be available for sale
until 1998. There can be no assurance that the Company's broadcast products,
assuming timely development and satisfactory completion of field tests, will be
accepted by the broadcast market. There can be no assurance as to the amount of
royalties, if any, to be paid to the Company under the S3 agreement because S3
is under no obligation to maintain its exclusive license with the Company or to
develop products incorporating the Company's technology under the agreement.
 
    The incorporation of the Company's products into its OEM customers' product
designs often requires significant expenditures by the Company, which
expenditures may precede volume sales of the Company's products, if any, by one
year or more. The introduction of new or enhanced products also requires the
Company to manage the transition from older products in order to minimize
disruption in customer ordering patterns, to avoid excessive levels of older
product inventories and to ensure that adequate supplies of new products can be
delivered to meet customer demand.
 
    There can be no assurance that the Company will identify new product
opportunities, will successfully develop and bring to market new products, will
achieve design wins or will respond effectively to technological changes or
product announcements by others, or that the Company's new products will achieve
market acceptance. A failure in any of these areas would have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, financial condition and operating results.
 
DISTRIBUTION RISKS; DIVERSIFICATION OF SALES CHANNELS
 
    The Company sells its products domestically and internationally through
distributors and dealers, as well as to OEM customers, and the Company's success
depends on the continued efforts of its network of direct and indirect
distributors and dealers. The Company's key distribution and OEM customers are
S3, Ampro Corp. ("Ampro"), Hughes-JVC Technology Corporation ("Hughes/JVC"), NEC
Technologies, Inc. USA ("NEC"),
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
Cinema Pro Corporation dba Runco International ("Runco") and Vidikron of
America, Inc. ("Vidikron"). The loss of, or reduction in sales to, any of the
Company's key customers could have a material adverse affect on the Company's
operating results. The short life cycles of the Company's products and the
difficulty in predicting future sales increase the risk that new product
introductions, price reductions by the Company or its competitors or other
factors affecting the video imaging industry could result in significant product
returns. In addition, there can be no assurance that new product introductions
by competitors or other market factors will not require the Company to reduce
prices in a manner or at a time which has a material adverse impact upon the
Company's business, financial condition and operating results.
 
   
    An integral element of the Company's strategy is to enhance and diversify
its international and domestic distribution channels. The Company has
distribution relationships with Ampro, Hughes/JVC, NEC, Runco and Vidikron.
However, none of such distributors is obligated to purchase the Company's
products. The Company's ability to achieve revenue growth in the future will
depend in large part on its success in recruiting and training sufficient sales
personnel, distributors and resellers. Certain of the Company's existing
distributors currently distribute, or may in the future distribute, the product
lines of the Company's competitors. There can be no assurance that the Company
will be able to attract, train and retain a sufficient number of its existing or
future third-party distributors or direct sales personnel or that such
third-party distributors will recommend, or continue to recommend, the Company's
products or devote sufficient resources to market and provide the necessary
customer support for such products. All of these factors could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and operating
results.
    
 
COMPETITION
 
    The markets in which the Company competes are intensely competitive and are
characterized by rapid technological change, rapid product obsolescence and
price competition. The Company expects competition to increase in the future
from existing competitors and from other companies that may enter the Company's
existing or future markets with products or technologies which may be less
costly or provide higher performance or more desirable features than the
Company's products. The Company's existing and potential competitors include
several large domestic and international companies that have substantially
greater financial, manufacturing, technical, marketing, distribution and other
resources than the Company. In the TV market for video processors, the Company's
principal competitors are DWIN Electronics, Inc. ("DWIN"), Extron Electronics
("Extron"), NEC, Snell & Wilcox Inc. ("Snell & Wilcox"), Sony Corporation
("Sony") and Yamashita Engineering Manufacturing, Inc. ("YEM"). In the market
for broadcast products, the Company's principal competitors are Extron, Leitch,
Incorporated ("Leitch"), Matsushita Consumer Electronics Co. ("Matsushita"),
Snell & Wilcox, Sony Broadcast Products, Incorporated ("Sony Broadcast") and
Vistek Electronics, Ltd. ("Vistek").
 
    As the Company's products penetrate broader markets and as these markets
become commercial markets, the Company expects to face competition from
diversified electronic and semiconductor companies.
 
    Certain of the Company's principal competitors maintain their own
manufacturing facilities, including semiconductor foundries, and may therefore
benefit from certain capacity, cost and technical advantages. Since the Company
does not operate its own semiconductor manufacturing, assembly or test
facilities, it may not be able to reduce its costs as rapidly as companies that
operate their own facilities. The failure of the Company to introduce lower cost
versions of its products in a timely manner or to successfully manage its
manufacturing, assembly and testing relationships would have a material adverse
effect on its business, operating results and financial condition.
 
    The Company believes that its ability to compete successfully in the rapidly
evolving markets for high performance video technology depends on a number of
factors, including protection of its proprietary technology and information, the
price, quality and performance of the Company's and its competitors products,
the timing and success of new product introductions by the Company, its
customers and its competitors, the emergence of new industry standards, the
Company's ability to obtain and locate adequate foundry capacity, the number and
nature of the Company's competitors in a given market and general market and
economic
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
conditions. There can be no assurance that the Company will compete successfully
in the future with respect to these or any other competitive factors. See
"--Limited Protection of Proprietary Rights; Risk of Third Party Infringement."
 
DEPENDENCE ON STRATEGIC RELATIONSHIPS
 
    The Company expects that a significant portion of its annual revenues and
profits in the future will depend on strategic relationships. In particular,
under the license agreement with S3, the Company depends on S3 to develop and
market products incorporating the Company's technology for use in PCs.
Similarly, the Company depends on Runco and Vidikron to sell products which
incorporate the Company's technology, and a failure by these companies to make
such sales will adversely affect the Company's total revenues in the future. The
Company and Texas Instruments Incorporated ("TI") have entered into an agreement
pursuant to which TI has engaged the Company to develop improvements for the TI
Digital Light Processing-TM- based projector systems ("DLP"). TI may, but is not
required to, incorporate the results of such development in its DLPs. If TI
chooses to incorporate such improvements, it will enter into a royalty agreement
with the Company for the sale of DLPs incorporating the Company's technology.
There can be no assurance that any of the Company's strategic relationships will
result in the introduction of new products incorporating the Company's
technology or will result in substantial revenues for the Company. In the event
that the Company's strategic relationships fail to result in substantial
revenues to the Company, the Company's business, financial condition and
operating results will be materially adversely affected.
 
    The Company has licensed, and intends to continue to license, its
technologies and intellectual property to others. The Company also offers for
sale board level or chip level products developed by or for the Company, which
implement certain of the Company's technologies. The Company's licensees and OEM
customers may be larger and have greater market recognition and financial,
technological, engineering, manufacturing and distribution capabilities than the
Company. In addition, such licensees and OEM customers may use such technologies
and subsystems either alone or in combination with other technologies to develop
products which could compete with the Company's technologies and products. At
present, the Company believes that S3 and General Instrument Corporation ("GI")
are licensees which could compete with certain of the Company's technologies and
products. While the Company may sell board level or chip level products and may
receive royalties from licensees, there can be no assurance that the
technologies and products offered by such licensees and OEM customers will not
compete directly with those of the Company, have performance, cost or other
advantages over those of the Company or have an adverse impact on the sales or
other licensing activities of the Company.
 
MANAGEMENT OF GROWTH
 
    Since 1993, the Company has experienced, and expects to continue to
experience, a significant expansion in its overall level of business and
operations, including research and development, marketing, technical support and
sales and distribution. This growth has placed, and is expected to continue to
place, significant strain on the Company's management, operating and financial
resources resulting in new and increased responsibilities for management
personnel. There can be no assurance that the Company's management, personnel,
systems, procedures and controls will be adequate to support the Company's
existing and future operations. The Company's ability to effectively manage its
recent growth and any future growth will require the Company to expand its
operating, manufacturing and financial procedures and controls, to improve
coordination among different operating functions, to replace or upgrade its
management information systems and telecommunications systems, and to continue
to hire additional personnel, particularly in the areas of engineering and sales
and marketing. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to manage
these activities and implement these additional systems and controls
successfully, and any failure to do so could have a material adverse effect upon
the Company's business, financial condition and operating results.
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
RELIANCE ON INDEPENDENT FOUNDRIES AND MANUFACTURERS
 
    The Company currently relies on independent foundries to manufacture,
assemble and test all of its semiconductor components and products. The
Company's primary foundries are SGS-Thomson Microelectronics, Inc.
("SGS-Thomson"), Micro Devices Technology, Inc. ("MDT") and TEMIC North America,
Inc. ("TEMIC"). These independent foundries fabricate products for other
companies and may also manufacture products of their own design. The Company
currently purchases products from all of its foundries pursuant to individually
negotiated purchase orders. The Company does not have a long-term supply
contract with any of these foundries, and, therefore, none of them is obligated
to supply products to the Company for any specific period, in any specific
quantity or at any specified price, except as may be provided in a particular
purchase order.
 
    The Company's reliance on independent foundries involves a number of risks,
including the inability to obtain adequate capacity, unavailability of or
interruption of access to certain process technologies, reduced control over
delivery schedules, quality assurance, manufacturing yields and cost, and
potential misappropriation of the Company's intellectual property. From time to
time, the semiconductor industry has experienced severe capacity constraints,
and this pattern is expected to continue. The Company obtains foundry capacity
through forecasts that are generated in advance of expected delivery dates, and
the Company places purchase orders up to six months prior to scheduled delivery.
The Company's ability to obtain the foundry capacity necessary to meet the
demand for its products is based in part on its ability to accurately forecast
demand. If the Company fails to accurately forecast its future demand, the
Company may be unable to obtain adequate supplies of integrated circuits on a
timely basis. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to
accurately forecast the demand for its products or obtain sufficient foundry
capacity in the future. In addition, the Company's obligation to place purchase
orders in advance of delivery subjects the Company to inventory risks, including
the risk of obsolescence.
 
    While the Company has not experienced any material disruptions in supply to
date, there can be no assurance that manufacturing problems will not occur in
the future. In the event that any of the Company's foundries are unable or
unwilling to produce sufficient supplies of the Company's products in required
volumes at acceptable costs, the Company will be required to reallocate
production among its other existing foundries or to identify and qualify
acceptable alternative foundries. This qualification process could take six
months or longer, and no assurance can be given that any additional source would
become available to the Company or would be in a position to satisfy the
Company's production requirements on a timely basis. The loss of any of the
Company's foundries as a supplier, the inability of the Company in a period of
increased demand for its products to expand supply or the Company's inability to
obtain timely and adequate deliveries from its current or future suppliers could
reduce or delay shipments of the Company's products. Any of these developments
could damage relationships with the Company's current and prospective customers
and could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial
condition and operating results.
 
   
    The Company subcontracts the manufacturing of its broadcast and TV products
pursuant to individually negotiated purchase orders. Bestronics, Inc.
("Bestronics") assembles more than 80% of the Company's circuit boards and DC
Electronics, Inc. ("DC Electronics") builds all of the Company's wire and cable
harnesses. The Company does not have any long term agreements with its
subcontractors and contract manufacturers, including SGS-Thomson, MDT and TEMIC.
The Company's reliance on third-party manufacturers limits its control over
delivery schedules, quality assurance and product cost. Disruptions in the
provision of services by the Company's assemblers or other circumstances that
would require the Company to seek alternative sources of assembly could lead to
supply constraints or delays in the delivery of the Company's products. In
addition, the need for high quality assurance by the Company may increase costs
paid by the Company to third parties for manufacturing and assembly of the
Company's products. These constraints or delays could damage relationships with
current and prospective customers and could have a material adverse effect on
the Company's business, financial condition and operating results.
    
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
LIMITED PROTECTION OF PROPRIETARY RIGHTS; RISK OF THIRD PARTY INFRINGEMENT
 
   
    The Company's future success depends in part upon its ability to protect its
proprietary technology and information. The Company seeks to protect its
intellectual property rights and to limit access to its proprietary information
through a combination of patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets, and
nondisclosure and licensing arrangements, all of which afford only limited
protection. Yves Faroudja, the Company's founder and Chief Technical Officer,
personally holds or was assigned 35 U.S. and 8 foreign patents, and 7 U.S. and
22 foreign patent applications, which have been licensed to the Company, and on
which the Company depends for the enhancement of its current products and the
development of future products. Mr. Faroudja has granted the Company a
perpetual, royalty-free license to use patented and unpatented technologies
developed by him prior to January 20, 1997. See "Certain Transactions--Yves
Faroudja License Agreement." There can be no assurance that patents will issue
from any pending applications or that any claims allowed from pending
applications will be of sufficient scope or strength, or be issued in all
countries where the Company's products can be sold, to provide meaningful
protection or any commercial advantage to the Company. Also, competitors of the
Company may be able to design around the licensed patents. The laws of certain
foreign countries in which the Company's products are or may be developed,
manufactured or sold, including various countries in Asia, may not protect the
Company's products or intellectual property rights to the same extent as the
laws of the United States, and thus, may increase the likelihood of piracy of
the Company's technology and products. There can be no assurance that the steps
taken by the Company to protect its intellectual property rights will be
adequate to prevent misappropriation of its technology or that the Company's
competitors will not independently develop technologies that are substantially
equivalent or superior to the Company's technology.
    
 
    There can be no assurance that the Company's intellectual property rights,
if challenged, will be upheld as valid, will be adequate to prevent
misappropriation of its technology or will prevent the development of
competitive products. Additionally, there can be no assurance that the Company
will be able to license or obtain patents or other intellectual property
protection in the future.
 
   
    Substantially all of the intellectual property used by the Company is
licensed to the Company by Yves Faroudja. See "Certain Transactions--Yves
Faroudja License Agreement." The Company faces certain risks because the Company
is a licensee and not the owner of such intellectual property rights. Under his
agreement with the Company, Mr. Faroudja retains the non-exclusive right to
license his patents and technologies to third parties for use outside the
Company's field of use. Mr. Faroudja previously granted licenses in the
Company's field of use to approximately 20 other companies covering various
applications such as video recorders and players, color TV cameras, broadcast
encoders and video compression and decompression equipment. In the event that
preexisting licenses granted to third parties relate to the Company's field of
use, the Company would not be able to exclude such third parties from making,
using, selling, or importing devices or practicing methods, covered by such
patents or technologies. Notwithstanding the particular terms of the license
agreement with Mr. Faroudja, the Company faces the risk that he may attempt to
terminate the granted licenses and that such an attempt may be successful or
that the response to such attempt may consume substantial financial and
personnel resources. In the event the Company's resources are so consumed, such
consumption may have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
financial condition and operating results. See "Business--Proprietary Rights and
Licenses" and "Certain Transactions--Yves Faroudja License Agreement."
    
 
    The video image enhancement and related industries are characterized by
vigorous protection and pursuit of intellectual property rights or positions,
which have resulted in significant and often protracted and expensive
litigation. Although to date the Company has received no notification of alleged
infringement of other companies' intellectual property rights, the Company may
from time to time be subject to proceedings alleging infringement by the Company
of intellectual property rights owned by third parties. If necessary or
desirable, the Company may seek licenses under such intellectual property
rights. However, there can be no assurance that such licenses will be offered or
that the terms of any offered license will be acceptable to the Company. The
failure to obtain such a license from a third party for technology used by the
Company could cause the Company to incur substantial liabilities and to suspend
or cease the manufacture of products requiring such technology.
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
    The Company may initiate claims or litigation against third parties for
infringement of the Company's proprietary rights or to establish the validity of
the Company's proprietary rights. For example, in January 1997 and May 1997, the
Company filed actions against DWIN and Snell & Wilcox, respectively, seeking
relief and damages for the infringement of US Patent Number 4,876,596, which was
issued on October 24, 1989, is owned by Yves Faroudja and is licensed to the
Company. DWIN and Snell & Wilcox have raised defenses and counterclaims that the
patent is invalid and that it has not been infringed. See
"Business--Litigation."
 
    Litigation by or against the Company could result in significant expense to
the Company and could divert the efforts of the Company's technical and
management personnel, whether or not such litigation results in a favorable
determination for the Company and such diversion may have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, financial condition and operating results. In
addition, such litigation could result in the assertion of counter claims
against the Company. In the event of an adverse result in any such litigation,
the Company could be required to pay substantial damages, attorney fees, costs
and expenses, to cease infringing a third-party's intellectual property rights
(including, marketing, using, selling and importing infringing products, and
employing infringing methods or processes), to expend significant resources to
develop non-infringing technology, or to obtain licenses to the technology
allegedly infringed. There can be no assurance that the Company would be
successful in such development or that any such license would be available on
reasonable terms, or at all, and any such development or license could require
expenditures by the Company of substantial time and other resources. In the
event that any third party makes a successful intellectual property claim
against the Company or its customers, the Company's business, financial
condition and operating results could be materially adversely affected. See
"Business--Proprietary Rights and Licenses."
 
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH EXPORT SALES AND OPERATIONS
 
    For the year ended December 31, 1996, and for the six months ended June 30,
1997, export sales accounted for approximately 15.3% and 9.5%, respectively, of
the Company's total revenues. The Company intends to substantially expand its
export sales efforts. However, there can be no assurance that the Company will
be successful in increasing export sales. Export sales to international
customers entail a number of risks which include unexpected changes in, or
impositions of, legislative or regulatory requirements, delays resulting from
difficulty in obtaining export licenses for certain technology, tariffs, quotas
and other trade barriers and restrictions, longer payment cycles, greater
difficulty in accounts receivable collection, potentially adverse taxes,
currency exchange fluctuations, the burdens of complying with a variety of
foreign laws and other factors beyond the Company's control. The Company would
also be subject to general geopolitical risks in connection with international
operations, such as political, social and economic instability, potential
hostilities and changes in diplomatic and trade relationships. Although the
Company has not to date experienced any material adverse effect on its
operations as a result of such regulatory, geopolitical and other factors, there
can be no assurance that such factors will not adversely affect the Company's
operations in the future or require the Company to modify its current business
practices. In addition, the laws of certain foreign countries in which the
Company's products are or may be developed, manufactured or sold, including
various countries in Asia, may not protect the Company's products or
intellectual property rights to the same extent as do the laws of the United
States and thus make the possibility of piracy of the Company's technology and
products more likely. There can be no assurance that one or more of the
foregoing factors will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, financial condition and operating results or require the Company to
modify its current business practices. See "Business--Sales and Marketing."
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
DEPENDENCE ON SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND OTHER KEY EMPLOYEES; NEW MANAGEMENT
  PERSONNEL
 
    The Company's future success will depend to a significant extent upon the
continued service of members of senior management and other key employees of the
Company, particularly Yves Faroudja, the Company's founder and Chief Technical
Officer, and Michael Moone, the Company's President and Chief Executive Officer.
The loss of the service of any of these individuals could have a material
adverse effect on the Company. The Company does not maintain key man life
insurance on any of its employees. The Company believes that its future success
will depend to a significant extent upon its ability to attract, train and
retain highly skilled technical, management, sales, marketing and consulting
personnel. Competition for such personnel is intense, and the Company expects
that such competition will continue for the foreseeable future. The Company has
from time to time experienced difficulty in locating candidates with appropriate
qualifications. There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in
attracting or retaining such personnel, and the failure to attract or retain
such personnel could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
financial condition and operating results. See "Management--Executive Officers
and Directors."
 
    The Company has recently effected significant changes in its management team
and key employees. In particular the Company's Chief Executive Officer, its
Chief Financial Officer and its Vice President--Engineering joined the Company
in June 1996, December 1996 and May 1996, respectively. Further, the Company
hired its General Counsel and Vice President--Business Development and its Vice
President--Sales and Marketing in June 1997. The Company's headcount has grown
from 39 at December 31, 1995, to 67 at June 30, 1997. There can be no assurance
that the Company's new management team can successfully manage the Company's
rapidly evolving business, and failure to do so would have a material adverse
effect upon the Company's business, financial condition and operating results.
See "--Management of Growth."
 
NEED FOR ADDITIONAL CAPITAL TO FINANCE GROWTH AND CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS
 
    While the Company expects that the proceeds from this Offering, its existing
cash balances and the amounts, if any, generated from operations will be
sufficient to meet its cash requirements for at least the next 12 months, the
Company is operating in a rapidly changing industry. There can be no assurance
that the Company will not seek to exploit business opportunities that will
require it to raise additional capital from equity or debt sources to finance
its growth and capital requirements. In particular, the development and
marketing of new products could require a significant commitment of resources,
which could in turn require the Company to obtain additional financing earlier
than otherwise expected. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able
to raise such capital on acceptable terms, if at all. If the Company is unable
to obtain such additional capital, the Company may be required to reduce the
scope of its planned product development and marketing, which could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and
operating results. See "Use of Proceeds" and "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
 
BROAD MANAGEMENT DISCRETION OVER USE OF PROCEEDS
 
    The Company intends to use the net proceeds of the Offering for general
corporate purposes, including an increase in the Company's research and
development activities, an expansion of its internal sales, marketing and
distribution operations and an increase in working capital. A significant
portion of the net proceeds to the Company from this Offering have not been
designated for specific uses. Accordingly, management of the Company will have
broad discretion with respect to the use of these funds. See "Use of Proceeds."
 
CONTROL BY MANAGEMENT AND EXISTING STOCKHOLDERS
 
   
    Upon the consummation of this Offering, the current officers, directors and
major stockholders of the Company will own or control approximately 73.6% of the
outstanding shares of Common Stock (including outstanding options and warrants
to purchase Common Stock). Accordingly, these stockholders, if they were to act
as a group, would be able to control the Company's Board of Directors, increase
the authorized capital and
    
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
   
otherwise control the policies of the Company. The control of such stockholders
could delay or prevent a change in control of the Company, impede a merger,
consolidation, takeover or other business combination involving the Company, or
discourage a potential acquiror from making a tender offer or otherwise
attempting to obtain control of the Company. See "Management," "Principal and
Selling Stockholders" and "Description of Capital Stock."
    
 
POTENTIAL ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECTS OF CHARTER DOCUMENTS AND DELAWARE LAW
 
    The Company's Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws contain various
provisions, including a classified Board of Directors, and Delaware law contains
certain provisions that could delay or impede the removal of incumbent directors
and could make more difficult a merger, tender offer or proxy contest involving
the Company, even if such events would be beneficial to the interests of the
stockholders of the Company. Such provisions could limit the price that certain
investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of the Company's
Common Stock. In addition, the Company may issue shares of Preferred Stock
without stockholder approval on such terms as the Board of Directors may
determine. The rights of the holders of Common Stock will be subject to, and may
be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of any Preferred Stock that
may be issued in the future. Moreover, although the ability to issue Preferred
Stock may provide flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other
corporate purposes, such issuance may make it more difficult for a third party
to acquire, or may discourage a third party from acquiring, a majority of the
voting stock of the Company. The Company has no current plans to issue any
shares of Preferred Stock. The Company may in the future adopt other measures
that may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in
control of the Company. Certain of such measures may be adopted without any
further vote or action by the stockholders, although the Company has no present
plans to adopt any such measures. See "Description of Capital Stock."
 
NO PRIOR PUBLIC MARKET; POTENTIAL LIMITED TRADING MARKET; POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF
  STOCK PRICE
 
    Prior to this Offering, there has been no public market for the Company's
Common Stock and there can be no assurance that an active public market for the
Common Stock will develop or be sustained after this Offering or that the market
price of the Common Stock will not decline below the initial public offering
price. The initial price to the public for the Common Stock offered hereby will
be determined by negotiation between the Company and the Representatives.
Factors such as announcements of developments related to the Company's business,
announcements of technological innovations or new products or enhancements by
the Company or its competitors, sales of the Company's Common Stock into the
public market, developments in the Company's relationships with its customers,
distributors and suppliers, shortfalls or changes in total revenues, gross
margin, earnings or other financial results from analysts' expectations,
regulatory developments, fluctuations in results of operations and general
conditions in the Company's market or the market served by the Company's
customers or the economy could cause the price of the Company's Common Stock to
fluctuate, perhaps substantially. In addition, in recent years the stock market
in general, and the market for shares of small capitalization and technology
stocks in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations,
which have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance
of affected companies. Many technology companies have recently experienced
historic highs in the market price of their Common Stock. There can be no
assurance that the market price of the Company's Common Stock will not decline
substantially from the initial public offering price, or otherwise experience
significant fluctuations in the future, including fluctuations that are
unrelated to the Company's performance.
 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
   
    Sales of substantial amounts of Common Stock (including shares issued upon
the exercise of outstanding options) in the public market after this Offering
could materially adversely affect the market price of the Common Stock. Such
sales might also make it more difficult for the Company to sell equity
securities or equity related securities in the future at a time and price that
the Company deems appropriate. In addition to the 3,000,000 shares of Common
Stock offered hereby, as of the date of this Prospectus there will be 8,751,895
    
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
   
shares of Common Stock outstanding, all of which are "restricted" shares under
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"). Approximately
3,000,000 shares will be available for sale in the public market on the date of
this Prospectus and approximately 8,207,380 shares will be available for sale in
the public market 180 days after the date of this Prospectus upon expiration of
certain lockup agreements with the Underwriters or the Company and pursuant to
Rules 144, 144(k) or 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, subject in some
cases to certain volume and other resale restrictions pursuant to Rule 144. In
addition, the Company is required to register for re-sale 180 days after the
date of this Prospectus an aggregate of 8,200,000 shares of Common Stock. Of
these shares, 6,150,000 are held by Adelson Investors, LLC ("Adelson"), Faroudja
Images Investors, LLC and Images Partners, L.P. ("Images"). See "Certain
Transactions--1996 Financing." The Company intends to register on a registration
statement on Form S-8, within 90 days after the date of this Offering, a total
of 2,442,620 shares of Common Stock for issuance pursuant to the Company's 1995
Stock Option Plan (the "1995 Option Plan"), 1997 Performance Stock Option Plan
(the "1997 Option Plan"), 1997 Directors Stock Option Plan (the "Directors
Plan") and the 1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan ("Purchase Plan"). BancAmerica
Robertson Stephens in its sole discretion and at any time without notice can
release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreements. See
"Shares Eligible for Future Sale."
    
 
DILUTION
 
   
    Investors purchasing shares in this Offering will incur immediate and
substantial dilution in net tangible book value of $5.84 per share, based upon
an assumed initial public offering price of $9.00 per share. To the extent that
outstanding options to purchase the Company's Common Stock are exercised, there
will be further dilution to the new public investors. See "Dilution."
    
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
   
    The net proceeds to the Company from the sale of 3,000,000 shares of Common
Stock offered by the Company hereby are estimated to be approximately $24.4
million, assuming an initial public offering price of $9.00 per share and after
deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated
offering expenses payable by the Company.
    
 
   
    The Company intends to use the net proceeds of this Offering for general
corporate purposes. The Company anticipates that net proceeds will be used for
additions to working capital, an increase of research and development activities
through the hiring of additional personnel and the acquisition of test equipment
and design tools, and an expansion of the Company's internal sales, marketing
and distribution operations, with a particular emphasis on international
markets. The Company has not determined the amount of net proceeds to be applied
to each of the foregoing. The Company may also use a portion of the net proceeds
for the acquisition of technologies, businesses or products that are
complementary to those of the Company, although no such acquisitions are planned
or are being negotiated as of the date of this Prospectus, and no portion of the
net proceeds has been allocated for any specific acquisition. See "Risk
Factors--Broad Management Discretion Over Use of Proceeds" and "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources." Pending such uses, the Company
will invest the net proceeds of this Offering in short-term, interest-bearing
investment grade securities.
    
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
    The Company has never declared or paid cash dividends on its capital stock.
The Company currently expects to retain any future earnings for use in the
operation and expansion of its business and does not anticipate paying any cash
dividends in the foreseeable future. The Company's revolving credit facility
restricts the payment of dividends without the consent of the bank.
 
    From its inception through March 1996, the Company was treated for federal
income tax purposes as an S Corporation under Subchapter S of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). In connection with its status as
an S Corporation, the Company distributed a portion of its earnings to its
stockholders. As a result, the Company's earnings from its inception through
March 1996 (the "Termination Date") were for federal income tax purposes taxed
directly to the Company's stockholders, at their individual federal income tax
rate, rather than to the Company. Subsequent to the Termination Date, the
Company was no longer treated as an S Corporation and, accordingly, has been
subject to federal and state income taxes on its earnings after March 1996.
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
   
    The following table sets forth the capitalization of the Company (i) as of
June 30, 1997 and (ii) as adjusted to give effect to the sale and issuance of
3,000,000 shares of Common Stock offered by the Company at an assumed initial
public offering price of $9.00 per share (after deducting the estimated
underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses
payable by the Company). See "Use of Proceeds."
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                JUNE 30, 1997
                                                                                            ----------------------
                                                                                             ACTUAL    AS ADJUSTED
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
                                                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                         <C>        <C>
Long-term debt............................................................................  $  --       $  --
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred Stock, $.001 par value; 2,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and
    outstanding, actual and as adjusted...................................................     --          --
  Common Stock, $.001 par value; 18,000,000 shares authorized; 8,733,696 shares issued and
    outstanding actual; 11,733,696 shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted(1)..........          9          12
  Additional paid-in capital..............................................................     13,307      37,664
  Deferred compensation...................................................................       (272)       (272)
  Retained earnings (deficit).............................................................       (121)       (121)
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
    Total stockholders' equity............................................................     12,923      37,283
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
Total capitalization......................................................................  $  12,923   $  37,283
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
   
(1) Based on shares outstanding as of June 30, 1997. Excludes (i) 1,578,349
    shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of stock options outstanding
    and (ii) an aggregate of 864,271 shares of Common Stock reserved for future
    issuance pursuant to the Company's stock option and stock purchase plans,
    (iii) 179,601 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding
    warrants and (iv) 29,240 shares of Common Stock issuable to S3 pursuant to
    certain anti-dilution rights which the Company granted to S3 under a Stock
    Purchase Agreement, assuming an Offering price of $9.00 per share. See
    "Management--Stock Plans," "Certain Transactions" and Note 6 of Notes to
    Consolidated Financial Statements.
    
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
                                    DILUTION
 
   
    The net tangible book value of the Company as of June 30, 1997 was
approximately $12.7 million or $1.45 per share of Common Stock. "Net tangible
book value" per share represents the amount of total tangible assets less total
liabilities, divided by the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. After
giving effect to the receipt of the net proceeds from the sale of 3,000,000
shares of Common Stock offered by the Company hereby (after deducting the
estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering
expenses payable by the Company), the Company's net tangible book value as of
June 30, 1997 would have been approximately $37.0 million or $3.16 per share of
Common Stock. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value
of $1.71 per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $5.84
per share to new investors. The following table illustrates this per share
dilution:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                          <C>        <C>
Assumed initial public offering price......................             $    9.00
  Net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 1997....  $    1.45
  Increase attributable to new investors...................       1.71
As adjusted net tangible book value per share after
  Offering.................................................                  3.16
                                                                        ---------
Dilution to new investors..................................             $    5.84
                                                                        ---------
                                                                        ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
    The following table summarizes, on a pro forma basis as of June 30, 1997,
the difference between the number of shares of Common Stock purchased from the
Company, the total consideration paid and the average price per share paid by
existing stockholders and by new public investors purchasing shares in this
Offering (before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated
offering expenses payable by the Company).
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        SHARES PURCHASED          TOTAL CONSIDERATION        AVERAGE
                                    -------------------------  --------------------------     PRICE
                                       NUMBER       PERCENT       AMOUNT        PERCENT     PER SHARE
                                    ------------  -----------  -------------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                 <C>           <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>
Existing stockholders.............     8,733,696        74.4%  $  12,623,450        31.9%   $    1.45
New investors.....................     3,000,000        25.6      27,000,000        68.1         9.00
                                    ------------       -----   -------------       -----
  Total...........................    11,733,696       100.0%  $  39,623,450       100.0%
                                    ------------       -----   -------------       -----
                                    ------------       -----   -------------       -----
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    The foregoing computations assume no exercise of stock options or warrants
after June 30, 1997. As of June 30, 1997, there were outstanding options under
the 1995 Option Plan to purchase 1,217,019 shares of Common Stock at a weighted
average exercise price of $3.42 per share, outstanding options under the 1997
Option Plan to purchase 315,725 shares of Common Stock at a weighted average
exercise price of $7.44 per share, outstanding options under the Directors Plan
to purchase 45,605 shares of Common Stock at a weighted average exercise price
of $3.91 per share, and outstanding warrants to purchase 179,601 shares of
Common Stock at a weighted average exercise price of $4.50 per share. Assuming
the exercise of all outstanding options and warrants, the per share dilution to
new investors would be $5.70. In addition, as of June 30, 1997, 864,271 shares
of Common Stock were reserved for future issuance under the Company's stock
option and stock purchase plans. To the extent that any shares available for
issuance upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants or reserved for future
issuance under the Company's stock option plans are issued, there will be
further dilution to new public investors. See "Capitalization,"
"Management--Stock Plans," "Description of Capital Stock" and Note 6 of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements.
    
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
                      SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
    The following selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31,
1993 and 1994, and the selected consolidated statement of operations data for
the year ended December 31, 1993, have been derived from consolidated financial
statements not included herein, which were audited by Ernst & Young LLP,
independent auditors. The selected consolidated statement of operations data for
each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1996 and the six months
ended June 30, 1997, and the related consolidated balance sheet data as of
December 31, 1995 and 1996 and June 30, 1997, are derived from the consolidated
financial statements of the Company which have been audited by Ernst & Young
LLP, independent auditors, and are included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The
data should be read in conjunction with such consolidated financial statements.
The selected consolidated balance sheet data at December 31, 1992 and the
selected consolidated statement of operations data for the year ended December
31, 1992 have been derived from unaudited consolidated financial statements not
included herein. The consolidated statement of operations data for the six
months ended June 30, 1996 has been derived from unaudited consolidated
financial statements of the Company that include, in the opinion of management,
all adjustments, consisting only of normal and recurring adjustments, that
management considers necessary for a fair statement of the results for the
period. The operating results for the six months ended June 30, 1997 are not
necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for the year ending
December 31, 1997 or any other interim period or future fiscal year.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                             SIX MONTHS
                                                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                    ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                 -----------------------------------------------------  --------------------
                                                   1992       1993       1994       1995       1996       1996       1997
                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                              <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues:
  Product sales................................  $   3,437  $   5,684  $   8,065  $  11,954  $  12,626  $   5,590  $   6,864
  License and royalty revenues.................     --         --         --         --            500     --          1,000
                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total revenues.............................      3,437      5,684      8,065     11,954     13,126      5,590      7,864
Cost of product sales..........................      2,139      2,127      2,998      4,215      4,797      2,067      2,286
                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Gross profit...................................      1,298      3,557      5,067      7,739      8,329      3,523      5,578
Operating expenses:
  Research and development.....................        811        869      1,277      1,484      2,464        990      1,840
  Sales and marketing..........................        354        525        778      1,070      2,127        880      1,793
  General and administrative...................        581        957      1,153      1,179      1,623        664        866
  Financing expense............................     --         --         --         --         --         --            312
                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total operating expenses...................      1,746      2,351      3,208      3,733      6,214      2,534      4,811
                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Operating income (loss)........................       (448)     1,206      1,859      4,006      2,115        989        767
Other income:
  Interest income..............................         60         39         69         82         83         38         48
  Other, net...................................     --             20         14          5     --         --             47
                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Income (loss) before provision for income
  taxes........................................       (388)     1,265      1,942      4,093      2,198      1,027        862
Provision for income taxes.....................          5         14         13         84        687        219        328
                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net income (loss)..............................  $    (393) $   1,251  $   1,929  $   4,009  $   1,511  $     808  $     534
                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net income per share(1)........................                                                                    $    0.05
                                                                                                                   ---------
                                                                                                                   ---------
Shares used in per share calculation...........                                                                        9,730
                                                                                                                   ---------
                                                                                                                   ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,        SIX MONTHS
                                                                   -------------------------------  ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                                     1994       1995       1996          1996
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------------
                                                                        (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                                <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
PRO FORMA DATA (UNAUDITED)(2):
  Historical income before provision for income taxes............  $   1,942  $   4,093  $   2,198     $   1,027
  Pro forma provision for income taxes...........................        714      1,023        879           411
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------        ------
  Pro forma net income...........................................  $   1,228  $   3,070  $   1,319     $     616
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------        ------
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------        ------
  Pro forma net income per share(1)..............................  $    0.15  $    0.38  $    0.15     $    0.07
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------        ------
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------        ------
  Shares used in per share calculation...........................      7,979      7,998      9,012         8,784
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------        ------
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------        ------
</TABLE>
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            DECEMBER 31,
                                                        -----------------------------------------------------  JUNE 30,
                                                          1992       1993       1994       1995       1996       1997
                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                     <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments.....  $   1,215  $   1,455  $   1,064  $   2,759  $   3,083  $   7,793
Working capital.......................................      1,824      2,599      2,223      4,744      5,861     11,185
Total assets..........................................      2,797      3,652      3,434      6,734      9,604     15,225
Total long-term debt..................................        457        996     --         --         --         --
Stockholders' equity..................................      1,882      2,166      2,826      5,515      7,245     12,923
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) See Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for an explanation
    of the basis used to calculate net income per share.
 
   
(2) Reflects the pro forma effect of the Company being treated as a C
    Corporation rather than an S Corporation for federal and state income tax
    purposes, effective January 1, 1994. See "Certain Transactions--Subchapter S
    Distributions."
    
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    THE FOLLOWING MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS CONTAINS FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS BASED UPON CURRENT
EXPECTATIONS THAT INVOLVE RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES. THE COMPANY'S ACTUAL RESULTS
AND THE TIMING OF CERTAIN EVENTS COULD DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THOSE ANTICIPATED
IN THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AS A RESULT OF CERTAIN FACTORS, INCLUDING
THOSE SET FORTH UNDER "RISK FACTORS" AND ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS.
 
OVERVIEW
 
   
    The Company began operations in 1971 through two related companies, FLI and
later FRE. The Company was incorporated in December 1996 under the laws of the
state of Delaware to succeed to the business of FLI and FRE.
    
 
   
    From inception to 1988 the Company specialized in the development,
manufacturing and sale of products to the broadcast industry. In 1988 the
Company introduced its initial product for the high-end home theater market, a
line multiplier. In 1996 and the first six months of 1997, sales of products for
the home theater and industrial markets comprised approximately 80% and 81%,
respectively, of the Company's total revenues. As the Company emphasized product
development for the home theater and industrial markets, sales of existing
broadcast products have declined.
    
 
    The Company's total revenues increased sequentially on an annual basis from
1992 through 1996, primarily as a result of the introduction of a number of new
products for the home theater and industrial markets. Sales growth in 1996 was
limited from the prior year in part because of the diversion of management time
while the Company obtained external financing. Additionally, the Company
experienced an unexpected decline in sales of the Company's broadcast products
as a major customer began to develop products internally. In 1996, the Company
established an in-house very large scale integration ("VLSI") design department
to develop high performance application specific integrated circuits ("ASIC") to
enhance video image quality in the Company's traditional home theater market as
well as for use in the TV and PC industries. Net income declined in 1996 from
the prior year primarily as a result of increased research and development
expenses, as well as expenses relating to the expansion of the sales and
marketing staff and a provision for income taxes resulting from the termination
of the Company's status as an S Corporation in March 1996.
 
   
    To maintain favorable margin levels on product sales, the Company must
introduce new products, must introduce enhanced versions of its products, and
must continue its cost reduction efforts. The Company anticipates that it will
incur lower overall gross margins in future periods as it introduces lower
margin products for consumer markets. The Company intends to increase both
engineering and sales and marketing efforts in the design, development and sale
of board and chip level products while continuing the sale of stand alone
products for the high-end home theater, industrial and broadcast markets. As a
percentage of sales, sales and marketing expenses, general and administrative
expenses and research and development expenses are expected to increase in 1997
over 1996. Accordingly, the Company expects net income to slightly decline in
1997 compared to 1996. The Company expects these expenses to increase on an
absolute dollar basis. Consequently, without a corresponding increase in
revenues, net income will be adversely impacted.
    
 
    In March 1997, the Company entered into a license agreement with S3, a
leading supplier of advanced graphics accelerators for use in mainstream
multimedia PC systems. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company and S3 are
working jointly to develop integrated circuits using the Company's video
processing technologies and S3's graphics accelerator technology for use in PCs.
The Company has granted S3 a worldwide license to certain technology, including
line doubling, detail enhancement, cross-color suppression, motion tracking and
compensation, and digital compression filtering technology. Portions of such
license are exclusive for certain markets for a period of five years provided
that performance criteria, including minimum license fees, are satisfied. The
Company is obligated to negotiate with S3 to extend this five year period. The
Company is to receive certain per unit royalties for products sold incorporating
the Company's technology. In addition to other
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
performance criteria, S3 must make minimum royalty payments to maintain
exclusivity. If royalties on product sales do not reach prescribed minimum
levels, S3 may maintain exclusivity by prepaying royalties to prescribed levels,
but there is no requirement for it to do so. S3 expects to ship products that
incorporate the Company's technology in 1998. There can be no assurance that S3
and the Company will develop products as a result of the agreement or that
future royalties will be received by the Company. In June 1997, the Company sold
a total of 526,316 shares of its Common Stock to S3 for an aggregate purchase
price of $5.0 million. The number of shares held by S3 may be subject to
adjustment based on the price to the public of the shares sold in this Offering.
S3 is also entitled to certain registration rights. See "Certain
Transactions--License Agreement with S3."
 
   
    In March 1996, (i) the Company issued 1,043,105 shares of Common Stock for
an aggregate purchase price of $4.0 million to a predecessor of Faroudja Images
Investors, LLC ("Investors LLC"), Images and Adelson (Adelson, Investors LLC and
Images are collectively referred to herein as the "Investor Group"), of which
213,642 shares were issued to Adelson, 682,153 shares were issued to Investors
LLC and 147,310 shares were issued to Images, (ii) the Investor Group purchased
a total of 3,569,395 shares of Common Stock from Yves and Isabell Faroudja for
an aggregate purchase price of $14.0 million, of which 731,062 shares were
purchased by Adelson, 2,334,253 shares were purchased by Investors LLC and
504,080 shares were purchased by Images, and (iii) Yves and Isabell Faroudja
granted the Investor Group an option to purchase 1,537,500 shares of the
Company's Common Stock for an aggregate purchase price of $6.0 million or $3.90
per share (the "Faroudja Option"), of which Adelson had an option to purchase
486,875 shares of Common Stock for $1.9 million, Investors LLC had an option to
purchase 666,250 shares of Common Stock for $2.6 million and Images had an
option to purchase 384,375 shares of Common Stock for $1.5 million. The Faroudja
Option was exercised by the Investor Group on September 5, 1997.
    
 
   
    The Company's operating results have varied in the past and are likely to
vary significantly in the future from period to period as a result of a number
of factors, including the volume and timing of orders received during the
period, fluctuations in the amount and timing of license and royalty revenues,
the timing of new product introductions by the Company and its competitors,
demand for and market acceptance of the Company's products, product line
maturation, the impact of price competition on the Company's average selling
prices, delays encountered by the Company's strategic partners, the availability
and pricing of components for the Company's products, changes in product or
distribution channel mix and product returns or price protection charges from
customers (price protection is currently afforded to one of the Company's
customers (see "Business--Sales and Marketing")). Many of these factors are
beyond the Company's control. In addition, due to the short product life cycles
that characterize the markets for the Company's products, the Company's failure
to introduce new, competitive products consistently and in a timely manner could
materially adversely affect operating results for one or more product cycles.
See "Risk Factors--Potential Fluctuations in Future Operating Results;
Seasonality."
    
 
   
ANTICIPATED THIRD QUARTER RESULTS
    
 
   
    Revenues for the third quarter of 1997 are expected to be approximately $5.0
million, an increase of 35.0% over revenues of $3.7 million for the comparable
period in 1996. Although net income for the third quarter of 1997 has not yet
been conclusively determined, the Company anticipates that net income will be
within the range of $0.03-$0.04 per share compared to $0.04 per share for the
comparable period in 1996.
    
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    The following table sets forth certain items from the Company's consolidated
statements of operations expressed as a percentage of total revenues for the
periods indicated.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                         SIX MONTHS
                                                                       YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,         ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                                   -------------------------------  --------------------
                                                                     1994       1995       1996       1996       1997
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Revenues:
  Product sales..................................................      100.0%     100.0%      96.2%     100.0%      87.3%
  License and royalty revenues...................................     --         --            3.8     --           12.7
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total revenues...............................................      100.0      100.0      100.0      100.0      100.0
Cost of product sales............................................       37.2       35.3       36.5       37.0       29.1
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Gross margin.....................................................       62.8       64.7       63.5       63.0       70.9
 
Operating expenses:
  Research and development.......................................       15.8       12.3       18.8       17.7       23.4
  Sales and marketing............................................        9.7        9.0       16.2       15.7       22.7
  General and administrative.....................................       14.3        9.9       12.4       11.9       11.0
  Financing expense..............................................     --         --         --         --            4.0
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total operating expenses.....................................       39.8       31.2       47.4       45.3       61.1
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Operating income.................................................       23.0       33.5       16.1       17.7        9.8
Other income:
  Interest income................................................        0.9        0.7        0.6        0.7        0.6
  Other, net.....................................................        0.2     --         --         --            0.6
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Income before provision for income taxes.........................       24.1       34.2       16.7       18.4       11.0
Provision for income taxes.......................................        0.2        0.7        5.2        3.9        4.2
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net income.......................................................       23.9%      33.5%      11.5%      14.5%       6.8%
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
FISCAL 1994, 1995 AND 1996
 
    TOTAL REVENUES.  Total revenues increased 48.2% and 9.8%, respectively, for
1995 and 1996 from their respective prior years. The increase in 1995 was due
primarily to shipments of the VP400 NTSC line quadrupler, which was introduced
in 1995, and to increased customer acceptance of the Company's other consumer
products. The increase in 1996 was primarily due to the introduction of the
LD200 NTSC line doubler for the home theater market, increased shipments of the
DFD-U PAL/NTSC digital decoder, which was first introduced in 1995 for the
direct broadcast satellite market, fees on the license of the Company's
technology for ASIC products for the PC market and the expansion of the home
theater dealer network. These factors were partially offset by a reduction in
sales in 1996 of the CFD decoder for the broadcast market resulting from a sharp
decline in sales to this product's primary customer, which began developing its
own products internally. Sales to GI, accounted for 19.3% of total revenues in
1994. Sales to Hughes/JVC accounted for 12.1% of total revenues in 1995. Sales
to Vidikron accounted for 10.5% of total revenues in 1996.
 
    Export sales, consisting primarily of VP400 and LD200 products shipped to
dealers and distributors in Asia and Europe, represented 16.9%, 13.2% and 15.3%
of total revenues in 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively. All export sales are
denominated in U.S. dollars. The Company intends to pursue efforts to increase
its export sales in the future; however, there can be no assurance that any
growth in export sales will be achieved. Export sales are subject to a number of
risks. See "Risk Factors--Risks Associated with Export Sales and Operations."
 
    The Company's future success will depend, in large part, on its ability to
continue to enhance its existing products and to develop new products and
features to meet changing customer requirements and evolving
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
industry standards. The Company anticipates that sales from its line multiplier
product line will experience limited growth, or may decline, in future periods.
The Company expects that approximately one-half of its total revenues in 1998
will be derived from license and royalty revenues and from sales of new
products. See "Risk Factors--Dependence on New Product Development and Risk of
Technological Change."
 
    GROSS PROFIT.  Gross profit as a percentage of total revenues was 62.8% in
1994, 64.7% in 1995 and 63.5% in 1996. The increase in gross margin in 1995
compared to 1994 was primarily due to the introduction of new higher margin
products and product cost reduction efforts. The decline in gross margin in 1996
resulted from an increased proportion of sales to distributors and OEMs, who
typically receive higher discounts than dealers, increased dealer discounts, the
introduction of a new, lower margin product line and increased manufacturing
costs and expenses. The Company anticipates that it will incur lower overall
gross margins in future periods as it introduces lower margin products for high
volume markets. See "Risk Factors--Potential Fluctuations in Future Operating
Results; Seasonality."
 
    RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSES.  Research and development expenses
increased from $1.3 million in 1994 to $1.5 million in 1995 and to $2.5 million
in 1996. The increase in 1995 from the prior year was primarily due to fees
incurred by the Company for the development of ASIC components used in the full
range of the Company's products. Research and development expenses as a
percentage of total revenues declined from 15.8% in 1994 to 12.3% in 1995
primarily because of increased total revenue growth. Research and development
expenses increased as a percentage of total revenues to 18.8% in 1996 due to the
establishment in 1996 of a VLSI design department. The Company increased its
engineering and management personnel, and increased equipment depreciation, to
enable the ongoing development of its high performance VLSI design capability.
The Company intends to increase its engineering efforts in the design and
development of board and chip level products, and therefore expects that
research and development expenses will continue to increase in absolute dollars.
 
    SALES AND MARKETING EXPENSES.  Sales and marketing expenses increased from
$778,000 in 1994 to $1.1 million in 1995 and to $2.1 million in 1996. The
increase in 1995 from the prior year was primarily due to the Company's
increased participation at trade shows. Sales and marketing expenses as a
percentage of total revenues decreased from 9.7% in 1994 to 9.0% in 1995 because
of the growth in total revenues. Sales and marketing expenses increased as a
percentage of total revenues to 16.2% in 1996 from the prior year primarily due
to increases in the Company's sales and marketing staff, including the addition
of sales executives and the development of a network of regional managers. The
Company intends to increase its sales and marketing efforts, and intends to
increase its international market presence. Accordingly, sales and marketing
expenses are expected to increase in absolute dollars in the future.
 
    GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES.  General and administrative expenses
were $1.2 million in 1994 and 1995 and increased to $1.6 million in 1996. Due to
the growth in total revenues, general and administrative expenses as a
percentage of total revenues decreased from 14.3% in 1994 to 9.9% in 1995.
General and administrative expenses increased as a percentage of total revenues
to 12.4% in 1996, primarily due to additions to the Company's general and
administrative staff, including the hiring of a new chief executive officer, and
an increase in professional fees. The Company anticipates that it will incur a
significant increase in general and administrative expenses in future periods
associated with legal, accounting and other expenses of being a public company.
 
    OTHER INCOME.  Interest and other income was $83,000 in 1994, $87,000 in
1995 and $83,000 in 1996. The amount of the securities investments has been
approximately equivalent during the periods.
 
    PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES.  The Company's FLI subsidiary was an S
Corporation from inception until March 1996. As an S Corporation, FLI earnings
were taxed directly to its stockholders, and FLI's tax provision through March
1996 consisted solely of a California franchise fee. FRE was a C Corporation
since its inception. FRE had significant losses and its tax provision consisted
of alternative minimum taxes. The Company has incurred minimal foreign taxes.
The pro forma provision for income taxes, calculated assuming FLI's S
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
Corporation status terminated January 1, 1996, reflects an effective tax rate
for the year ended December 31, 1996 of 40%. The Company anticipates
implementing certain tax planning strategies to reduce the effective tax rate in
future periods.
 
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AND 1997
 
    TOTAL REVENUES.  Total revenues increased from $5.6 million in the six
months ended June 30, 1996 to $7.9 million in the six months ended June 30,
1997. The growth in total revenues in the first six months of 1997 was due
primarily to increased shipments of products for the home theater, shipments of
the new VP100 decoder, and $1.0 million of license and royalty revenues. These
factors offset a reduction in sales to the broadcast market. Revenues from
Vidikron accounted for 10.5% of total revenues in the six months ended June 30,
1996. Revenues from S3 and Vidikron accounted for 14.9% and 11.4% respectively,
of total revenues in the six months ended June 30, 1997. Export sales,
consisting primarily of VP400 and LD200 products shipped to dealers and
distributors in Asia and Europe, represented 9.5% of total revenues in the six
months ended June 30, 1997. See "Risk Factors--Risks Associated with Export
Sales and Operations."
 
    GROSS PROFIT.  Gross profit as a percentage of total revenues was 63.0% in
the six months ended June 30, 1996 and 70.9% in the six months ended June 30,
1997. The increase in gross margin was primarily due to license and royalty
revenues and product cost reduction efforts.
 
    RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSES.  Research and development expenses
increased from $990,000 in the six months ended June 30, 1996 to $1.8 million in
the six months ended June 30, 1997. The increase was primarily due to the
establishment of a VLSI design department. Consequently, research and
development expenses as a percentage of total revenues increased from 17.7% in
the six months ended June 30, 1996 to 23.4% in the six months ended June 30,
1997.
 
    SALES AND MARKETING EXPENSES.  Sales and marketing expenses increased from
$880,000 in the six months ended June 30, 1996 to $1.8 million in the six months
ended June 30, 1997. The increase was primarily due to increases in the
Company's sales and marketing staff and increased participation in trade shows.
The Company hired sales executives and developed a network of regional managers
beginning in 1996 and developed a network of sales representatives in 1997.
Consequently, sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of total revenues
increased from 15.7% in the six months ended June 30, 1996 to 22.7% in the six
months ended June 30, 1997.
 
    GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES.  General and administrative expenses
increased from $664,000 in the six months ended June 30, 1996 to $867,000 in the
six months ended June 30, 1997. This increase was due to additions to the
Company's administrative staff, including the hiring of a new chief executive
officer, chief financial officer and general counsel. Due to the growth in total
revenues, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of total revenues
decreased from 11.9% in the six months ended June 30, 1996 to 11.0% in the six
months ended June 30, 1997.
 
    FINANCING EXPENSE.  The Company incurred $312,000 of expenses related to
financing activities in the first quarter of 1997.
 
    OTHER INCOME.  Interest and other income increased from $38,000 in the six
months ended June 30, 1996 to $95,000 in the six months ended June 30, 1997 as
the Company incurred a net realized gain of $83,000 on available-for-sale
securities in the first half of 1997.
 
    PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES.  The Company's effective tax rate for the six
months ended June 30, 1997, was 38%. The provision for income taxes for the six
months ended June 30, 1997, is based on the estimated annual effective tax rate
for the year.
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    The following table sets forth certain unaudited quarterly financial
information for the six quarters ended June 30, 1997. The Company believes that
all necessary adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, have
been included in the amounts stated below to present fairly the selected
quarterly information when read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial
Statements and the Notes thereto included elsewhere herein. The operating
results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for any
subsequent period or for the entire fiscal year.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                             ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              MARCH 31,    JUNE 30,     SEPT. 30,    DEC. 31,     MARCH 31,    JUNE 30,
                                                1996         1996         1996         1996         1997         1997
                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Revenues:
  Product sales............................   $   2,837    $   2,753    $   3,662    $   3,374    $   2,835    $   4,029
  License and royalty revenues.............      --           --           --              500          750          250
                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total revenues.........................       2,837        2,753        3,662        3,874        3,585        4,279
Cost of product sales......................       1,071          996        1,272        1,458          998        1,287
                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Gross profit...............................       1,766        1,757        2,390        2,416        2,586        2,992
 
Operating expenses:
  Research and development.................         455          535          686          788          899          941
  Sales and marketing......................         356          524          622          625          678        1,115
  General and administrative...............         261          403          468          491          392          474
  Financing expense........................      --           --           --           --              312       --
                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total operating expenses...............       1,072        1,462        1,776        1,904        2,281        2,530
                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Operating income...........................         694          295          614          512          305          462
Other income (loss)........................          19           19           27           18           97           (2)
                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Income before provision for income taxes...         713          314          641          530          402          460
Provision for income taxes.................          93          126          256          212          153          175
                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Net income.................................   $     620    $     188    $     385    $     318    $     249    $     285
                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
    The following table sets forth certain unaudited financial information as a
percentage of total revenues for the quarter represented.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                             ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              MARCH 31,    JUNE 30,     SEPT. 30,    DEC. 31,     MARCH 31,    JUNE 30,
                                                1996         1996         1996         1996         1997         1997
                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Revenues:
  Product sales............................       100.0%       100.0%       100.0%        87.1%        79.1%        94.2%
  License and royalty revenues.............      --           --           --             12.9         20.9          5.8
                                                  -----        -----        -----        -----        -----        -----
    Total revenues.........................       100.0        100.0        100.0        100.0        100.0        100.0
Cost of product sales......................        37.8         36.2         34.7         37.6         27.9         30.0
                                                  -----        -----        -----        -----        -----        -----
Gross margin...............................        62.2         63.8         65.3         62.4         72.1         70.0
 
Operating expenses:
  Research and development.................        16.0         19.4         18.7         20.3         25.1         22.0
  Sales and marketing......................        12.5         19.0         17.0         16.1         18.9         26.1
  General and administrative...............         9.2         14.7         12.8         12.7         10.9         11.1
  Financing expense........................      --           --           --           --              8.7       --
                                                  -----        -----        -----        -----        -----        -----
    Total operating expenses...............        37.7         53.1         48.5         49.1         63.6         59.2
                                                  -----        -----        -----        -----        -----        -----
Operating income...........................        24.5         10.7         16.8         13.3          8.5         10.8
Other income (loss)........................         0.7          0.7          0.7          0.4          2.7       --
                                                  -----        -----        -----        -----        -----        -----
Income before provision for income taxes...        25.2         11.4         17.5         13.7         11.2         10.8
Provision for income taxes.................         3.3          4.6          7.0          5.5          4.3          4.1
                                                  -----        -----        -----        -----        -----        -----
Net income.................................        21.9%         6.8%        10.5%         8.2%         6.9%         6.7%
                                                  -----        -----        -----        -----        -----        -----
                                                  -----        -----        -----        -----        -----        -----
</TABLE>
 
    The Company's industry is subject to a high degree of seasonality, and
demand for the Company's products is highest in the third and fourth quarters of
each calendar year. As a result, sales are typically highest in these quarters
and may be lower in succeeding quarters.
 
    The decrease in total revenues in the first quarter of 1997 as compared to
the fourth quarter of 1996 was due to seasonal factors and decreased sales of
the Company's broadcast products, which were partially offset by $750,000 of
license and royalty revenues. The increase in total revenues in the second
quarter of 1997 from prior quarters was due to sales to new customers under
co-branding agreements, an enlarged dealer network and sales of the new VP100
decoder.
 
    The Company's gross margin in the fourth quarter of 1996 was adversely
affected by inventory write-downs and manufacturing consulting and other
manufacturing expenses. These factors were partially offset by $500,000 of
license and royalty revenues. The increase in gross margin in the first quarter
of 1997 as compared to the fourth quarter of 1996 was due to $750,000 of license
and royalty revenues. The decline in gross margin during the second quarter of
1997 as compared to the first quarter of 1997 was due primarily to the decline
in license and royalty revenues to $250,000 in the second quarter of 1997.
 
    The sequential increase in quarterly research and development expenses in
1996 and the first half of 1997 was primarily due to the establishment and
expansion of the Company's VLSI department. The sequential increase in quarterly
sales and marketing expenses in 1996 and in the first half of 1997 was due to
the expansion of the sales and marketing staff, increased marketing activities,
and the establishment of a network of sales representatives in 1997.
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
    The Company realized $97,000 of other income in the first quarter of 1997
primarily due to the realization of gains on available-for-sale securities.
 
    The Company's operating results have varied in the past and are likely to
vary significantly in the future from period to period as a result of a number
of factors. See "Risk Factors--Potential Fluctuations in Future Operating
Results; Seasonality" for a discussion of factors that could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's quarterly results.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
    The Company has historically funded its capital requirements from its cash
flow from operations. Funding requirements in the past have been primarily
related to the growth in accounts receivable, inventories and capital equipment.
 
    OPERATING ACTIVITIES.  In 1994, net cash provided by operating activities
was $1.7 million, primarily composed of (i) $1.9 million of net income, (ii)
$172,000 of depreciation and amortization and (iii) a $165,000 increase in
accrued compensation and benefits. These were partially offset by (i) a $359,000
increase in accounts receivable, (ii) a $119,000 decrease in accounts payable
and (iii) a $100,000 decrease in other accrued liabilities.
 
    In 1995, net cash provided by operating activities was $3.4 million,
primarily composed of (i) $4.0 million of net income, (ii) $224,000 of
depreciation and amortization, (iii) a $417,000 increase in accounts payable and
(iv) a $118,000 increase in accrued compensation and benefits. These were
partially offset by (i) a $793,000 increase in inventory and (ii) a $642,000
increase in accounts receivable.
 
    In 1996, net cash provided by operating activities was $1.3 million,
primarily composed of (i) $1.5 million of net income, (ii) $422,000 of
depreciation and amortization, (iii) a $128,000 increase in accounts payable,
(iv) a $186,000 increase in accrued compensation and benefits, (v) a $258,000
increase in other liabilities and (vi) $500,000 of deferred revenues. These were
partially offset by a (i) a $96,000 increase in inventory, (ii) a $1.2 million
increase in accounts receivable primarily attributable to $1.0 million due from
a licensing customer from an agreement completed in December, 1996 and (iii) an
increase in deferred tax assets of $462,000.
 
    For the six months ended June 30, 1996, net cash provided by operating
activities was $1.3 million, primarily composed of (i) $808,000 of net income,
(ii) a $559,000 decrease in accounts receivable, (iii) a $356,000 increase in
accounts payable, (iv) an increase in income taxes payable of $198,000 and (v)
$152,000 of depreciation and amortization. These were offset by a $412,000
increase in inventory.
 
    For the six months ended June 30, 1997, net cash provided by operating
activities was $78,000, primarily composed of (i) $534,000 of net income, (ii)
$224,000 of depreciation and amortization, (iii) a $132,000 increase in other
accrued liabilities, (iv) a $123,000 decrease in accounts receivable and (v) a
$252,000 increase in income taxes payable. These were offset by (i) a $500,000
decrease in deferred revenues, (ii) a $411,000 increase in inventory, (iii) a
$139,000 increase in deferred tax assets and (iv) a $131,000 increase in other
current assets.
 
    INVESTING ACTIVITIES.  Capital equipment purchases in the six months ended
June 30, 1996 and 1997 were $347,000 in each six month period, and in 1994, 1995
and 1996 were $212,000, $392,000 and $967,000, respectively, primarily for
computer hardware and software used in research and development, engineering
test equipment and furniture and fixtures.
 
    FINANCING ACTIVITIES.  In June 1997, the Company received $5.0 million from
a private placement of 526,316 shares of Common Stock with S3. See "Certain
Transactions--License Agreement with S3" and "--1996 Financing." The Company
issued $4.0 million of Common Stock in 1996. In connection with its status as a
Subchapter S Corporation, the Company distributed $1.5 million, $1.4 million and
$4.0 million to stockholders in 1994, 1995 and 1996 respectively. In 1994, the
Company repaid a $420,000 loan from a related party.
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
    LIQUIDITY.  At June 30, 1997, the Company's principal source of liquidity
consisted of cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments totaling $7.8
million, and a bank credit facility for $2.5 million. The Company's working
capital at June 30, 1997 was $11.2 million. In April 1997, the Company
established a revolving line of credit with a bank. Borrowings are
collateralized by substantially all tangible assets, are limited to defined
percentages of eligible accounts receivable, and the Company must satisfy
certain financial covenants. In June 1997, the line of credit, which expires May
1998, was increased to $2.0 million. The Company also obtained a three year
equipment line of credit of up to $500,000 available through December 1997.
 
    The Company's future capital requirements are expected to include (i)
supporting the expansion of the research and development and sales and marketing
departments, (ii) funding the acquisition of capital equipment, primarily for
research and development and consisting of such items as engineering equipment,
computers and furniture, and (iii) funding the growth of working capital items
such as receivables and inventory.
 
    The Company may investigate means to acquire greater control over
semiconductor production, whether by joint venture, prepayments, equity
investments in or loans to wafer suppliers. In addition, as part of its business
strategy, the Company occasionally evaluates potential acquisitions of
businesses, products and technologies. Accordingly, a portion of its available
cash may be used for the acquisition of complementary products, technologies or
businesses or to assure foundry capacity. Such potential transactions may
require substantial capital resources, which may require the Company to seek
additional debt or equity financing. There can be no assurance that the Company
will consummate any such transactions.
 
    The Company believes that its current cash, cash equivalents and short-term
investments and the anticipated net proceeds from this Offering will be
sufficient to support the Company's planned activities through at least the next
twelve months.
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS
 
OVERVIEW
 
    Faroudja designs, develops and markets a range of video image enhancement
products that significantly improve displayed images to achieve cinema-like
quality. Through more than 25 years of product development and technological
advances, the Company and its predecessors have established a reputation for
excellence in video processing and video signal image enhancement in the
high-end home theater, industrial and broadcast markets. The Company believes
that its technology, experience and reputation in these markets will enable it
to address opportunities in the emerging DTV and HDTV broadcast environment and
to facilitate the convergence of the PC and the TV.
 
   
    The Company began operations in 1971 through two related companies, FLI and
later FRE. The Company was incorporated in December 1996 under the laws of the
state of Delaware to succeed to the business of FLI and FRE. Thereafter, FRE was
merged into FLI with FLI surviving the merger and FLI was subsequently merged
into a newly-formed wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. Prior to March 1996,
FRE and FLI were each owned 100% by two individuals (the "Founders"). In March
1996, the Investor Group acquired a 56.25% ownership interest in both entities
through the purchase of shares held by the Founders for $14,000,000 and newly
issued FLI shares for $4,000,000. The Investor Group also acquired the Faroudja
Option from the Founders to acquire an additional 1,537,500 shares held by the
Founders for a total of $6,000,000 or $3.90 per share. Such option was exercised
by the Investor Group on September 5, 1997. See "Certain Transactions-- 1996
Financing" and Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
    
 
INDUSTRY BACKGROUND
 
    Video images are pervasive in today's society as sources of entertainment
and information. Since the introduction of motion pictures, cinema has evolved
from low resolution black and white pictures (such as the Charlie Chaplin movies
of the 1920s) to spectacular color movie productions (such as JURASSIC PARK).
Today, images are displayed on a variety of electronic media including color
TVs, projection systems and PCs. Historically, there has been a substantial
difference in the quality of these various media, ranging from low quality TV
pictures to very high quality cinema pictures. This difference resulted from a
host of technical issues related to the capture, transmission and display of
video images. Current technologies make it possible to replicate cinema quality
on TVs, projection systems and PCs.
 
    With U.S. households owning approximately 250 million television sets, TV is
the dominant medium for viewing video images. While TV is an integral part of
modern life, it is optimized around image production, transmission and display
technology created more than 40 years ago. TV signals are produced in accordance
with the NTSC standard developed in the 1940s for black and white programs. This
standard was last modified in the 1950s to make possible the compatible
transmission of black and white and color programs. Technical compromises
required to achieve compatibility introduce image degrading imperfections, known
as artifacts. Additionally, analog transmission introduces noise in the TV
image. While always present, these imperfections are less evident on TV screens
smaller than 25 inches in size than on larger screens. Over the last decade,
consumer interest in larger screen TVs has increased dramatically, fueled by
decreasing equipment prices and an ever expanding universe of movies, sporting
events and other programming available via cable TV, video cassette, direct
broadcast satellite, laser disc and, most recently, DVD. As TV screen sizes have
increased, impairments in the image, such as low resolution, artifacts and
noise, have become more readily apparent. The
 
- ------------------------
 
*   NTSC is the current analog television system named for the National
    Television Systems Committee, the industry group that developed the
    monochrome (black and white) television standard in 1940-41 and the color
    television standard in the 1950s. NTSC was developed in the United States
    for 60 Hz, 525 line transmissions. PAL is the acronym for Phase Alternating
    Line which was developed in Europe for 50 Hz, 625 line transmissions. PAL
    uses many of the same coding techniques developed for NTSC resulting in
    similar image imperfections.
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
better quality images produced by DVDs, digital satellite transmission and high
resolution computer monitors have made viewers more discriminating and have
elevated their image quality expectations.
 
    The Company believes that this trend will accelerate with the announced
introduction of HDTV by some broadcasters in late 1998. HDTV images are expected
to incorporate cinema-like image quality in a wider screen format. The FCC
recently established standards for DTV broadcasting in the United States and
adopted rules mandating the gradual introduction of DTV broadcasting. The FCC
has targeted the eventual phase-out of analog (NTSC) broadcasting by the year
2006. Current analog broadcasting equipment is not compatible with the new DTV
standards. In order to transmit digital signals in accordance with the new DTV
standards, broadcasters will need to acquire new equipment, including digital
transmission equipment, at costs estimated to be as high as $10 million per
station. Broadcasters are seeking to reduce the costs of transitioning from
analog to digital broadcasting through strategies which will allow them to
continue to use much of their existing equipment.
 
    Advances in microprocessors, the availability of low cost memory and
storage, high quality displays, sophisticated software and the emergence of the
World Wide Web have fueled the growth in multimedia applications on the PC. The
PC is increasingly being used to view video stored on hard disk, CD-ROM, DVD and
laser disc, and video over the Internet. The Company believes that the use of
the PC as an entertainment device in the future will depend in large part on the
PC's ability to display TV images. Since TV signals use an interlaced format
while PCs use a progressive scanning display format, a TV signal must be
converted before being displayed on a PC. Until now, the interlace/progressive
conversion, along with other steps in the conversion of the TV signal, has
caused color distortion, motion artifacts, noise and other imperfections, which
have resulted in poor video quality on the PC. Image problems become even more
apparent when TV signals are viewed on a PC, as PC users sit relatively close to
their screens and PC monitors have higher resolution than most TVs.
 
FAROUDJA SOLUTION
 
    Faroudja designs, develops and markets video image enhancement products that
significantly improve images to achieve a cinema-like quality. The Company
believes that once viewers experience cinema quality displays in their homes and
offices, they will demand it from all video platforms. The Company believes that
its technology, experience and reputation will enable the Company to address
opportunities in the emerging DTV/ HDTV broadcast environment and to facilitate
the PC/TV convergence.
 
    The Company's products for the TV market substantially reduce the
imperfections inherent in analog NTSC signals, which become increasingly
apparent on large screen TV displays. The Company's technology improves picture
quality by removing artifacts and noise, detecting and compensating for motion,
enhancing resolution, and multiplying the number of lines displayed. Faroudja's
product sales for the TV market include sales of stand alone products to home
and industrial consumers and board level products to OEM customers.
 
    Faroudja intends to capitalize on its experience and core technologies to
develop products which support the transition from analog to DTV/HDTV
broadcasting. As broadcasters make significant investments to satisfy regulatory
requirements, the Company believes that product solutions which interface with
additional necessary digital transmission equipment and current studio equipment
will help broadcasters minimize transition costs and maintain flexibility in
responding to evolving regulatory and market requirements. The Company is
developing standards conversion and upscaling products which it believes will
enable broadcasters to use much of the equipment present in their existing
studios to produce programming in various DTV/HDTV video formats.
 
    The Company is also developing products and technology that are intended to
solve the interlacing problem by significantly reducing the noise and artifacts
inherent in the display of high quality TV pictures on PC screens. In March
1997, the Company executed a license agreement with S3, a leading supplier of
advanced graphics accelerators for multimedia computer systems. The Company and
S3 are working jointly to develop integrated circuits that will enable the
display of near cinema quality images on PC screens.
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
STRATEGY
 
    The Company's objective is to maintain and expand its position as the
industry standard of excellence for video image quality. Key elements of the
Company's strategy to achieve this objective include:
 
    MAINTAIN AND EXTEND TECHNOLOGY LEADERSHIP.  The Company intends to build
upon its technology leadership in video image processing by increasing its
investment in research and development. These efforts will focus on developing
patentable technology and innovative products for the TV and broadcast markets.
The Company also intends to leverage its image enhancement expertise in TV into
broadcast and PC products and applications.
 
    PENETRATE BROADER MARKET SEGMENTS.  The Company has historically sold
products that addressed the needs of the industrial and high-end home theater
markets. The Company recently introduced a decoder and signal enhancer with
prices and capabilities appealing to broad segments of the consumer markets. The
Company intends to continue to seek opportunities in new and broader market
segments, such as the converging PC and TV markets and the emerging DTV/HDTV
markets.
 
    INCREASE BRAND NAME AWARENESS.  The Company has established a reputation for
excellence in video processing and video image enhancement in the commercial
broadcast, industrial and high-end home theater markets. The Company intends to
increase brand name awareness through increased advertising, the marketing of
stand alone image enhancement products and video source players carrying the
Company's trademarks, and co-branding agreements with OEM customers. The
distribution of Company-branded and co-branded products (particularly PC/TV
products) in new and broader market segments is also intended to increase
Faroudja brand awareness.
 
    BUILD AND LEVERAGE STRATEGIC RELATIONSHIPS.  The Company intends to
establish and maintain strategic relationships with companies whose technology,
products and product strategies complement those of the Company. Through
selective licensing of its patented technologies, the Company intends to
increase penetration and recognition of its capabilities in markets currently
served and to facilitate migration into new markets. The agreement with S3 and
the potential agreement with TI are examples of attempts to incorporate the
Company's technology into applications outside the Company's historical
products.
 
    EXPAND INTERNATIONAL PRESENCE.  The Company intends to expand its
international presence in order to increase its export sales. These efforts will
include establishing a sales force and marketing activities for the European and
Asian markets, expanding the Company's international network of distributors and
dealers, continuing the development of OEM relationships with customers serving
international markets, such as Hughes/JVC, Vidikron, Runco and NEC, and product
development that incorporates various international specifications.
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
PRODUCTS
 
    Faroudja designs, develops and markets a range of video image enhancement
products for the TV and broadcast markets. The following table sets forth
certain information regarding the Company's current stand alone industrial and
home products:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                SUGGESTED
        MARKET            PRODUCT                 DESCRIPTION                  RETAIL PRICE
<S>                      <C>        <C>                                       <C>
TV--Image Enhancement/    VP400A    Line quadrupler and video processor for   $24,000-$25,500
  Line Multiplying        VP400AU   large screen high resolution video
                                    projection systems.
                           VP250    Line doubler and video processor for      $9,950-$13,500
                           LD200    large screen high resolution direct
                          LD200U    view, front and rear screen projection
                                    systems.
 
                           VP100    Video decoder with detail and color            $799
                          VP100U    enhancement.
 
TV--Source Players        DV1000    DVD/CD player with detail and color           $5,500
                                    enhancement.
 
                          LD1000    Laser disc player with audio                  $5,500
                                    enhancement.
 
Broadcast                  DFD-U    Low noise video decoder/frame             $12,400-$19,950
                                    synchronizer with video adjustments.
                                    Analog and digital red, green and blue
                                    (RGB) outputs.
 
                            CFD     Very low noise video decoder with video       $6,550
                                    adjustments and analog red, green and
                                    blue (RGB) outputs.
</TABLE>
 
    TV PRODUCTS
 
    LINE QUADRUPLERS (VP400A (NTSC) AND VP400AU (NTSC/PAL)).  Faroudja line
quadrupler video processors produce cinema-like images. The processors accept
input from sources formatted for conventional 525-line or 625-line TV standards,
and convert them into line-quadrupled, noticeably artifact-free, high resolution
signals for direct-view or projector TV screens. The processors are precision
instruments employing three complex digital signal processes utilizing patented
technology in the fields of decoding, scan conversion and detail enhancement.
These products substantially reduce color blurring, rainbow patterns, dot crawl
and visible scan lines, and deliver sharp image details.
 
    LINE DOUBLING VIDEO PROCESSORS (VP250 (NTSC/PAL), LD200(NTSC), LD200U
(NTSC/PAL)).  The Company's line doubling video processors utilize certain of
the same technologies as the Company's line quadruplers, and deliver similar
results for smaller direct-view or projector TV screens.
 
    VP100 TV ENHANCER (NTSC) AND VP100U (NTSC/PAL).  The VP100 and VP100U set
top components apply patented adaptive decoding, detail processing and color
alignment correction for use in standard and large screen S-video compatible
TVs. These products substantially reduce color decoding artifacts and greatly
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
increase image detail and depth. These products offer consumers a moderately
priced video enhancement technology that plugs directly into the TV unit.
 
    DV1000 HIGH DEFINITION DIGITAL VIDEO DISC AND CD PLAYER.  The DV1000 applies
custom circuitry to both video and audio processing to provide significantly
enhanced image detail and depth exceeding what is expected to be available from
standard DVD players.
 
    LD1000 HIGH DEFINITION LASER DISC AND CD PLAYER.  The LD1000 applies custom
circuitry for audio enhancement to provide an experience exceeding what is
available from standard laser disc players.
 
   
    TV product sales as a percentage of total revenues for fiscal 1994, 1995 and
1996 and the six months ended June 30, 1997 were 67%, 80%, 80% and 81%,
respectively.
    
 
    BROADCAST PRODUCTS
 
    DFD-U PAL/NTSC DIGITAL DECODER.  The DFD-U uses 10-bit processing with
patented decoding and bandwidth expansion circuitry to convert PAL or NTSC
analog signals into the digital component data required for video compression.
Additional circuits include time base correction and full frame synchronization.
The combination results in a significantly artifact-free digital signal that
enables additional channel capacity with reduced noise levels and higher quality
video signals from MPEG video compression engines.
 
    CFD.  The CFD decodes NTSC signals into high quality, artifact-free
components prior to the time the signal is transmitted. The output signal is
used in applications such as studio manipulation, display and digital video
compression.
 
   
    Broadcast product sales as a percentage of total revenues for fiscal 1994,
1995 and 1996 and the six months ended June 30, 1997 were 33%, 20%, 16% and 3%,
respectively.
    
 
    OEM PRODUCTS
 
    The Company has designed and developed board level products incorporating
the Company's technologies for the OEM market. To date, sales from board level
products have not been material.
 
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT; NEW PRODUCTS
 
    The Company's research and development efforts are headed by Yves Faroudja,
the Company's founder and Chief Technology Officer. The Company has devoted, and
expects to continue to devote, significant resources to its research and
development efforts. In 1996, the Company established a VLSI design group to
develop high performance video ASICs. In June 1997, the Company expanded its
VLSI department by establishing a facility in Phoenix, Arizona with five
engineers. As of June 30, 1997, the Company had a staff of twenty-six full-time
and one part-time research and development personnel. During 1994, 1995 and 1996
and the first six months of 1997, the Company's research and development
expenses were approximately $1.3 million, $1.5 million, $2.5 million and $1.8
million, respectively. The Company anticipates that its research and development
expenses will increase in absolute dollars for the foreseeable future. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations--Results of Operations."
 
    The Company has a number of products in development with introduction
planned during the next several years. For the TV market, the Company is
developing an advanced line multiplier and scaling video processor for very
large screen high resolution systems, a video processor for liquid crystal
display ("LCD") and Digital Light Processing-TM- based projector systems ("DLP")
products and a video processor for less sophisticated industrial applications.
The Company is also developing a rear screen projection TV incorporating the
Company's line multiplication and enhancement technology. For the OEM TV
projection market, the Company is developing a board level decoder with video
enhancement features.
 
    For the broadcast market, the Company is developing an upconverter that
utilizes Faroudja technology to deliver HDTV quality video images from NTSC
sources. Field testing is planned for the fourth quarter of 1997
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
and, if such testing is successful, the Company expects to begin sales of this
product in the first quarter of 1998. The upconverter is intended to provide
broadcasters with the ability to leverage their existing analog equipment and
systems to produce programming in various DTV/HDTV video formats. The Company is
also developing studio quality NTSC/PAL decoders for broadcast and
postproduction applications.
 
    For the PC/TV market, the Company is in the final stages of developing a
video decoder integrated circuit, which includes synchronization, time base
correction and detail enhancement. The Company is also developing "Presentation
Plus," a line multiplier and scaling video product for high resolution video
computer monitors that incorporates time base correction, image enhancement and
video synchronization.
 
    The Company's other planned research products include expanded development
of line multipliers and compression pre-processors which include noise reduction
to increase compressor efficiency, and the extension of the Company's technology
to low bandwidth use for such applications as teleconferencing and video
telephones.
 
    The markets for the Company's products are characterized by evolving
industry standards, rapid technological change, frequent new product
introductions and short product life cycles. The Company's future success will
depend, in large part, on its ability to continue to enhance its existing
products and to develop new products and features to meet changing customer
requirements and evolving industry standards. The Company anticipates that sales
from its line multiplier product lines will experience limited growth, or may
decline, in future periods. The Company expects that more than one-half of its
total revenues in 1998 will be derived from licensing revenue and sales of
recently introduced products, as well as products which the Company is
developing. The success of new products depends on a number of factors,
including proper selection and timely introduction of planned new products,
successful and timely completion of product development, accurate estimation of
demand for new products, market acceptance of new products of the Company and
its OEM customers, the Company's ability to offer new products at competitive
prices, the availability of adequate staffing to produce and sell such new
products, and competition from products introduced by competitors. Certain of
these factors are outside the control of the Company. See "Risk Factors--Risks
Associated with New Markets and Applications; Market Acceptance." For example,
to date sales of the Company's DVD players have been minimal, and initial sales
of the Company's rear projection TV are not expected until the fourth quarter of
1997. Sales of the Company's board level products, and future license and
royalty revenues, depend in part upon the ability of the Company's OEM customers
and licensees to successfully develop and market products incorporating the
Company's products or technology. The Company's products intended for the
digital broadcast market are not expected to be field tested until the fourth
quarter of 1997 and are not expected to be available for sale until 1998. There
can be no assurance that the Company's broadcast products, assuming timely
development and satisfactory completion of field tests, will be accepted by the
broadcast market. There can be no assurance as to the amount of royalties, if
any, to be paid to the Company under the S3 agreement because S3 is under no
obligation to maintain its exclusive license with the Company or to develop
products incorporating the Company's technology under the agreement.
 
    The incorporation of the Company's products into its OEM customers' product
designs often requires significant expenditures by the Company, which
expenditures may precede volume sales of the Company's products, if any, by one
year or more. The introduction of new or enhanced products also requires the
Company to manage the transition from older products in order to minimize
disruption in customer ordering patterns, to avoid excessive levels of older
product inventories and to ensure that adequate supplies of new products can be
delivered to meet customer demand.
 
    There can be no assurance that the Company will identify new product
opportunities, will successfully develop and bring to market new products, will
achieve design wins or will respond effectively to technological changes or
product announcements by others, or that the Company's new products will achieve
market acceptance. A failure in any of these areas would have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, financial condition and operating results. See
"Risk Factors--Dependence on New Product Development and Risk of Technological
Change."
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
TECHNOLOGY
 
    The Company has significant expertise in a number of technologies relating
to video image enhancement.
 
    ENCODING TECHNOLOGY.  A NTSC or PAL signal consists of a luminance signal
and two color-difference signals. In a conventional NTSC or PAL encoder, the
color-difference signals are modulated on a subcarrier and added to the
luminance signal. In this case, the spectrum of both the luminance signal and
the modulated chrominance signal are mixed together, which generates "rainbow
patterns," "dot crawl" and other artifacts in TV receivers. Faroudja's patented
pre-filtered technology is applied to luminance and chrominance signals
separately so that they will not interfere with each other. The two signals are
added together without an overlaid spectrum, which significantly reduces rainbow
patterns and other artifacts.
 
    DECODING TECHNOLOGY.  The color section of the NTSC standard was originally
designed with severe bandwidth restrictions. This causes colors in various video
images to "blur" and "smear." These effects are aggravated by storage media,
such as VHS tapes, that further degrade the chroma or color signal. The Faroudja
decoder technology utilizes proprietary circuitry to recreate and correct color
details. This is accomplished by making use of the sharper black and white
transitions to develop a correction signal that is then used to sharpen the
color transitions. As a result, colors are restored with sharp details and video
images retain their original crisp image. Digital adaptive comb filter circuitry
eliminates decoding errors from imperfect separation of the luminance and
chrominance signals and enables the reproduction of sharper, cleaner color
images. The Company's decoder technology has two separate correction circuits
that create color transitions that are clear, sharp and natural by eliminating
dot crawl, a rapid upward movement of colored dots on sharp vertical
transitions, and hanging dots which lie underneath all the colored horizontal
transitions. Dot crawl and hanging dots are easily apparent with large, highly
saturated, stationary graphics such as titles and credits.
 
    LINE MULTIPLIER TECHNOLOGY.  The line multiplier technology reduces scan
line visibility resulting from utilizing a 525 line broadcast standard on
today's large screen TVs by changing the interlaced video signal to a
progressively scanned signal. The Company's line multiplier technology detects
motion and interpolates correctly to "fill in the blanks." This technology can
detect the difference between a film image that has been transferred to video or
a video image that emanates from a video camera. After detecting the image type,
the line multiplier technology selects its algorithm to compensate accordingly.
This is critical because today's home theaters are primarily used to show films
that were transferred to video, whether on tape, laser disc or off the air.
 
    DETAIL ENHANCEMENT TECHNOLOGY.  The best video sources such as DVD (if
properly recorded) provide good resolution while others such as digital
satellite reception and laser discs often provide acceptable resolution.
However, common sources such as broadcast or VHS tapes are noticeably deficient.
The problem is compounded when scan lines are doubled or quadrupled and when
other signal processing is applied. The resulting picture is free of artifacts
(including visible scan lines) but dull, with loss of definition and a general
blurriness. The Company's proprietary technology increases the visibility of
small image details, whether horizontal or vertical, without introducing ringing
or noise artifacts and without modifying large edge response. The Company's
technology also uses a form of non-linear processing similar to controlled
distortion. This technique expands the bandwidth of large edge signals without
introducing artifacts, such as ringing, in both the horizontal and vertical
domains. The combination of these two techniques results in a line doubled or
quadrupled image that gives a greater feeling of depth.
 
    MOTION COMPENSATION TECHNOLOGY.  The inherent scan and frame rate changes
that are required to display the enhanced video image makes motion compensation
necessary in the reconstruction of the enhanced picture. TV images are
transmitted in an interlaced fashion in which the picture is transmitted in two
parts, the first being the even lines of the picture, the second the odd lines.
This creates a time delay of 16 milliseconds between the odd and even lines of
the image. If motion is present, artifacts can be generated in the conversion to
a line doubled or quadrupled image. Also, while TV images are displayed at
approximately 60 frames per second, cinema film sources are displayed at 24
frames per second. To ensure an image noticeably free from artifacts, the motion
of the video has to be taken into account and identification of the source
material as video or film is necessary. The Company's motion and film detection
technology is used in most of its video enhancement products.
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
    NOISE REDUCTION.  All analog video sources contain some degree of picture
noise. This is manifested as low level moving or shimmering artifacts, or an
excessive graininess in the picture. High quality digital sources such as DVDs
have much reduced noise content. Noise reduction processing is required to bring
analog sources, either existing archive material or new material from
traditional cameras, up to digital standards. Small static details in the
picture have to be distinguished from the moving noise artifacts so that correct
discrimination can be accomplished. The Company makes use of its motion
detection and adaptive video filtering technologies to optimize noise reduction
in the video images.
 
    TIME BASE CORRECTION.  Video sources which are being transmitted from a
broadcast studio or by a satellite or cable TV head end derive line and frame
scan rates from stable crystal controlled sources which are timing accurate.
Video produced by consumer video cassette recorders, camcorders and, to a lesser
extent, video discs are subject to timing errors, because the playback relies on
the mechanical rotation of the storage medium for timing accuracy. In the case
of VCRs, line lengths may vary causing color decoding and video picture
alignment problems. If a VCR source is to be transmitted in the industry
standard digital D1 format, this line timing variability is not permissible. The
Company's time base correction technology permits its decoders not only to
separate the luminance and chrominance components of the video source but to
re-lock the video to a crystal reference. This stabilizes the picture,
particularly when video is overlaid on other video sources, and makes it
compliant with digital studio transmission standards.
 
    SCALING.  As new video standards become available, the need to reformat the
video picture by scaling in both the horizontal and vertical domains becomes
more important. The Company currently produces line doublers and quadruplers
which scale the picture by a factor of two. The Company has under development
products which scale the picture by non-integer ratios. This will be required
for the Company's PC interface products, which will permit the adjustment of the
size of a video image in a window on the PC monitor. This is a completely
variable scaling application. LCD panels or TI's DLP mirror products have finite
numbers of pixels in the display format. At present, 800 horizontal pixels by
600 vertical pixels is a common size and was developed to match computer SVGA
display sizes. In the case of video being interfaced to pixel based displays to
ensure that video artifacts are not developed at the display device, the video
source is scaled to convert the original number of lines to the number of lines
in the display device. Non-integer scaling is employed in this transfer. Scaling
will also be used in the conversion of video between traditional sources and the
new DTV and HDTV formats.
 
STRATEGIC RELATIONSHIPS
 
    The Company believes that strategic relationships with other manufacturers
will provide opportunities to facilitate the entry of video image enhancement
products into new markets.
 
    In March 1997, the Company entered into a license agreement with S3, a
leading supplier of advanced graphics accelerators for use in mainstream
multimedia PC systems. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company and S3 are
working jointly to develop integrated circuits using the Company's video
processing technologies and S3's advanced graphics accelerator technology for
use in PCs. The Company has granted S3 a worldwide license to certain
technology, including line doubling, detail enhancement, cross-color
suppression, motion tracking and compensation, and digital compression filtering
technology. Portions of such license are exclusive for certain markets for a
period of five years provided that performance criteria are satisfied. The
Company is obligated to negotiate with S3 to extend this five year period. The
Company is to receive certain per unit royalties for products sold incorporating
the Company's technology. In addition to other performance criteria, S3 must
make minimum royalty payments to maintain exclusivity. If royalties on product
sales do not reach prescribed minimum levels, S3 may maintain exclusivity by
prepaying royalties to prescribed levels, but there is no requirement for it to
do so. S3 expects to ship products that incorporate the Company's technology in
1998. There can be no assurance that S3 and the Company will develop products as
a result of the agreement or that future royalties will be received by the
Company.
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
    In April 1997, the Company entered into a development agreement with TI.
Under the terms of the agreement, the Company and TI are working jointly to
enhance and improve the images displayed by TI's DLP. If TI is satisfied with
the development related to the DLP, TI and the Company may enter into a further
agreement that would provide, among other things, that the Company sell board
level decoder products to TI, and/or license certain of the Company's technology
to TI. However, there can be no assurance that the Company will develop any such
improvements, that TI and the Company will enter into any further agreement or
that the Company will receive any royalty payments from TI. See "Risk
Factors--Dependence on Strategic Relationships" and "Certain
Transactions--License Agreement with S3."
 
SALES AND MARKETING
 
    Faroudja markets its products for the TV market through a network of home
theater, industrial and commercial dealers as well as OEM customers. As of June
30, 1997, the Company maintained a sales force of eight persons at its
headquarters in Sunnyvale, California, and six employees in regional offices.
The Company's marketing programs include trade shows, training seminars, public
relations and advertising. Revenues from GI accounted for 19.3% of total
revenues in 1994. Revenues from Hughes/JVC accounted for 12.1% of total revenues
in 1995. Revenues from Vidikron accounted for 10.5% of total revenues in 1996.
Revenues from S3 and Vidikron accounted for 14.9% and 11.4% respectively, of
total revenues in the six months ended June 30, 1997.
 
    The Company currently distributes its home theater products through
approximately 330 home theater dealers throughout the United States. This
distribution channel is managed by a Company national sales manager, four
regional managers, one field training manager, twelve independent sales
representatives and a customer service department. Through the recent
introduction of new, lower priced products for home theaters and the addition of
independent sales representatives, the Company intends to increase its home
theater dealer network locations in the U.S. over the next twelve months.
 
    The Company services industrial applications, such as corporate board rooms,
executive conference centers and auditoriums, through a network of more than 70
industrial dealers. These dealers typically provide installation, product
integration, on site training and customer support. This network is managed
directly by a national sales manager and four regional managers.
 
    For the broadcast market, the Company has relied, and expects to continue to
rely in the future, on direct sales marketing. The Company has three employees
who sell directly to the broadcast markets.
 
    The Company has OEM relationships with Runco, Vidikron and Ampro. Vidikron
is also integrating the VP100 decoder into certain of its projection systems,
including the new Helios I projector based on TI's DLP. There can be no
assurance that the Company will continue to receive any revenues from any of
these relationships.
 
   
    The Company has entered into co-branding arrangements with NEC and Runco
pursuant to which NEC and Runco have non-exclusive distribution rights to the
Company's line multiplier products. NEC and Runco are required to purchase a
certain minimum number of units per year to maintain their rights to co-brand
Company products. Under the NEC agreement, the Company has afforded NEC certain
price protections with respect to products listed therein. Specifically, in the
event of a price decrease for any such product, the Company will provide a
credit equal to the decrease for all such products remaining in inventory at
NEC. The Company has also entered into a co-branding arrangement with Ampro for
the development and sale of decoder boards for incorporation into the Ampro
three chip TI DLP product. There can be no assurance that the Company will
continue to receive any revenues from any of these arrangements.
    
 
    In 1996 and in the six months ended June 30, 1997, the Company generated
approximately 15.3% and 9.5%, respectively, of its total revenues from export
sales. The decrease in the percentage of total revenues generated from export
sales in the six months ended June 30, 1997 from the prior year was primarily
due to (i) increased sales to certain U.S. customers which, the Company
believes, in turn exported the Company's products and (ii) a reduction in
international sales personnel. The Company intends to expand its international
presence in order to
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
   
increase its export sales and intends to hire a sales manager in the fourth
quarter of 1997 to handle export sales. Consequently, the Company believes that
export sales will increase as a percentage of total revenues in future periods.
The Company has a non-exclusive worldwide distribution arrangement with Vidikron
pursuant to which Vidikron distributes the Company's line doublers and line
quadruplers. Further, Faroudja has a non-exclusive worldwide distribution
arrangement with Hughes/JVC for the industrial and consumer market. Hughes/JVC
distributes Faroudja's line doublers, quadruplers and broadcast products. In
addition, Faroudja has distributors or dealers in over 35 countries worldwide.
Export sales to international customers entail a number of risks, including
unexpected changes in, or impositions of, legislative or regulatory
requirements, delays resulting from difficulty in obtaining export licenses for
certain technology, tariffs, quotas and other trade barriers and restrictions,
longer payment cycles, greater difficulty in accounts receivable collection,
potential adverse taxes, currency exchange fluctuations, the burdens of
complying with a variety of foreign laws and other factors beyond the Company's
control. See "Risk Factors--Risks Associated with Export Sales and Operations."
    
 
    The Company's future success will depend, in large part, on the continued
efforts of its network of direct and indirect distributors and dealers. The loss
of, or reduction in sales to any of the Company's key customers could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's operating results. See "Risk
Factors--Distribution Risks; Diversification of Sales Channels."
 
    The Company's business is characterized by short lead times and quick
delivery schedules. As a result, the Company does not believe that backlog at
any given time is a meaningful indication of future sales.
 
MANUFACTURING
 
    TV AND BROADCAST PRODUCTS.  The Company focuses its manufacturing efforts on
producing high quality products in a cost-effective manner. The Company's
manufacturing operations are located in Sunnyvale, California and consist mainly
of materials procurement, final assembly, testing, quality assurance and
shipping of products. The only product assembly performed by the Company is
final assembly, which consists of building chassis and installing circuit boards
and wires and cables. The Company performs testing and quality assurance of all
products at its Sunnyvale facilities and plans to expand its in-house automated
testing efforts as its product volume increases.
 
    The Company subcontracts other manufacturing functions, including the
production of its printed circuit boards. Bestronics assembles more than 80% of
the Company's circuit boards. The Company's reliance on independent printed
circuit board assemblers limits its control over delivery schedules, quality
assurance and product cost. The Company also relies on suppliers for components,
such as DC Electronics which builds all of the Company's wire and cable
harnesses. Disruption in service by any of the Company's subcontractors or the
Company's suppliers could lead to supply constraints or delays in the delivery
of the Company's products. Such supply constraints or delays could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, operating results and
financial condition. See "Risk Factors--Reliance on Independent Foundries and
Manufacturers."
 
    WAFER FABRICATION.  The Company contracts all of its wafer fabrication,
assembly and testing to independent foundries and contractors, which enables the
Company to focus on its design strengths, minimize fixed costs and capital
expenditures and gain access to advanced manufacturing facilities. As the
Company continues to develop ASIC products, it will continue to contract out its
wafer production. The Company's engineers work closely with the Company's
foundries and subcontractors to increase yields, lower manufacturing costs and
assure quality. The Company's primary foundry is SGS-Thomson. In addition, MDT
and TEMIC have manufactured the Company's integrated circuits since 1993 and
1996, respectively. Most of the Company's devices are currently fabricated using
complementary metal oxide semiconductor ("CMOS") process technology with 0.8
micron feature sizes. New devices that are being designed are in 0.5 micron and
0.35 micron sizes. The Company currently purchases products from all of its
foundries under individually negotiated purchase orders. The Company does not
currently have a long-term supply contract with any of its wafer fabrication
foundries and, therefore, none are obligated to supply products to the Company
for any specific period, in any specific quantity or at any specified price,
except as may be provided in a particular purchase order. The Company's
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
reliance on independent foundries and assembly and testing houses involves a
number of risks. See "Risks Factors--Reliance on Independent Foundries and
Manufacturers."
 
COMPETITION
 
    The markets in which the Company competes are intensely competitive and are
characterized by rapid technological change, rapid product obsolescence and
price competition. The Company expects competition to increase in the future
from existing competitors and from other companies that may enter the Company's
existing or future markets with products or technologies which may be less
costly or provide higher performance or more desirable features than the
Company's products. The Company's existing and potential competitors include
several large domestic and international companies that have substantially
greater financial, manufacturing, technical, marketing, distribution and other
resources than the Company. In the market for TV video processors, the Company's
principal competitors are DWIN, Extron, NEC, Snell & Wilcox, Sony and YEM. In
the market for broadcast products, the Company's principal competitors are
Extron, Leitch, Matsushita, Snell & Wilcox, Sony Broadcast and Vistek. As the
Company's products penetrate broader markets and as these markets become
commercial markets, the Company expects to face competition from diversified
electronic and semiconductor companies.
 
    Certain of the Company's principal competitors maintain their own
manufacturing facilities, including semiconductor foundries, and may therefore
benefit from certain capacity, cost and technical advantages. Since the Company
does not operate its own semiconductor manufacturing, assembly or testing
facilities, it may not be able to reduce its costs as rapidly as companies that
operate their own facilities. The failure of the Company to introduce lower cost
versions of its products in a timely manner or to successfully manage its
manufacturing, assembly and testing relationships would have a material adverse
effect on its business, operating results and financial condition.
 
    The Company believes that its ability to compete successfully in the rapidly
evolving markets for high performance video image enhancement technology depends
on a number of factors, including protection of its proprietary technology and
information, the price, quality and performance of the Company's and its
competitors' products, the timing and success of new product introductions by
the Company, its customers and its competitors, the emergence of new industry
standards, the Company's ability to obtain adequate foundry capacity, the number
and nature of the Company's competitors in a given market and general market and
economic conditions. There can be no assurance that the Company will compete
successfully in the future with respect to these or any other competitive
factors. See "Risk Factors--Competition."
 
    The Company has licensed and intends to continue to license its technologies
and intellectual property. The Company also offers for sale board level or chip
level products, developed by or for the Company, which implement certain of the
Company's technologies. The Company's licensees and OEM customers may be larger
and have greater market recognition and financial, technological, engineering,
manufacturing and distribution capabilities than the Company. In addition, such
licensees and OEM customers may use such technologies and subsystems either
alone or in combination with other technologies to develop products which could
compete with the Company's technologies and products. While the Company may sell
board level or chip level products and receive royalties from such licensees,
there can be no assurance that the technologies and products offered by such
licensees and OEM customers will not compete directly with those of the Company,
have performance, cost or other advantages over those of the Company or have an
adverse impact on the sales or other licensing activities of the Company.
 
PROPRIETARY RIGHTS AND LICENSES
 
    The Company's future success depends in part upon its ability to protect its
proprietary technology and information. Although the Company relies on a
combination of licensed patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets and
licensing arrangements with third parties to protect certain of its intellectual
property, the Company believes that factors such as the technological and
creative skills of its personnel and the success of its ongoing
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
   
product development efforts are more important in maintaining its competitive
position. The Company generally enters into confidentiality or license
agreements with its employees, distributors, customers and potential customers
and limits access to its proprietary information. Yves Faroudja, the Company's
founder and Chief Technical Officer, personally holds or was assigned 35 U.S.
and 8 foreign patents, and 7 U.S. and 22 foreign patent applications, which have
been licensed to the Company, and on which the Company depends for the
enhancement of its current products and the development of future products. Mr.
Faroudja has granted the Company a perpetual, royalty-free, license to use
patented and unpatented technologies developed by him prior to January 20, 1997.
See "Certain Transactions--Yves Faroudja License Agreement." As the Company is a
licensee of such patents and applications, it is subject to risks not generally
faced by other companies which own the intellectual property upon which their
businesses rely. See "Risk Factors--Limited Protection of Proprietary Rights;
Risk of Third Party Infringement." There can be no assurance that patents will
issue from any pending applications or that any claims allowed from pending
applications will be of sufficient scope or strength, or be issued in all
countries where the Company's products can be sold, to provide meaningful
protection or any commercial advantage to the Company. Also, competitors of the
Company may be able to design around the licensed patents. The laws of certain
foreign countries in which the Company's products are or may be developed,
manufactured or sold, including various countries in Asia, may not protect the
Company's products or intellectual property rights to the same extent as the
laws of the United States, and thus, may increase the likelihood of piracy of
the Company's technology and products. There can be no assurance that the steps
taken by the Company to protect its intellectual property rights will be
adequate to prevent misappropriation of its technology or that the Company's
competitors will not independently develop technologies that are substantially
equivalent or superior to the Company's technology.
    
 
    The video image enhancement and related industries are characterized by
vigorous protection and pursuit of intellectual property rights or positions,
which have resulted in significant and often protracted and expensive
litigation. Although to date the Company has received no notification of alleged
infringement of other companies' intellectual property rights, the Company may
from time to time be subject to proceedings alleging infringement by the Company
of intellectual property rights owned by third parties. If necessary or
desirable, the Company may seek licenses under such intellectual property
rights. However, there can be no assurance that such licenses will be offered or
that the terms of any offered license will be acceptable to the Company. The
failure to obtain such a license from a third party for technology used by the
Company could cause the Company to incur substantial liabilities and to suspend
or cease the manufacture of products requiring such technology. See "Risk
Factors--Limited Protection of Proprietary Rights; Risk of Third Party
Infringement."
 
    The Company may initiate claims or litigation against third parties for
infringement of the Company's proprietary rights or to establish the validity of
the Company's proprietary rights. For example, in January 1997 and May 1997, the
Company filed actions against DWIN and Snell & Wilcox, respectively, seeking
relief and damages for the infringement of US Patent Number 4,876,596 owned by
Yves Faroudja and licensed to the Company. DWIN and Snell & Wilcox have raised
defenses and counterclaims that the patent is invalid and not infringed. See
"Limited Protection of Proprietary Rights; Risk of Third Party Infringement" and
"--Litigation."
 
   
    Yves Faroudja, the Company and GI are parties to a royalty free, world-wide
license agreement dated May 1, 1996 pursuant to which GI licensed certain
patents to the Company and the Company licensed certain patents to GI relating
to video compression and decompression. As a result of that agreement, GI could
produce products in the field of scan conversion of source material presented to
a compression system competitive with certain present or proposed products of
the Company. See "Certain Transactions--Yves Faroudja License Agreement."
    
 
EMPLOYEES
 
    As of June 30, 1997, the Company had 67 full-time and six part-time and
contract employees, including 26 full-time employees primarily involved in
research and development activities, 14 in marketing and sales, 11 in finance
and administration and 16 in manufacturing and quality assurance. Most employees
are based at the Company's headquarters in Sunnyvale, California. The Company's
employees are not represented by any
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
collective bargaining unit with respect to their employment with the Company,
and the Company has never experienced a work stoppage. The Company believes that
its employee relations are good. The Company intends to significantly expand its
employee base in 1997, primarily in research and development and sales and
marketing, and believes that its future success will depend largely on its
ability to attract and retain highly-skilled managerial, sales and marketing
personnel. Competition for such personnel is intense. The Company's future
success will depend to a significant extent upon the continued services of
members of senior management and other key employees of the Company. The loss of
the service of any of these individuals could have a material adverse effect on
the Company. See "Risk Factors--Dependence on Senior Management and Other Key
Employees; New Management Personnel."
 
FACILITIES
 
    The Company's headquarters is located in approximately 20,000 square feet of
space in Sunnyvale, California pursuant to a lease which expires September 30,
2003. In 1997, the Company also entered into a lease for approximately 2,000
square feet for a research and development facility in Phoenix, Arizona which
expires in June 1999. The aggregate annual gross rent for the Company's
facilities was approximately $172,000 in 1996. The Company intends to expand its
facilities in the second half of 1997.
 
LITIGATION
 
   
    In January 1997 and May 1997, the Company filed actions against DWIN and
Snell & Wilcox, respectively, seeking relief and damages for the infringement of
US Patent Number 4,876,596, which was issued on October 24, 1989, is owned by
Yves Faroudja and is licensed to the Company. DWIN and Snell & Wilcox have
raised defenses and counterclaims that the patent is invalid and not infringed.
The actions against DWIN and Snell & Wilcox were filed in the United States
District Court, Northern District of California--San Jose Division as Civil
Action No. C-97 20010 SW (PVT) and Civil Action No. C-97 20422 SW (PVT),
respectively. The Company is seeking an injunction and unspecified monetary
damages against both DWIN and Snell & Wilcox. DWIN and Snell & Wilcox have filed
counterclaims seeking declaratory judgements that all of the claims of the
patents are invalid and/or that US Patent Number 4,876,596 has not been
infringed. They are also seeking recovery of their respective attorneys' fees
and costs. Discovery has commenced in both matters. The Company's management
believes that a finding that all of the claims of the patent are invalid or that
the patent has not been infringed in one or both actions would not have a
material adverse effect on the Company.
    
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
 
    The following table sets forth certain information concerning the Company's
executive officers and directors as of the date of this Prospectus:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                   NAME                         AGE                                 POSITION
- ------------------------------------------      ---      ---------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                         <C>          <C>
Michael J. Moone..........................          51   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
 
Yves C. Faroudja(3).......................          63   Chief Technical Officer, Chairman of the Executive Committee,
                                                           Secretary and Director
 
Michael C. Hoberg.........................          45   Vice President--Finance and Chief Financial Officer
 
Donald S. Butler..........................          51   Vice President--Engineering
 
Kenneth S. Boschwitz......................          43   Vice President--Business Development and General Counsel
 
Thomas A. Harvey..........................          49   Vice President--Sales and Marketing
 
William J. Turner(1)......................          54   Chairman of the Board of Directors
 
Kevin B. Kimberlin(2).....................          44   Director
 
Matthew D. Miller(3)......................          50   Director
 
William N. Sick, Jr.(1)...................          62   Director
 
Stuart D. Buchalter(2)....................          60   Director
 
Merv L. Adelson(3)........................          67   Director
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Member of the Compensation Committee
 
(2) Member of the Audit Committee
 
(3) Member of the Executive Committee
 
    MICHAEL J. MOONE has served as President, Chief Executive Officer and a
director of the Company since joining the Company in July 1996. From February
1995 to June 1996, Mr. Moone was President, Chief Executive Officer and a
director of Healthrider, Inc., a home fitness equipment supplier. In June 1993,
he co-founded Kid One, Inc., a developer of electronic toys and games, and
served as its Chief Executive Officer and a director through February 1995. In
1985, Mr. Moone founded Merchantec International, a credit card processing
company, and served as its President, Chief Executive Officer and a director
through May 1993. In 1983 he founded Electronic Publishing Systems Inc., a
software development and marketing company and served as its President through
May 1985. From November 1979 to April 1983 he was President of Atari, Inc., a
developer and manufacturer of home video games and a subsidiary of Warner
Communications, Inc. From July 1978 to November 1979, he was Vice President and
General Manager of Milton Bradley Co. ("MBC"), a developer and manufacturer of
toys and games. Previously, he held a number of marketing and general management
positions with MBC. Mr. Moone holds a B.S. in Political Science and Economics
from Xavier University.
 
    YVES C. FAROUDJA is co-founder of the Company and has served as a director
of the Company since its inception in 1971. Mr. Faroudja served as the Company's
President from 1971 to July 1996, has been the Company's Chief Technical Officer
since July 1996 and is currently Chairman of its Executive Committee of the
Board of Directors. Prior to founding the Company, Mr. Faroudja worked as a
research and development engineer at ITT Research Laboratories in France, as a
research scientist at the North Atlantic Treaty Organization in Italy and for
Memorex Corporation, a systems integrator and distributor of computer products,
in the United States. Mr. Faroudja holds a M.S.E.E. from Ecole Superieure
d'Electricite, Paris.
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
    MICHAEL C. HOBERG joined the Company in December 1996 as Vice
President--Finance and Chief Financial Officer. From March 1995 to December
1996, Mr. Hoberg was Principal Accounting Officer of DSP Group, Inc. ("DSP"), a
semiconductor company, and from January 1994 to March 1995 he was DSP's
Corporate Controller. From March 1992 to January 1994, Mr. Hoberg served as Vice
President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer at Arix Corporation ("Arix"), a
UNIX superminicomputer manufacturer, and from 1989 to March 1992 was Arix's
Corporate Controller. From 1986 to 1989, Mr. Hoberg was the Controller of the
Therapeutic Products Division of Diasonics, Inc., a manufacturer of therapeutic
medical equipment, and from 1983 to 1986 served as the Chief Financial Officer
of Technics, Inc., a semiconductor equipment manufacturer. Mr. Hoberg holds a
B.B.A. in Accounting from the University of Wisconsin at Madison and is a
Certified Public Accountant.
 
    DONALD S. BUTLER joined the Company in May 1996 as Vice President and
General Manager of the VLSI Division. In October 1996, as Vice
President--Engineering, he assumed responsibility for all engineering functions
other than research and development. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Butler
was Vice President of Engineering at the Integrated Systems Center of GI, a
manufacturer of satellite and cable TV equipment, a position he held from 1989
to May 1996. From 1974 to 1989, he held several engineering and engineering
management positions within GI's Microelectronics Division. Mr. Butler holds a
B.S. in Electrical Engineering from the University of Strathclyde, Glasgow,
Scotland.
 
    KENNETH S. BOSCHWITZ joined the Company in June 1997 as Vice
President--Business Development and General Counsel. From May 1984 to September
1996, Mr. Boschwitz held various legal and management positions with GI,
including Vice President & General Counsel of GI's Communications Division. From
November 1979 to May 1984, Mr. Boschwitz practiced corporate and securities law
with several private law firms. From August 1977 to November 1979, Mr. Boschwitz
was a Staff Attorney at the Securities and Exchange Commission's Division of
Corporation Finance. Mr. Boschwitz holds a J.D. from Washington College of Law
at The American University and a B.A. from Rutgers College.
 
    THOMAS A. HARVEY joined the Company in June 1997 as Vice President--Sales
and Marketing. From September 1990 to May 1997, Mr. Harvey was Senior Vice
President of the Western Zone Sales Consumer Products Group of Sony Electronics,
Inc. ("Sony Electronics"), a leading electronics supplier. From June 1989 to
August 1990, Mr. Harvey was the President of the Consumer Sales Company division
of Sony Electronics. From August 1987 to May 1989, he was the President of the
Consumer Audio Products group of Sony Electronics. Prior thereto, he held
numerous positions of increasing responsibility with various divisions of Sony
Electronics. Mr. Harvey holds a M.S. in Education and a B.S. in Education from
Northern Illinois University.
 
    WILLIAM J. TURNER has served as Chairman of the Board of Directors of the
Company since December 1995. From November 1989 to the present, Mr. Turner has
been chairman of Turner & Partners, a management and financial consulting
company. In February 1997, Mr. Turner also became a co-founder and co-manager of
Signature Capital, LLC, a venture capital company ("Signature Capital"). From
1983 to 1989, Mr. Turner was the President, Chief Operating Officer and a
director of Automatic Data Processing, a computer and information services firm.
Mr. Turner is currently a director of Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation.
Mr. Turner holds a M.A. in Mathematics from the University of Maine and a M.B.A.
from Northeastern University.
 
    KEVIN B. KIMBERLIN has served as a director of the Company since December
1995. Since 1991, Mr. Kimberlin has been Chairman of Spencer Trask Holdings,
Inc., an investment banking firm. Mr. Kimberlin is a co-founder of Ciena
Corporation, Myriad Genetics and The Immune Response Corporation. He has been a
director of The Immune Response Corporation since 1986. Mr. Kimberlin holds a
M.B.A. from Harvard Business School and a B.S. from Indiana University.
 
    MATTHEW D. MILLER has served as a director of the Company since December
1995. Since July 1994, Mr. Miller has served as President of M-Squared Media and
Technology L.L.C., a venture capital investment and consulting firm focusing on
high technology companies ("M-Squared"). From January 1993 to December 1993, Mr.
Miller served as Chairman of the Center for Advanced TV Studies, a non-profit
research and development consortium. From August 1988 to July 1994, he served as
Vice President of Technology at GI, and from March 1984 to August 1988, he was
Vice President of Technology at Viacom Inc. ("Viacom"), a media and
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
communications company. Before joining Viacom, he served as a technology manager
at both Perkin-Elmer Corporation and RCA Corporation's David Sarnoff Research
Center. Mr. Miller holds a M.A. and a Ph.D. in Physics from Princeton
University, and a B.A. in Physics from Harvard University. He is a director of
Lumisys Inc. and several private technology companies.
 
    WILLIAM N. SICK has served as a director of the Company since December 1995.
Mr. Sick is Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Business Resources
International, an investment services company he founded in 1989. In February
1997, Mr. Sick became a co-founder and co-manager of Signature Capital. In 1988
and 1989, he served as Chief Executive Officer and a director of American
National Can Company ("ANC"), a packaging company. During this period, he was
also Vice Chairman of Triangle Industries Inc., the owner of ANC. From 1958 to
1987, Mr. Sick was employed by Texas Instruments Incorporated ("TI") where he
served in several management capacities, including five years as President of TI
Semiconductor Group and Executive Vice President and a director of the Company.
Prior to that time, he was President of TI Asia in Tokyo and President of the TI
Europe Division. Mr. Sick is currently Chairman of the Board of Trustees of the
Shedd Aquarium in Chicago and a member of the Board of Governors of Rice
University. Mr. Sick holds a B.A. and a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from Rice
University.
 
    STUART D. BUCHALTER has served as a director of the Company since April
1996. Mr. Buchalter has been of counsel with the law firm of Buchalter, Nemer,
Fields & Younger, a Professional Corporation, since August 1980. From August
1980 to June 1993, he served as Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief
Executive Officer of Standard Brands Paint Company, a paint retailer and
manufacturer. Mr. Buchalter is a director of Authentic Fitness Corp., an
athletic apparel manufacturer, Earl Scheib, Inc., an automotive painting
company, and City National Corp., the holding company for City National Bank. He
is also Vice-Chairman of the Board of Trustees of Otis College of Art and
Design. Mr. Buchalter holds a L.L.B. from Harvard Law School and a B.A. from the
University of California at Berkeley.
 
    MERV L. ADELSON has served as a director of the Company since September
1996. Mr. Adelson has been Chairman of East-West Capital Associates, Inc., a
private investment banking company, since 1989. Previously, he was Chairman and
Chief Executive Officer of Lorimar Telepictures Corporation, an entertainment
firm. Mr. Adelson has been a director of Time Warner, Inc., a media and
communication corporation, since 1989. Mr. Adelson served as Vice Chairman of
Warner Communications, Inc. from January 1989 through August 1991. Mr. Adelson
is a director of 7th Level, Inc., a video graphics developer. Mr. Adelson has
served as a Managing Member of Adelson Investors, LLC, a private venture capital
fund, since February 1996.
 
    The Company's Certificate of Incorporation provides for a classified Board
of Directors consisting of three classes of directors, each serving staggered
three-year terms. As a result, approximately one-third of the Company's Board of
Directors will be elected each year. Yves Faroudja, Michael Moone and Stuart
Buchalter have been designated Class 1 directors with terms expiring at the 1997
Annual Meeting of Stockholders. Merv Adelson, Kevin Kimberlin and William Turner
have been designated Class 2 directors with terms expiring at the 1998 Annual
Meeting of Stockholders. William Sick and Matthew Miller have been designated as
Class 3 directors with terms expiring at the 1999 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders. See "Description of Capital Stock-- Delaware Law and Certain
Charter and By-Law Provisions."
 
BOARD COMMITTEES
 
    EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE.  The Executive Committee of the Board of Directors
reviews and monitors the Company's annual operating and capital expense budgets,
and acts as the Board of Directors' nominating committee with respect to the
selection of independent directors. Merv Adelson, Matthew Miller and Yves
Faroudja are the members of the Executive Committee and Yves Faroudja is its
chairman.
 
    AUDIT COMMITTEE.  The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors (i) reviews
the results and scope of the annual audit and other services provided by the
Company's independent auditors, (ii) reviews and evaluates the Company's
internal audit and control functions and (iii) monitors transactions between the
Company and its
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
employees, officers and directors. Kevin B. Kimberlin and Stuart D. Buchalter
are the members of the Audit Committee.
 
    COMPENSATION COMMITTEE.  The Compensation Committee of the Board of
Directors administers the Company's stock option and stock purchase plans and
designates compensation levels for the Company's executive officers and
directors. William J. Turner and William N. Sick, Jr. are the members of the
Compensation Committee.
 
BOARD COMPENSATION
 
   
    Directors received no fees for serving on the Board of Directors during 1996
but were reimbursed for all reasonable expenses incurred by them in attending
Board of Directors and Committee meetings. Commencing in August 1997,
non-employee directors will receive an annual retainer of $7,500, payable in
Common Stock on the day after the annual meeting of stockholders. In addition,
each non-employee director will receive $650 for each Board of Directors meeting
attended and $375 for each Committee meeting attended. Non-employee directors
are also eligible to participate in the Directors Plan. See "--Stock Plans--1997
Non-Employee Directors Stock Option Plan." On August 13, 1997 the Company issued
750 shares of its Common Stock to each of Stuart D. Buchalter, Merv Adelson,
William N. Sick, William J. Turner and Kevin B. Kimberlin as their annual
retainer for serving as directors of the Company. Under a consulting agreement
between the Company and Matthew D. Miller, the Company paid Mr. Miller a
consulting fee of $7,000 per month from July 1997 through August 1997, and will
pay Mr. Miller $5,000 per month for the balance of the term of the agreement.
The Company paid Mr. Miller $35,645 and $14,000 in consulting fees during fiscal
1996 and the six months ended June 30, 1997, respectively. To date, Merv Adelson
has not received any compensation under his consulting agreement with the
Company. See "Certain Transactions--Consulting Agreements."
    
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
    In January 1997, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors was
formed, consisting of William N. Sick, Jr. and William J. Turner. No member of
the Compensation Committee was or is an officer or employee of the Company or
any of its subsidiaries. No executive officer of the Company serves as a member
of the Board of Directors or Compensation Committee of any entity which has one
or more executive officers serving as a member of the Company's Board of
Directors or Compensation Committee.
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
    The following table sets forth all compensation received for services
rendered to the Company and the Company's subsidiaries in all capacities during
the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996 by (i) the Company's
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
Chief Executive Officer and (ii) the Company's other executive officers whose
total compensation exceeded $100,000 during such fiscal year (together, the
"Named Executive Officers"):
 
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    LONG-TERM
                                                                                  COMPENSATION
                                                  ANNUAL COMPENSATION(1)          -------------
                                           -------------------------------------   SECURITIES
                                                                       OTHER       UNDERLYING
                                                                      ANNUAL         OPTIONS        ALL OTHER
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION                SALARY ($)    BONUS     COMPENSATION      (#)(2)      COMPENSATION(3)
- -----------------------------------------  ----------  ----------  -------------  -------------  ---------------
<S>                                        <C>         <C>         <C>            <C>            <C>
Michael J. Moone
  President, Chief Executive
  Officer and Director(4)................  $  175,000  $  150,000       --             528,932      $   4,750
 
Michael C. Hoberg
  Vice President--Finance and Chief
  Financial Officer(5)...................     135,000      --           --              75,000         --
 
Yves C. Faroudja
  Chief Technical Officer, Secretary and
  Director(6)............................     198,500      --           --             --               2,464
 
Donald S. Butler
  Vice President--Engineering(7).........     200,000      30,512       --             195,964         --
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Excludes perquisites and other personal benefits which for each Named
    Executive Officer did not exceed the lesser of (i) $50,000 or (ii) 10% of
    the total annual salary and bonus for such officer. The bonus for each
    executive varies annually based on a variety of factors. Accordingly, the
    bonus reported for each executive is the actual amount earned in 1996, not
    an annualized amount.
 
(2) These shares are issuable upon exercise of stock options granted under the
    1995 Option Plan.
 
(3) Represents matching contributions by the Company under its 401(k) plan.
 
(4) Mr. Moone joined the Company in June 1996, and the amount reported
    represents his salary in 1996 on an annual basis. Commencing in January
    1997, Mr. Moone's base salary was increased to $250,000. Includes a grant of
    options to purchase 456,432 shares under the 1995 Option Plan at an exercise
    price of $3.83 and a grant of options to purchase 72,500 shares under the
    1995 Option Plan at an exercise price of $3.91. The options vest over four
    years.
 
(5) Mr. Hoberg joined the Company in December 1996, and the amount reported
    represents his salary on an annual basis. He is eligible for a discretionary
    bonus at the end of the year. Includes a grant of options to purchase 75,000
    shares under the 1995 Option Plan at an exercise price of $3.91. The options
    vest over four years.
 
(6) Mr. Faroudja served as the Company's President prior to June 1996, and
    currently serves as the Company's Chief Technical Officer, Chairman of the
    Executive Committee, Secretary and Director of the Board of Directors. Under
    his employment agreement, Mr. Faroudja will receive a salary of up to
    $200,000 for each of fiscal 1997 and fiscal 1998 depending on the amount of
    time he devotes to the Company.
 
(7) Mr. Butler joined the Company in May 1996 and received an annualized salary
    of $200,000. Commencing in May 1997, Mr. Butler's base salary was increased
    to $220,000. He is eligible for a discretionary bonus at the end of the
    year. Includes a grant of options to purchase 172,964 shares under the 1995
    Option Plan at an exercise price of $3.83 and a grant of options to purchase
    23,000 shares under the 1995 Option Plan at an exercise price of $3.91. The
    options vest over four years.
 
    Kenneth S. Boschwitz joined the Company in June 1997 as its Vice
President--Business Development and General Counsel, and will receive a
pro-rated annual salary of $150,000 in 1997. He is also eligible for a
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
discretionary bonus at the end of the year. He was granted options to purchase
80,000 shares under the 1997 Option Plan at an exercise price of $7.50. Mr.
Boschwitz's option vests over four years. If Mr. Boschwitz is terminated without
cause during his first year of employment with the Company, he will receive a
severance of $75,000. Thomas A. Harvey joined the Company in June 1997 as its
Vice President--Sales and Marketing and will receive a pro-rated salary of
$200,000 in 1997. In addition, he received a signing bonus of $50,000 in July
1997 and is eligible for a discretionary bonus at the end of the year. He was
granted options to purchase 100,000 shares under the 1997 Option Plan at an
exercise price of $7.50. Mr. Harvey's options vest over four years. If Mr.
Harvey is terminated without cause during his first year of employment with the
Company, he will receive a severance of $125,000 which will be paid over 12
months.
 
STOCK OPTION GRANTS
 
    The following table provides information relating to stock options awarded
to each of the Named Executive Officers during the fiscal year ended December
31, 1996.
 
                       OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
                                                                                                  VALUE AT ASSUMED
                                                     INDIVIDUAL GRANTS(1)                         ANNUAL RATES OF
                                  ----------------------------------------------------------        STOCK PRICE
                                     NUMBER OF       % OF TOTAL                                   APPRECIATION FOR
                                    SECURITIES         OPTIONS       EXERCISE                      OPTION TERM(2)
                                    UNDERLYING         GRANTED       PRICE PER   EXPIRATION   ------------------------
NAME                              OPTIONS GRANTED   TO EMPLOYEES       SHARE       DATE(4)      5% ($)      10% ($)
- --------------------------------  ---------------  ---------------  -----------  -----------  ----------  ------------
<S>                               <C>              <C>              <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>
Michael J. Moone................        345,928           27.42%     $    3.83     06/24/06   $  833,226  $  2,111,556
Michael J. Moone................        110,504            8.76           3.83     07/08/06      266,167       674,520
Michael J. Moone................         72,500            5.75           3.91     12/31/06      178,276       451,786
Michael C. Hoberg...............         75,000            5.95           3.91     12/31/06      184,423       467,365
Donald S. Butler................        172,964(3)        13.71           3.83     05/06/06      416,613     1,055,778
Donald S. Butler................         23,000(3)         1.82           3.91     12/31/06       56,557       143,325
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Each of these options was granted pursuant to the 1995 Option Plan. These
    options were granted at an exercise price equal to the fair market value of
    the Company's Common Stock as determined by the Board of Directors of the
    Company on the date of grant, and vest over a four year period at the rate
    of 25% of the shares on the first anniversary of the date of grant and
    1/48th of the shares each month thereafter. The term of each option is ten
    years.
 
(2) Potential gains are net of the exercise price but before taxes associated
    with the exercise. The 5% and 10% assumed annual rates of compounded stock
    appreciation are mandated by the rules of the Securities and Exchange
    Commission and do not represent the Company's estimate or projection of the
    future Common Stock price. Actual gains, if any, on stock option exercises
    are dependent on the future financial performance of the Company, overall
    market conditions and the option holders' continued employment through the
    vesting period.
 
(3) Mr. Butler entered into an agreement with the Company on March 6, 1996,
    pursuant to which Mr. Butler will receive a bonus of $1.08 per each option
    upon exercise of such options, up to an aggregate of 138,370 options, or
    $150,000.
 
(4) Options become exercisable as to 25% of the option shares on the first
    anniversary of the date of grant and as to 1/48th of the option shares each
    month thereafter, with full vesting occurring on the fourth anniversary of
    the date of grant.
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
AGGREGATE OPTION EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR AND FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUES
 
    There were no stock options exercised by Named Executive Officers during the
year ended December 31, 1996. The following table sets forth certain information
regarding stock options held as of December 31, 1996 by the Named Executive
Officers.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUES
                                   --------------------------------------------------------------
                                        NUMBER OF SECURITIES
                                       UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED           VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                    OPTIONS AT DECEMBER 31, 1996        IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS
                                                (#)                    DECEMBER 31, 1996 ($)
                                   ------------------------------  ------------------------------
NAME                                 EXERCISABLE    UNEXERCISABLE    EXERCISABLE    UNEXERCISABLE
- ---------------------------------  ---------------  -------------  ---------------  -------------
<S>                                <C>              <C>            <C>              <C>
Michael J. Moone.................        --              456,432         --           $  36,515
Michael J. Moone.................        --               72,500(2)       --             --
Michael C. Hoberg................        --               75,000(2)       --             --
Donald S. Butler.................        --              172,964         --              13,837
Donald S. Butler.................        --               23,000(2)       --             --
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Calculated by determining the difference between the exercise price of such
    option and the fair market value of the Company's Common Stock at December
    31, 1996, multiplied by the total number of shares subject to the option.
 
   
(2) These options were granted at an exercise price of $3.91 per share.
    
 
   
    The Board of Directors determined that the fair value of the Common Stock at
December 31, 1996 was $3.91 per share, after taking into consideration the
purchase price of $3.83 per share paid by the Investor Group in March 1996 and
assessing operations after that date.
    
 
STOCK PLANS
 
    1997 NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS STOCK OPTION PLAN.  The Directors Plan provides
for the grant of nonqualified stock options to non-employee directors of the
Company. The Directors Plan was adopted by the Company's Board of Directors in
December 1996 and approved by its stockholders in January 1997, at which time
100,000 shares of Common Stock were authorized for issuance thereunder. Under
the Directors Plan, each non-employee director is eligible to receive options
exercisable for the Company's Common Stock. As of June 30, 1997, there were
options to purchase 45,605 shares of Common Stock outstanding under the
Directors Plan, none of which have been exercised. Unless terminated sooner the
Directors Plan will terminate in 2007.
 
    Options granted under the Directors Plan shall be exercisable in whole or in
part at all times during the period beginning on the date of grant until the
earlier of (i) ten years from the date of grant, and (ii) one year from the date
on which a grantee ceases to be a non-employee director, subject to certain
vesting requirements which may be imposed by the committee designated by the
Board of Directors to administer the Directors Plan or by the Board of Directors
if no such committee has been designated. No director option granted under the
Directors Plan is transferable by the optionee except by will or by the laws of
descent or distribution, and each director option is exercisable during the
lifetime of the optionee only by such optionee. The exercise price of each
director option is equal to the fair market value of the Common Stock on the
date of grant. In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another
corporation, or the sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company, the
Directors Plan shall terminate and each director option issued thereunder shall
become fully exercisable.
 
    1995 STOCK OPTION PLAN.  On August 1, 1995, the Company's Board of Directors
and its stockholders approved the 1995 Option Plan to succeed the 1993 Stock
Option Plan. The 1995 Option Plan was amended on August 19, 1996, February 11,
1997, April 30, 1997 and June 13, 1997. The 1995 Option Plan provides for the
grant to employees of the Company of incentive stock options within the meaning
of Section 422 of the Code, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options to
employees and consultants of the Company. A total of 1,225,000 shares of Common
Stock have been reserved for issuance under the 1995 Option Plan. As of June 30,
1997, 1,217,019 shares were subject to outstanding options, and 7,380 shares had
been issued upon exercise of stock
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
options granted under the 1995 Option Plan. The exercise price of all incentive
stock options granted under the 1995 Option Plan must be at least equal to the
fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of grant. The exercise price
of all nonstatutory stock options granted under the 1995 Option Plan must be at
least 85% of the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of grant.
With respect to any participant who owns stock possessing more than 10% of the
voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, the exercise price of any
incentive or nonstatutory stock option granted must equal at least 110% of the
fair market per share value on the grant date and the maximum term of the option
may not exceed five years. The term of all other options granted under the 1995
Option Plan may not exceed ten years. Options granted under the 1995 Option Plan
are not transferable by the optionee except by will or by the laws of descent or
distribution, and are exercisable during the lifetime of the optionee only by
such optionee. As of June 30, 1997, options to purchase 1,217,019 shares of
Common Stock were outstanding. No additional options to purchase Common Stock
will be issued under the 1995 Option Plan.
 
    The 1995 Option Plan is administered by the Board of Directors, or a
committee designated by the Board of Directors, which, among other things,
selects the optionees and interprets and implements the 1995 Option Plan. Most
options vest over three or four years. The 1995 Option Plan may be amended at
any time by the Board of Directors, although certain amendments require
stockholder approval.
 
    In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation, or
the sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company, the 1995 Option Plan
shall terminate and each option issued thereunder shall become fully
exercisable.
 
    1997 PERFORMANCE STOCK OPTION PLAN.  In January 1997, the Company's Board of
Directors adopted and its stockholders approved the 1997 Option Plan to succeed
the 1995 Option Plan. The 1997 Option Plan was amended on June 13, 1997. The
1997 Option Plan provides for the granting to employees (including officers and
employee directors) of incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422
of the Code, and for the granting to employees (including officers and employee
directors) and consultants of nonstatutory stock options. Unless terminated
sooner, the 1997 Option Plan will terminate automatically in 2007. The Board of
Directors has authority to amend, suspend or terminate the 1997 Option Plan,
provided that no such action may affect any share of Common Stock previously
issued and sold or any option previously granted under the 1997 Option Plan. A
total of 725,000 shares of Common Stock have been reserved for issuance under
the 1997 Option Plan. As of June 30, 1997, there were options to purchase
315,725 shares of Common Stock outstanding under the 1997 Option Plan, none of
which have been exercised.
 
    The 1997 Option Plan may be administered by the Board of Directors or a
committee designated by the Board (the "Administrator"), which committee is
required to be constituted to comply with Section 16(b) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and applicable laws. The Administrator has the
power to determine the terms of the options granted, including the exercise
price, the number of shares subject to the option and the exercisability
thereof, and the form of consideration payable upon exercise. Options granted
under the 1997 Option Plan are not transferable except by will or by the laws of
descent and distribution and may only be exercised by the holder of such options
or by the holder's legal representative. Options granted under the 1997 Option
Plan must be exercised within three months of the end of the optionee's status
as an employee or consultant of the Company, or within twelve months after such
optionee's termination by death or disability, but in no event later than the
expiration of the option term. The exercise price of all nonstatutory stock
options granted under the 1997 Option Plan shall be determined by the
Administrator. With respect to any participant who owns stock possessing more
than 10% of the voting power of all classes of the Company's outstanding capital
stock (a "10% Stockholder"), the exercise price of any stock option granted to
such participant must equal at least 110% of the fair market value per share on
the date of grant. The exercise price of incentive stock options for all other
employees shall be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the
date of grant and the exercise price of nonstatutory stock options shall be no
less than 85% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant. The
maximum term of an option granted under the 1997 Option Plan may not exceed ten
years from the date of grant (five years in the case of an incentive stock
option granted to a 10% Stockholder).
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
    In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation, or
the sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company, the 1997 Option Plan
shall terminate and each option issued thereunder shall become fully
exercisable.
 
   
    1997 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN.  The Purchase Plan was approved by the
Company's Board of Directors and stockholders in January 1997. The Purchase Plan
is intended to qualify as an "employee stock purchase plan" under Section 423 of
the Code. An aggregate of 400,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock are
reserved for offering under the Purchase Plan and are available for purchase
thereunder, subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend
or other similar change in the Common Stock or the capital structure of the
Company. Employees are eligible to participate if they are regularly employed by
the Company for at least 20 hours per week and more than five months per
calendar year. As of the date of this Prospectus no shares of the Company's
Common Stock have been purchased pursuant to the Purchase Plan.
    
 
    Under the Purchase Plan, offering periods will commence on the first trading
day on or after June 15 and December 15 of each year and terminate on the last
trading day in periods ending 24 months later, except that the first offering
period shall begin on the effective date of this Offering and end on the last
trading day in the period ending June 15, 1999. Payroll deductions may be from
1% to 10% (in whole percentage increments) of a participant's compensation. The
per share price at which shares of Common Stock are to be purchased pursuant to
the Purchase Plan is an amount equal to 85% of the fair market value (as
defined) of a share of Common Stock on the first day of any offering period or
on an exercise date, whichever is lower. On the enrollment date of each offering
period, eligible employees are granted an option to purchase every six months
(an exercise date) during such offering period up to a number of shares of
Common Stock determined by dividing such employee's payroll deductions
accumulated prior to such exercise date by the applicable purchase price. In no
event shall an employee be permitted to purchase during each purchase period
more than a number of shares determined by dividing $12,500 by the fair market
value of a share of Common Stock on the enrollment date. In the event the fair
market value at the end of a purchase period is less than the fair market value
at the beginning of the offering period, the participants will be withdrawn from
the current offering period following exercise and will automatically be
re-enrolled in a new offering period. The new offering period will use the lower
fair market value as of the first date of the new offering period to determine
the purchase price for future purchase periods.
 
    In the event of a sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company or
a merger of the Company with or into another corporation, the Purchase Plan
provides that each option under the Purchase Plan be assumed or an equivalent
option substituted by the successor corporation, unless the Board of Directors
decides to shorten the offering period or to cancel each outstanding option and
refund all sums collected from participants during the offering period then in
progress. Unless terminated sooner, the Purchase Plan will terminate ten years
from its effective date. The Board of Directors has authority to amend or
terminate the Purchase Plan, provided, however, no such action may adversely
affect the rights of any participant.
 
    401(k) PLAN.  The Company has adopted the Faroudja Laboratories 401(k) Plan
(the "401(k) Plan"), which is intended to qualify under Section 401(k) of the
Code. All employees of the Company and its subsidiaries who have attained 21
years of age and have met the plan's service requirements, including employment
with the Company for at least 1 year, are eligible to participate in the 401(k)
Plan. Each eligible employee may contribute to the 401(k) Plan, through payroll
deductions, up to $9,500 (adjusted annually after 1995 for cost-of-living
increases), subject to statutory limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue
Service. The Company has the discretion to match employee contributions under
the 401(k) Plan. Under Section 401(k) of the Code, contributions by employees or
by the Company to the 401(k) Plan, and income earned on plan contributions, are
not taxable to employees until withdrawn from the 401(k) Plan, and contributions
by the Company will be deductible by the Company when made. On April 19, 1996,
the 401(k) Plan was amended by the Board of Directors of the Company. Pursuant
to such amendment and effective as of January 1, 1996, the Company matches 50%
of employee contributions under the 401(k) Plan, matching contributions made by
the Company vest over 4 years, and the waiting period before which employees
become eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan was decreased to 1 month.
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
 
    In March 1996, the Company entered into an employment agreement with Yves C.
Faroudja for a term of two years, pursuant to which Mr. Faroudja is to serve as
Chief Technical Officer of the Company at an annual base salary of $100,000 for
the first year and $66,600 for the second year. Mr. Faroudja is required to
devote at least one-half of his time to the Company during the first year of the
agreement and at least one-third of his time to the Company during the second
year of the agreement. Mr. Faroudja may not engage in any other business
activities that interfere with the performance of his duties under his agreement
with the Company, and the agreement contains a covenant not to compete. Mr.
Faroudja is not currently employed by another company. Mr. Faroudja's annual
base salary is $100,000 for the first year and $66,600 for the second year, but
his salary will increase proportionately if Mr. Faroudja contributes more than
one-half of his time to the Company during the first year and/or more than
one-third of his time to the Company during the second year of his employment
with the Company, with a maximum annual base salary during the first and second
years of $200,000 for each year. Mr. Faroudja is entitled under the agreement to
participate in all insurance and benefit plans generally available to the
employees of the Company. If Mr. Faroudja is terminated without cause (as
defined in the agreement), Mr. Faroudja will be entitled to receive his annual
base salary and continuation of his benefits through the term of the agreement.
If Mr. Faroudja is terminated for any other reason, he will be entitled only to
his accrued and annual unpaid base salary.
 
    On July 8, 1996, the Company entered into an employment agreement with
Michael J. Moone for a term of four years, pursuant to which Mr. Moone is to
serve as President, Chief Executive Officer and a director of the Company at an
annual base salary of $175,000. Effective January 1, 1997, Mr. Moone's annual
base salary was increased to $250,000. Mr. Moone is entitled to receive an
annual bonus of up to 100% of his annual base salary at the discretion of the
Board of Directors. Mr. Moone is entitled to participate in all insurance and
benefit plans generally available to the employees of the Company. Mr. Moone was
granted options under the 1995 Option Plan to purchase 456,432 shares at an
exercise price of $3.83 per share and 72,500 shares at an exercise price of
$3.91 per share. If Mr. Moone's employment is terminated for any reason, he is
entitled to his accrued and unpaid annual base salary and bonus. However, if Mr.
Moone dies and the Company has not obtained life insurance for the benefit of
Mr. Moone's estate, the Company is required to pay his estate three month's
annual base salary and bonus.
 
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION MATTERS
 
    The Company believes that the provisions in its Certificate of Incorporation
and By-Laws and the separate indemnification agreements outlined below are
necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers.
 
    The Company's Certificate of Incorporation limits the liability of directors
to the maximum extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that
directors of a company will not be personally liable for monetary damages for
breach of their fiduciary duties as directors except for liability (i) for any
breach of their duty of loyalty to the company or its stockholders, (ii) for
acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a
knowing violation of law, (iii) for unlawful payments or dividends or unlawful
stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware
General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director
derived an improper personal benefit.
 
    The Company's By-Laws provide that the Company shall indemnify its officers
and directors and may indemnify its employees and other agents to the fullest
extent permitted under Delaware Law, including in those circumstances where
indemnification would otherwise be discretionary. The Company believes that
indemnification under its By-Laws covers at least negligence and gross
negligence on the part of indemnified parties. The By-Laws authorize the use of
indemnification agreements, and the Company has entered into indemnification
agreements with each of its directors that are in some respects broader than the
specific indemnification provisions contained in Delaware Law. The
indemnification agreements may require the Company, among other things, to
indemnify such directors against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
their status or service as directors (other than liabilities arising from
willful misconduct of a culpable nature) and to advance expenses reasonably
expected to be incurred in defending any proceeding against them for which they
would receive indemnification. The Company also plans to obtain directors and
officers liability insurance with respect to certain matters, including matters
arising under the Securities Act.
 
    At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any
director, officer, employee or agent of the Company where indemnification will
be required or permitted. The Company is not aware of any threatened litigation
or proceeding which may result in a claim for such indemnification.
 
                                       54
<PAGE>
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
1996 FINANCING
 
   
    In March 1996, (i) the Company issued 1,043,105 shares of Common Stock for
an aggregate purchase price of $4.0 million to the Investor Group, of which
213,642 shares were issued to Adelson, 682,153 shares were issued to Investors
LLC and 147,310 shares were issued to Images, (ii) the Investor Group purchased
a total of 3,569,395 shares of Common Stock from Yves and Isabell Faroudja for
an aggregate purchase price of $14.0 million, of which 731,062 shares were
purchased by Adelson, 2,334,253 shares were purchased by Investors LLC and
504,080 shares were purchased by Images, and (iii) Yves and Isabell Faroudja
granted the Investor Group the Faroudja Option to purchase 1,537,500 shares of
the Company's Common Stock for an aggregate purchase price of $6.0 million or
$3.90 per share, of which Adelson had an option to purchase 486,875 shares of
Common Stock for $1.9 million, Investors LLC had an option to purchase 666,250
shares of Common Stock for $2.6 million and Images had an option to purchase
384,375 shares of Common Stock for $1.5 million. The Faroudja Option was
exercised by the Investor Group on September 5, 1997. The transactions described
in (i) and (ii) above are collectively referred to herein as the "Equity
Purchase."
    
 
    Kevin Kimberlin, a director of the Company, is a general partner of, and has
a beneficial interest in the shares held by, Images. Kevin Kimberlin Partners,
L.P. provided a secured loan of $1 million to Investors LLC to exercise that
portion of the Faroudja Option that Investors LLC holds. Mr. Kimberlin is the
general partner of Kevin Kimberlin Partners, L.P. Spencer Trask Securities,
Incorporated organized Investors LLC and served as the placement agent for the
Equity Purchase, receiving a fee of $2.1 million. ST Partners, L.P., of which
Kevin Kimberlin is the general partner, is the majority shareholder of Spencer
Trask Holdings, Incorporated, the sole shareholder of Spencer Trask Securities,
Incorporated.
 
    Merv Adelson and Stuart Buchalter, directors of the Company, are,
respectively, the managing member and an officer of Adelson.
 
    As part of the Equity Purchase, the Investor Group received certain
registration rights which provide that 180 days following the completion of an
initial public offering, the Company must file a registration statement under
the Securities Act, to register the shares held by members of the Investor
Group. Under this agreement the Company must pay for all of the expenses
incurred with the registration other than selling commissions and discounts. See
"Description of Capital Stock--Registration Rights."
 
SUBCHAPTER S DISTRIBUTIONS
 
    One of the Company's predecessor entities, FLI, elected to be taxed as an S
Corporation. Yves Faroudja and Isabell Faroudja, as stockholders of such
predecessor entity, received for 1994, 1995 and 1996 aggregate S Corporation
distributions of $1.5 million, $1.4 million and $4.0 million, respectively.
 
YVES FAROUDJA LICENSE AGREEMENT
 
   
    On January 20, 1997 (the "Effective Date"), the Company entered into a
license agreement (the "License Agreement") with Yves Faroudja with respect to
all intellectual property, including all rights in inventions, works of
authorship and designs owned by Mr. Faroudja prior to the Effective Date
(collectively, the "Faroudja Technology"), pursuant to which (1) Mr. Faroudja
granted to the Company a worldwide, perpetual, royalty-free, sublicensable
license to exploit the Faroudja Technology and (2) Yves Faroudja assigned to the
Company his rights to all intellectual property, including all rights in
inventions, works of authorship and designs, first owned by him during the
period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the date (the "Termination
Date") Yves Faroudja ceases to be an employee of the Company. The Company's
license to the Faroudja Technology in the field of data processing for
electronically displaying images to the human eye (the "Company Field") is
exclusive subject to licenses previously granted by Mr. Faroudja. Mr. Faroudja
has retained the non-exclusive, nontransferrable rights to exploit the Faroudja
Technology outside of the Company Field. Prior to entering into the License
Agreement, Mr. Faroudja had granted licenses to the Faroudja Technology to
approximately 20 other companies for various applications such as video
recorders and players, color TV cameras, broadcast encoders,
    
 
                                       55
<PAGE>
   
and video compression and decompression equipment. Although these licenses are
within the Company Field, the Company believes that such licenses relate to
products and technologies outside of the Company's present and proposed areas of
activity. Yves Faroudja, the Company and GI are parties to a royalty free,
world-wide license agreement dated May 1, 1996 pursuant to which GI licensed
certain patents to the Company and the Company licensed certain patents to GI
relating to video compression and decompression. As a result of that agreement,
GI could produce products in the field of scan conversion of source material
presented to a compression system competitive with certain present or proposed
products of the Company. The Company does not believe these licenses will
materially assist these licensees in producing products competitive with present
or proposed products of the Company, either because the items of Faroudja
Technology licensed to the respective licensees do not represent the current
state of the art of such technology practised by the Company or do not represent
all elements of the technology necessary for the respective licensees to produce
products which compete with the Company's products. During the term of his
employment agreement with the Company, Mr. Faroudja is prohibited from
exploiting non-exclusive rights to the Faroudja Technology in a manner which is
competitive with the Company. After the term of that employment agreement, in
the event that Mr. Faroudja or the Company choose to exploit their non-exclusive
rights outside the Company Field separately, the activities of Mr. Faroudja may
compete with the activities of the Company. The Company enjoys certain other
rights pursuant to the License Agreement, including the rights (1) to control
the preparation, filing, and prosecution of additional patent applications
covering the licensed intellectual property prior to the Termination Date and
(2) to bring actions against third parties that apparently infringe the licensed
intellectual property and to retain the recovery, if any, from such actions,
except that if the Company elects not to enforce an action against an infringer
of its intellectual property whose infringement occurs outside the Company
Field, Yves Faroudja may, beginning nine months after the Company's receipt of
notice of an infringing action, institute an action against such infringer. Mr.
Faroudja enjoys certain other rights pursuant to the License Agreement,
including the non-exclusive right to license his patents and technologies to
third parties for use outside the Company's field of use.
    
 
    As consideration for the License Agreement, Yves Faroudja was granted a
warrant to purchase 100,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $7.50
per share. The warrant vests as to 1/36th of the total shares for each full
month after January 20, 1997 provided that Yves Faroudja is then either (i)
employed by the Company (as a full or part-time employee), or (ii) acting as a
member of the Board of Directors of the Company. Certain registration rights and
anti-dilution provisions are provided to Yves Faroudja as contained therein.
 
CONSULTING AGREEMENTS
 
    In September 1994, the Company entered into a six month consulting services
agreement with M-Squared, pursuant to which M-Squared agreed to render
consulting services to the Company in connection with (i) providing advice on
strategic alternatives for the Company, (ii) the preparation of the Company's
business plan, and (iii) other specific projects related to the intellectual
property of the Company. Matthew Miller, a director of the Company, is president
and the sole member of M-Squared. Pursuant to this agreement, (i) the Company
paid M-Squared $50,000 for consulting services, and (ii) Mr. Faroudja is
obligated to pay Mr. Miller the aggregate sum of $120,000, representing 2% of
the exercise price for the Faroudja Option, contingent upon the exercise of such
options.
 
   
    In July 1997, the Company entered into a consulting services agreement with
Matthew D. Miller, which agreement supersedes all prior existing arrangements
among M-Squared, Mr. Miller and the Company. Pursuant to this agreement, Mr.
Miller agreed to advise the Company on strategic, technology and communications
matters and will provide such assistance and advice related to such matters as
the Company may request. This agreement is for a term of one year, is renewable
upon the mutual consent of Mr. Miller and the Company's Board of Directors and
may be cancelled on four weeks notice if the Company's Board of Directors is not
satisfied with Mr. Miller's performance. Under the agreement, the Company paid
Mr. Miller a consulting fee of $7,000 per month from July 1997 through August
1997, and will pay Mr. Miller $5,000 per month for the balance of the term of
the agreement. Mr. Miller may also receive a performance-based year-end bonus
which shall be determined by the Company's Board of Directors in its sole
discretion. The Company issued to Mr. Miller an option to purchase 50,000 shares
of Common Stock at an exercise price of $9.50 per share (the "Miller Option")
    
 
                                       56
<PAGE>
under the agreement. The Miller Option has a term of three years and vests as to
1/24th of the option shares each month during the first year after the date of
grant and as to an additional 1/2 of the option shares one year after the date
of grant.
 
    In December 1996, the Company entered into a three year consulting agreement
("Adelson Consulting Agreement") with Merv Adelson, a director of the Company,
pursuant to which Mr. Adelson agreed to provide certain consulting services in
the analysis and implementation of potential strategic alliances ("Proposed
Strategic Alliances") in the specific field of TV signal enhancement for TV,
cable TV, satellite TV and DVDs, including, but not limited to (i) providing the
Company with a list of possible corporate investors, partners, customers,
buyers, lenders and joint ventures ("Proposed Strategic Alliance Partners"),
(ii) coordinating and making approaches to Proposed Strategic Alliance Partners,
and (iv) assisting in the negotiation of the principal forms of Proposed
Strategic Alliances and preparation of all contracts, documents, approvals and
related matters necessary to consummate a Proposed Strategic Alliance with a
Proposed Strategic Alliance Partner. The Company has agreed to compensate Mr.
Adelson for any strategic alliance or combination of strategic alliances during
the term of the agreement in which the Company receives consideration (as
defined in the agreement) of at least $5 million, through the issuance of a
three year warrant to Adelson for the purchase of 65,152 shares of Common Stock
with an exercise price of $0.15 per share ("Adelson Contingent Warrant"). During
the term of the Consulting Agreement, the Company also agreed to use its best
efforts to cause the election to the Board of Directors of Mr. Adelson (or a
designee of Mr. Adelson reasonably acceptable to the Board of Directors) and an
additional designee of Mr. Adelson reasonably acceptable to the Board of
Directors. Mr. Buchalter serves on the Board of Directors as Mr. Adelson's
designee.
 
LICENSE AGREEMENT WITH S3
 
    In March 1997, the Company entered into a license agreement with S3, a
leading supplier of advanced graphics accelerators for use in mainstream
multimedia PC systems. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company and S3 are
working jointly to develop integrated circuits incorporating the Company's video
processing technologies for use in PCs. The Company granted to S3 a worldwide
license to certain technology, including line doubling, detail enhancement,
cross-color suppression, motion tracking and compensation, and digital
compression filtering technology. Portions of such license are exclusive for
certain markets for a period of five years provided that performance criteria,
including minimum license fees are satisfied. The Company is obligated to
negotiate with S3 to extend the five year period. See "Business--Strategic
Relationships." No director, officer or affiliate of S3 is an affiliate of the
Company.
 
   
    On June 30, 1997, the Company issued 526,316 shares of Common Stock to S3
for an aggregate purchase price of $5.0 million. Under the terms of the Stock
Purchase Agreement and an Investor's Rights Agreement, S3 is entitled to certain
anti-dilution and registration rights as described therein. The Stock Purchase
Agreement provides that S3 shall receive additional shares if the Offering price
is less than $9.50 per share. Assuming an Offering price of $9.00, S3 will be
entitled to 29,240 additional shares of Common Stock. See "Description of
Capital Stock--Registration Rights." Moreover, S3 may send an observer to attend
meetings of the Company's Board of Directors and committees thereof and, in this
respect, S3 is entitled to receive copies of all notices, minutes, consents and
other materials that the Company provides to its directors, except that the
Company may exclude the observer from a meeting of the Board of Directors or
portion thereof if (i) such meeting concerns the relationship between the
Company and S3 or (ii) if such attendance would result in disclosure of trade
secrets to S3 or would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between
the Company and its counsel.
    
 
    The Company believes that all of the transactions set forth above were made
on terms no less favorable to the Company than could have been obtained from
unaffiliated third parties. All future transactions, including loans, between
the Company and its officers, directors, principal stockholders and their
affiliates will be approved by a majority of the Board of Directors, including a
majority of the independent and disinterested outside directors, and will
continue to be on terms no less favorable to the Company than could be obtained
from unaffiliated third parties.
 
                                       57
<PAGE>
   
                       PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
    
 
    The following table sets forth certain information known to the Company with
respect to beneficial ownership of the Company's Common Stock as of June 30,
1997 and as adjusted to reflect the sale of shares offered hereby by the Company
for (i) each person known by the Company to own beneficially more than 5% of the
outstanding shares of Common Stock, (ii) each of the Company's directors, (iii)
each Named Executive Officer, (iv) all executive officers and directors as a
group and (v) the stockholder (the "Selling Stockholder") that has granted the
Underwriters an over-allotment option. A total of 8,733,696 shares of the
Company's Common Stock were issued and outstanding. Except as indicated in the
footnotes to the table, the persons named in the table have sole voting and
investment power with respect to all shares of Common Stock shown as
beneficially owned by them, subject to community property laws where applicable.
Except as otherwise indicated, the address of each of the persons in this table
is as follows: c/o Faroudja, Inc., 750 Palomar Avenue, Sunnyvale, California,
94086.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP                   BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP
                                                                 BEFORE OFFERING(1)        SHARES        AFTER OFFERING(1)
                                                               -----------------------     TO BE      -----------------------
BENEFICIAL OWNER                                                 SHARES      PERCENT      SOLD(2)       SHARES      PERCENT
- -------------------------------------------------------------  ----------  -----------  ------------  ----------  -----------
<S>                                                            <C>         <C>          <C>           <C>         <C>
Yves C. Faroudja(3)..........................................   2,069,444        23.6%       --        2,069,444        17.6%
Adelson Investors, LLC(4) ...................................   1,431,579        16.4        --        1,431,579        12.2
  10900 Wilshire Boulevard
  Los Angeles, CA 90024
Faroudja Images Investors, LLC(5) ...........................   3,682,656        42.2       450,000    3,232,656        27.5
  c/o Spencer Trask Securities, Inc.
  535 Madison Avenue
  New York, New York 10022
Roger K. Baumberger(5).......................................   3,682,656        42.2        --        3,232,656        27.5
Images Partners, L.P.(6) ....................................   1,035,765        11.9        --        1,035,765         8.8
  c/o Spencer Trask Securities, Inc.
  535 Madison Avenue
  New York, New York 10022
Michael J. Moone(7)..........................................     130,824         1.5        --          130,824         1.1
Michael C. Hoberg(8).........................................      --                        --           --
Donald S. Butler(9)..........................................      54,051       *            --           54,051       *
William J. Turner(10)........................................      --                        --
Kevin B. Kimberlin(6)........................................   1,543,698        17.7        --        1,543,698        13.1
Matthew D. Miller(11)........................................      --                        --           --
William N. Sick, Jr.(12).....................................      --                        --           --
Merv L. Adelson(4)(13).......................................   1,431,579        16.4        --        1,431,579        12.2
Stuart D. Buchalter(14)......................................       9,447       *            --            9,447       *
S3 Incorporated(15) .........................................     526,316         6.0        --          526,316         4.5
  2801 Mission College Boulevard
  Santa Clara, California 95052
All directors and executive officers as a group (12
  persons)(16)...............................................   5,239,043        58.6%                 5,239,043        43.8%
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
 *  Less than 1%
 
 (1) Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the
    Securities and Exchange Commission. In computing the number of shares
    beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person,
    shares of Common Stock subject to options held by that person that are
    currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 1997 are
    deemed outstanding.
 
   
 (2) Shares to be offered only if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is
    exercised. See "Underwriting."
    
 
   
 (3) Mr. Faroudja holds the 2,050,000 shares jointly with Isabell Faroudja, his
    wife. Includes 19,444 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants exercisable
    within 60 days of June 30, 1997. Does not include rights to receive warrants
    
 
                                       58
<PAGE>
    to purchase 80,556 shares pursuant to the Yves Faroudja Warrant. See
    "Certain Transactions--Yves Faroudja License Agreement."
 
   
 (4) Mr. Adelson is the Managing Member of Adelson Investors, LLC and exercises
    sole voting and investment power over the shares held by that entity. Mr.
    Buchalter is an officer of Adelson Investors, LLC and has an interest in the
    profits of such firm, but does not exercise voting or investment power over
    the shares held by the entity. Does not include rights to receive warrants
    to purchase 65,152 shares pursuant to the Adelson Contingent Warrant. See
    "Certain Transactions--Consulting Agreements."
    
 
   
 (5) Roger K. Baumberger is the manager of Faroudja Images Investors, LLC. Mr.
    Baumberger exercises voting and investment power over the shares held by
    this entity, but disclaims beneficial ownership. Faroudja Images Investors,
    LLC has granted the Underwriters an option to purchase up to 450,000 shares
    of Common Stock pursuant to the over-allotment option. If the over-allotment
    option is exercised in full, such entities will beneficially own 3,232,656
    shares, or approximately 27.5% of the then outstanding Common Stock
    following this Offering.
    
 
   
 (6) Mr. Kimberlin is a general partner of Images and exercises voting and
    investment power over the shares held by this entity. He also has a
    beneficial interest in Faroudja Images Investors, LLC.
    
 
   
 (7) Includes 130,824 shares issuable upon exercise of stock options exercisable
    within 60 days of June 30, 1997. Does not include 398,108 shares subject to
    options granted to Mr. Moone, which options will be fully vested on December
    31, 2000. The options vest over four years, 1/4 after the first year from
    the date of grant and 1/48 every month thereafter.
    
 
   
 (8) Does not include 75,000 shares subject to options granted to Mr. Hoberg,
    which options will be fully vested on December 31, 2000. The options vest
    over four years, 1/4 after the first year from the date of grant and 1/48
    every month thereafter.
    
 
   
 (9) Includes 54,051 shares issuable upon exercise of stock options exercisable
    within 60 days of June 30, 1997. Does not include 141,953 shares subject to
    options granted to Mr. Butler, which options will be fully vested on
    December 31, 2000. The options vest over four years, 1/4 after the first
    year from the date of grant and 1/48 every month thereafter.
    
 
   
(10) Mr. Turner is a limited partner of Images but he does not exercise voting
    or investment power over the shares held by this entity. Mr. Turner also has
    a beneficial interest in Faroudja Images Investors, LLC.
    
 
   
(11) Mr. Miller is a limited partner of Images, but he does not have voting or
    investment power over the shares held by this entity. Does not include
    56,515 shares subject to options granted to Mr. Miller. 6,515 of these
    options will be fully vested on December 31, 1999, vesting over three years,
    1/3 after the first year from the date of grant and 1/36 every month
    thereafter. 50,000 of these options will be fully vested on July 22, 1998,
    vesting over one year, 1/24 each month during the first year from the date
    of grant and an additional 1/2 one year after the date of grant.
    
 
   
(12) Mr. Sick is a limited partner of Images, but he does not exercise voting or
    investment power over the shares held by this entity. Does not include
    26,060 shares subject to options granted to Mr. Sick, which options will be
    fully vested on December 31, 1999. The options vest over three years, 1/3
    after the first year from the date of grant and 1/36 every month thereafter.
    Mr. Sick is the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Business Resources
    International which has a beneficial interest in Faroudja Images Investors,
    LLC.
    
 
   
(13) Does not include 6,515 shares subject to options granted to Mr. Adelson,
    which options will be fully vested on December 31, 1999. The options vest
    over three years, 1/3 after the first year from the date of grant and 1/36
    every month thereafter.
    
 
   
(14) Does not include 6,515 shares subject to options granted to Mr. Buchalter,
    which options will be fully vested on December 31, 1999. The options vest
    over three years, 1/3 after the first year from the date of grant and 1/36
    every month thereafter.
    
 
   
(15) The Stock Purchase Agreement between S3 and the Company provides that S3
    shall receive additional shares if the Offering price is less than $9.50.
    Assuming an Offering price of $9.00, S3 will be entitled to 29,240
    additional shares of Common Stock.
    
 
   
(16) All directors and executive officers as a group hold options and warrants
    to purchase 1,029,642 shares of the Company, which options and warrants have
    not vested as of the date hereof.
    
 
                                       59
<PAGE>
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
GENERAL
 
    Upon the completion of this Offering, the Company will be authorized to
issue 50,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, and
5,000,000 shares of undesignated Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
    As of June 30, 1997, there were 8,733,696 shares of Common Stock
outstanding. As of June 30, 1997, options and warrants to purchase an aggregate
of 1,757,950 shares of Common Stock were also outstanding. See
"Management--Stock Plans."
 
    Holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive such dividends as may from
time to time be declared by the Board of Directors of the Company out of funds
legally available therefor. Holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote per
share on all matters on which the holders of Common Stock are entitled to vote
and do not have any cumulative voting rights. Holders of Common Stock have no
preemptive, conversion, redemption or sinking fund rights. In the event of a
liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, holders of Common Stock
are entitled to share equally and ratably in the assets of the Company, if any,
remaining after the payment of all debts and liabilities of the Company and the
liquidation preference of any outstanding Preferred Stock. The outstanding
shares of Common Stock are, and the shares of Common Stock offered by the
Company hereby when issued will be, fully paid and nonassessable. The rights,
preferences and privileges of holders of Common Stock are subject to any series
of Preferred Stock which the Company may issue in the future.
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
    The Company's Certificate of Incorporation permits the Company's Board of
Directors, without further vote or action by the stockholders, to issue shares
of the Preferred Stock in one or more series and to determine the designations,
preferences, voting powers, qualifications and special or relative rights or
privileges of the shares of each such series, including the dividend rights,
dividend rate, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption (including
sinking fund provisions), redemption price or prices, liquidation preferences
and the number of shares constituting any series or the designations of such
series. These rights and privileges could limit the voting power of holders of
Common Stock and restrict their rights to receive dividends or liquidation
proceeds.
 
    The Company has granted the Board of Directors authority to issue Preferred
Stock and to determine its rights and preferences, including the right to
eliminate delays associated with a stockholder vote on specific issuances. The
Company believes that this power to issue Preferred Stock will provide
flexibility in connection with possible corporate transactions. It could also
have the effect, however, of making it more difficult for a third party to
acquire, or of discouraging a third party from attempting to acquire, control of
the Company. The Board of Directors could also utilize shares of Preferred Stock
in order to adopt a stockholders' rights plan which would have the effect of
further discouraging or delaying a takeover of the Company. The Company has no
present plans to issue any shares of Preferred Stock. See "Risk
Factors--Potential Anti-Takeover Effects of Charter Documents and Delaware Law."
 
WARRANTS
 
    Yves Faroudja was granted a warrant to purchase 100,000 shares of Common
Stock at an exercise price of $7.50 per share. The warrant vests as to 1/36th of
the total shares for each full month after January 20, 1997 provided that Yves
Faroudja is then either (i) employed by the Company (as a full or part-time
employee), or (ii) acting as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company.
The warrant expires on January 20, 2002. Certain registration rights and
anti-dilution provisions are provided to Yves Faroudja as contained therein.
 
                                       60
<PAGE>
    Adelson was granted a warrant to purchase 65,152 shares of Common Stock at
an exercise price of $0.15 per share. This Adelson Contingent Warrant expires on
December 31, 1999 and is fully exercisable prior to February 9, 1999, if the
Company receives consideration (as defined in the Adelson Consulting Agreement)
of at least $5 million from a strategic alliance or combination of strategic
alliances during the term of the Adelson Consulting Agreement. See "Certain
Transactions--Consulting Agreements." Certain registration rights are provided
to Adelson as contained therein.
 
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
 
    Under the terms of the registration rights agreements entered into by each
of Adelson Investors, LLC, Images, Roger K. Baumberger as Liquidating Trustee of
Faroudja Images, Inc. and Faroudja Images Investors LLC (collectively the
"Holders" and individually referred to as a "Holder") and the Company, if the
Company registers its securities under the Securities Act prior to March 8, 1999
("Initial Registration"), the Company shall prepare and file, not later than 180
days after the closing date of such Initial Registration, a registration
statement under the Securities Act to permit resales of up to 4,612,500 shares
of Common Stock owned by the Holders; provided, however, that a Holder may elect
to exclude such Holder's shares of Common Stock from such registration. In
addition, if the Company does not register its securities prior to March 8,
1999, a majority of the Holders can demand that the Company file a registration
statement under the Securities Act to permit resales of up to 4,612,500 shares
of Common Stock owned by the Holders. However, the Holders may require the
Company on not more than one occasion to file a registration statement under the
Securities Act with respect to their shares.
 
    Under the terms of the registration and stockholders' rights agreements
entered into by and among Yves Faroudja and Isabell Faroudja, Adelson Investors,
LLC, Images, Faroudja Images Investors LLC and the Company, if the Company
registers its securities under the Securities Act during the five-year period
commencing six months after the Initial Registration and any of the stockholders
of the Company are permitted to sell stock in such registered public offering,
Yves Faroudja and Isabell Faroudja, or any successor who purchases such shares
(including purchasers of the Faroudja Option), shall have the right to include
in such registration up to 3,587,500 shares of Common Stock that they own,
subject to certain limitations. Additionally, if any officers or directors are
permitted to sell any shares of Common Stock in the Initial Registration, Yves
Faroudja and Isabell Faroudja, or any successor who purchases such shares
(including purchasers of the Faroudja Option), will have the right to sell up to
3,587,500 shares of Common Stock that they own on the same basis.
 
    Under the terms of the investor's rights agreements entered into by and
between S3 and the Company, if S3 owns at least 100,000 shares of Common Stock,
at any time after 12 months after the effective date of the Initial
Registration, S3 shall have the right to require the Company to file, not more
than twice, a registration statement under the Securities Act to permit resales
of up to 526,316 shares of Common Stock that it owns, subject to certain
limitations, and S3 shall have the right to require the Company to file a
registration statement not more than once on Form S-3 under the Securities Act
to permit resales of up to 526,316 shares of Common Stock that it owns, subject
to certain limitations. Further, if at any time after 12 months after the
Initial Registration the Company registers any of its Common Stock under the
Securities Act, S3 shall have the right to sell all of its 526,316 shares of
Common Stock pursuant to such registration, subject to certain limitations.
Also, under this agreement, there are indemnification provisions pursuant to
which the Company has agreed to indemnify S3 and the Company's underwriters.
 
DELAWARE LAW AND CERTAIN CHARTER AND BY-LAW PROVISIONS
 
    Upon the consummation of the Offering made hereby, the Company will be
subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation
Law. In general, Section 203 prohibits certain publicly-held Delaware
corporations from engaging in a "business combination" with an "interested
stockholder" for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in
which the person or entity became an interested stockholder, unless, among other
exceptions, (i) prior to the date the interested stockholder attained such
status the Board of Directors approved either the business combination or the
transaction which resulted in the stockholder
 
                                       61
<PAGE>
becoming an interested stockholder, (ii) the holder of two-thirds of the
outstanding voting stock not owned by the interested stockholder approved the
business combination, or (iii) the interested stockholder acquired 85% or more
of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation in the same transaction that
makes it an interested stockholder (excluding shares owned by persons who are
both officers and directors of the corporation, and shares held by certain
employee stock ownership plans). For purposes of Section 203, a "business
combination" is defined broadly to include mergers, asset sales and other
transactions resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder.
Subject to certain exceptions, an "interested stockholder" is a person or entity
who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within the three
immediately preceding years of a business combination did own, 15% or more of
the corporation's outstanding voting stock.
 
    The Company's Certificate of Incorporation limits the liability of directors
to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporations Law.
Delaware law provides that the directors of a corporation will not be personally
liable to such corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach
of fiduciary duties as directors, except for liability (i) for any breach of
their duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders; (ii) for acts or
omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing
violation of law; (iii) for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock
repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General
Corporation Law; or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derives an
improper personal benefit. The Company's Certificate of Incorporation and
By-Laws provide that the Company shall indemnify its directors and officers to
the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law and permit the Company to advance
expenses to such directors and officers to defend any action for which rights of
indemnification are provided in the By-Laws. The Company believes that these
provisions will assist the Company in attracting and retaining qualified
individuals to serve as directors and officers.
 
    The Company's Board of Directors is classified into three classes, with the
initial terms of each class expiring at the 1997, 1998 and 1999 annual
stockholders' meetings, respectively. After the expiration of each initial term,
the directors in each class will be elected for three year terms. See
"Management." The Board of Directors is authorized to create new directorships
and to fill such positions so created. After the classification of the Board of
Directors, the Board of Directors will be permitted to specify to which class
such new position is assigned and the person filling such position will serve
for the term applicable to that class. The Board of Directors (or its remaining
members (even though less than a quorum)) is also empowered to fill vacancies on
the Board of Directors occurring for any reason for the remainder of the term of
the class of directors in which the vacancy occurred. The Company's Certificate
of Incorporation provides that directors may be removed with cause by the vote
of the holders of at least 66.66% of the voting power of the outstanding stock
of the Company. The likely effect of these provisions is that they will increase
the time required for the stockholders to change the composition of the Board of
Directors. For example, in general, at least two annual meetings of the
stockholders will be necessary for stockholders to effect a change in a majority
of the members of the Board of Directors.
 
    The Company's By-Laws provide that for nominations for the Board of
Directors or for other business to be properly brought by a stockholder before a
meeting of stockholders, the stockholder must first have given timely notice
thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Company. To be timely, a
stockholder's notice generally must be delivered not less than 60 days nor more
than 90 days prior to the annual meeting. If the meeting is not an annual
meeting, the notice must generally be delivered not more than ninety days prior
to the special meeting and not later than the later of 60 days prior to the
special meeting or ten days following the day on which public announcement of
the meeting is first made by the Company. The notice must contain, among other
things, certain information about the stockholder delivering the notice and, as
applicable, background about the nominee or a description of the proposed
business to be brought before the meeting.
 
    The Company's Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws provide that any
action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Company
shall be taken only at a duly called annual or special meeting of the
stockholders and may not be taken by written consent. Special meetings may only
be called by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors or
the President of the Company. These provisions could have the effect of
delaying, until the next annual stockholders' meeting, stockholder actions which
are favored by the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of
the Company. These provisions may also discourage
 
                                       62
<PAGE>
another person or entity from making a tender offer for the Company's Common
Stock, because such person or entity, even if it acquired a majority of the
outstanding voting securities of the Company, would be able to take action as a
stockholder (such as electing new directors or approving a merger) only at a
duly called stockholders' meeting, and not by written consent.
 
    The affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66.66% of the outstanding
voting stock of the Company is required to amend or repeal any of the foregoing
provisions in the Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and to reduce
the number of authorized shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock. Such 66.66%
vote is also required to amend or repeal the Company's By-Laws. The By-Laws may
also be amended or repealed by a majority vote of the Board of Directors. Such
66.66% stockholder vote would be in addition to any separate class vote that
might in the future be required pursuant to the terms of any Preferred Stock
that might be outstanding at the time any such amendments are submitted to the
stockholders.
 
OTHER ATTRIBUTES OF THE STOCK OF THE COMPANY
 
    The Company is a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware and
generally the laws of the state of incorporation govern the corporate operations
of a corporation and the right of its stockholders. Certain provisions of the
California Corporations Code become applicable to a corporation incorporated
outside of California, however, if (i) the corporation transacts intrastate
business in California and the average of its California property, payroll and
sales factors (as defined in the California Revenue and Taxation Code) with
respect to it is more than 50% during its latest fiscal year, (ii) more than
one-half of its outstanding voting securities are held of record by persons
having addresses in California and (iii) the corporation is not otherwise
exempt. An exemption is provided if the corporation has outstanding securities
(x) listed on the New York Stock Exchange or the American Stock Exchange or (y)
qualified for trading as a national market security on the National Association
of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System if such corporation has at
least 800 holders of its equity securities as of the record date of its most
recent annual meeting of stockholders (a "Listed Corporation").
 
    Since approximately 50% of the Company's activities occur in California,
certain provisions of California corporate law may apply to the Company, as
described above.
 
    Except as discussed herein, provisions of California law which could be
applicable to the Company if the Company meets these tests and is not exempt
include, without limitation, those provisions relating to the stockholders'
right to remove a director without cause (under California law, no director may
be removed without cause when the votes cast against removal would be sufficient
to elect the director if voted cumulatively), provide for a classified Board of
Directors (only a Listed Corporation may have a classified Board of Directors
under California law), call special meetings (under California law, the holders
of shares entitled to cast not less than 10 percent of the votes at the meeting
may call such a meeting; however, under Delaware law, stockholders may not call
a special meeting unless provided for in the certificate of incorporation or the
bylaws), cumulative votes in elections of directors (cumulative voting is
mandatory under California law), and the Company's ability to indemnify its
officers, directors and employees (which is more limited in California than in
Delaware). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a corporation may provide for a
classified Board of Directors, eliminate cumulative voting or both, if it is a
Listed Corporation.
 
LISTING
 
    The Company has made an application for listing the Company's Common Stock
on The Nasdaq National Market, subject to completion of the Offering, under the
symbol FDJA.
 
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
 
    The transfer agent and registrar for the Company's Common Stock is U.S.
Stock Transfer Corporation.
 
                                       63
<PAGE>
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
   
    Upon completion of this Offering, the Company will have 11,751,895 shares of
Common Stock outstanding assuming no exercise of stock options. Of this amount,
the 3,000,000 shares offered hereby will be freely tradeable without restriction
or further registration under the Securities Act, unless such shares are
purchased by "affiliates" of the Company as that term is defined in Rule 144
under the Securities Act. No additional shares will be available for sale in the
public market on the date of this Prospectus and approximately 8,207,380
additional shares will be available for sale in the public market following the
expiration of 180-day lockup agreements with the Representatives of the
Underwriters or the Company, subject in some cases to compliance with the volume
and other limitations of Rule 144.
    
 
    In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person (or persons
whose shares are aggregated) who has beneficially owned shares for at least one
year is entitled to sell within any three-month period commencing 90 days after
the date of this Prospectus a number of shares that does not exceed the greater
of (i) 1% of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock or (ii) the average
weekly trading volume during the four calendar weeks preceding such sale,
subject to the filing of a Form 144 with respect to such sale. Sales under Rule
144 are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice
requirements and to the availability of current public information about the
Company. A person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to
have been an "affiliate" of the Company at any time during the 90 days
immediately preceding the sale and who has beneficially owned his or her shares
for at least two years is entitled to sell such shares pursuant to Rule 144(k)
without regard to the limitations described above. Therefore, unless otherwise
restricted, "144(k)" shares may be sold immediately upon completion of this
Offering. Persons deemed to be "affiliates" must always sell pursuant to Rule
144, even after the applicable holding periods have been satisfied. The Company
is unable to estimate the number of shares that will be sold under Rule 144,
since this will depend on the market price for the Common Stock of the Company,
the personal circumstances of the sellers and other factors.
 
   
    The Company, certain stockholders of the Company, and all executive officers
and directors of the Company have agreed that they will not directly or
indirectly, offer, sell, contract to sell, grant any option to purchase or
otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible
into or exercisable or exchangeable for such Common Stock or, in any manner,
transfer all or a portion of the economic consequences associated with the
ownership of the Common Stock, without the prior written consent of BancAmerica
Robertson Stephens, for a period of 180 days from the date of this Prospectus
(the "Lockup Period"), except that the Company may, without such consent, grant
options and sell shares pursuant to the 1995 Option Plan, the 1997 Option Plan,
the Directors Plan and the Purchase Plan. BancAmerica Robertson Stephens may, in
its sole discretion and at any time without notice, release all or any portion
of the securities subject to lock-up agreements. BancAmerica Robertson Stephens
currently has no plans to release any of the securities subject to lock-up
agreements.
    
 
    Any employee or consultant to the Company who purchased his or her shares
pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract is entitled to rely on the
resale provisions of Rule 701, which permit nonaffiliates to sell their Rule 701
shares without having to comply with the public information, holding period,
volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144 and permit "affiliates" to
sell their Rule 701 shares without having to comply with the Rule 144 holding
period restrictions, in each case, subject to the contractual lock-up
restrictions described above, commencing 90 days after the date of this
Prospectus.
 
    As of June 30, 1997, options to purchase a total of 1,217,019 shares of
Common Stock pursuant to the 1995 Option Plan were outstanding. As of June 30,
1997, options to purchase a total of 45,605 shares of Common Stock pursuant to
the Directors Plan were outstanding. As of June 30, 1997, options to purchase a
total of 315,725 shares of Common Stock pursuant to the 1997 Option Plan were
outstanding. An additional 409,275, 54,395 and 400,000 shares of Common Stock
are available for future option grants under the 1997 Option Plan, the Directors
Plan, and the Purchase Plan, respectively. No more options will be granted under
the 1995 Option Plan, even though 601 shares of Common Stock remain reserved
under the 1995 Option Plan. See "Management--Stock Plans."
 
                                       64
<PAGE>
    The Company intends to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the
Securities Act to register shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under
the 1995 Stock Plan, the 1997 Stock Plan, the Directors Plan and the Purchase
Plan within 90 days after the date of this Offering, thus permitting the resale
of shares issued pursuant to such plans by nonaffiliates in the public market
without restriction under the Securities Act.
 
    Prior to this Offering, there has been no market for the Common Stock of the
Company. Therefore, future sales of substantial amounts of Common Stock in the
public market could materially adversely affect market prices prevailing from
time to time. Furthermore, since only a limited number of shares will be
available for sale shortly after this Offering because of certain contractual
and legal restrictions on resale (as described above), sales of a substantial
amount of Common Stock in the public market after the restrictions lapse could
materially adversely affect the prevailing market price and the ability of the
Company to raise equity capital in the future.
 
                                       65
<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
   
    The Underwriters named below, acting through their representatives,
BancAmerica Robertson Stephens and Volpe Brown Whelan and Company, LLC (the
"Representatives"), have severally agreed, subject to the terms and conditions
of the Underwriting Agreement, to purchase from the Company the number of shares
of Common Stock set forth opposite their names below. The Underwriters are
committed to purchase and pay for all such shares if any are purchased.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    NUMBER OF
UNDERWRITER                                                                           SHARES
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----------
<S>                                                                                 <C>
BancAmerica Robertson Stephens....................................................
Volpe Brown Whelan & Company, LLC.................................................
 
                                                                                    ----------
  Total...........................................................................   3,000,000
                                                                                    ----------
                                                                                    ----------
</TABLE>
    
 
    The Company has been advised by the Representatives that the Underwriters
propose to offer the shares of Common Stock to the public at the initial public
offering price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus and to certain
dealers at such price less a concession not in excess of $    per share of which
$    may be reallowed to other dealers. After the initial public offering, the
public offering price, concession and reallowance to dealers may be reduced by
the Representatives. No such reduction shall change the amount of proceeds to be
received by the Company as set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus.
 
   
    The Selling Stockholder has granted to the Underwriters an option,
exercisable during the 30-day period after the date of this Prospectus, to
purchase up to 450,000 additional shares of Common Stock at the same price per
share as the Company will receive for the 3,000,000 shares that the Underwriters
have agreed to purchase. To the extent that the Underwriters exercise such
option, each of the Underwriters will have a firm commitment to purchase
approximately the same percentage of such additional shares that the number of
shares of Common Stock to be purchased by it shown in the above table represents
as a percentage of the 3,000,000 shares offered hereby. If purchased, such
additional shares will be sold by the Underwriters on the same terms as those on
which the 3,000,000 shares are being sold.
    
 
    The Underwriting Agreement contains certain covenants of indemnity among the
Underwriters, the Company and the Selling Stockholder against certain
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
 
   
    Each executive officer and director of the Company and the holders of
approximately 8,748,145 shares of Common Stock of the Company have agreed with
the Underwriters for a period of 180 days from the date of this Prospectus,
subject to certain limited exceptions, not to offer to sell, contract to sell,
or otherwise sell, dispose of, loan, pledge or grant any rights with respect to
any shares of Common Stock, any options or warrants to purchase any shares of
Common Stock, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of
Common Stock now owned or hereafter acquired directly by such holders or with
respect to which they have or hereafter acquire the power of disposition,
without the prior written consent of BancAmerica Robertson Stephens which may,
in its sole discretion for any reason and at any time or from time to time,
without notice, release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up
agreements ("Lock-Up Agreements"). If the Lock-Up Agreements are waived, the
Company would issue a press release announcing any such waiver. In addition, the
Company has agreed that during the lock-up period, the Company will not, without
the prior written consent of BancAmerica Robertson Stephens, subject to certain
exceptions, issue, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of
Common Stock, any options or warrants to purchase any shares of Common Stock or
any securities convertible into, exercisable for or exchangeable for shares of
Common Stock other than the issuance of Common Stock upon the exercise of
outstanding options and under the existing employee stock purchase plan and the
Company's issuance of options under existing employee stock option plans.
    
 
                                       66
<PAGE>
    Prior to this Offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock
of the Company. Consequently, the initial public offering price for the Common
Stock offered hereby was determined by negotiations among the Company and the
Representatives. Among the factors considered in such negotiations were
prevailing market conditions, certain financial information of the Company,
market valuations of other companies that the Company and the Representatives
believe to be comparable to the Company, estimates of the business potential of
the Company, the present state of the Company's development and other factors
deemed relevant.
 
    Until the distribution of the Common Stock is completed, the rules of the
Securities and Exchange Commission may limit the ability of the Underwriters and
certain selling group members to bid for and purchase the Common Stock. As an
exception to these rules, the Representatives are permitted to engage in certain
transactions that stabilize the price of the Common Stock. Such transactions
consist of bids or purchases for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining
the price of the Common Stock.
 
    If the Underwriters create a short position in the Common Stock in
connection with the Offering (i.e., if they sell more Common Stock than are set
forth on the cover page of this Prospectus) the Representatives may reduce that
short position by purchasing Common Stock in the open market. The
Representatives may also elect to reduce any short position by exercising all or
part of the over-allotment option described above.
 
    The Representatives may also impose a penalty bid on certain Underwriters
and selling group members. This means that if the Representatives purchase
Common Stock in the open market to reduce the Underwriters' short position or to
stabilize the price of the Common Stock, they may reclaim the amount of the
selling concession from the Underwriters and selling group members who sold
those shares as part of the Offering.
 
    In general, purchases of a security for the purpose of stabilization or to
reduce a short position could cause the price of the security to be higher than
it might be in the absence of such purchases. The imposition of a penalty bid
might also have an effect on the price of a security to the extent that it
discourages resales of the security.
 
    Neither the Company nor any of the Underwriters makes any representation or
prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions
described above might have on the price of the Common Stock. In addition,
neither the Company nor any of the Underwriters makes any representation that
the Representative will engage in such transactions or that such transactions,
once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.
 
    The Representatives have informed the Company that neither they, nor any
other member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.
participating in the distribution of this Offering, will make sales of the
Common Stock offered hereby to accounts over which they exercise discretionary
authority without the prior specific written approval of the customer.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
    The validity of the Common Stock offered hereby will be passed upon for the
Company by Buchalter, Nemer, Fields & Younger, a Professional Corporation, Los
Angeles, California. Certain legal matters relating to this Offering will be
passed upon for the Underwriters by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati,
Professional Corporation, Palo Alto, California. Stuart D. Buchalter, of counsel
to Buchalter, Nemer, Fields & Younger, is one of the Company's directors and
beneficially owns 10,197 shares of Common Stock and options to purchase 6,515
shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Directors Plan.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
    The consolidated financial statements of the Company as of December 31, 1995
and 1996 and June 30, 1997, and for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and
1996 and the six-month period ended June 30, 1997, appearing in this Prospectus
and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent
auditors, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and
are included in reliance upon such report given upon the authority of such firm
as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
                                       67
<PAGE>
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
    The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") in Washington, D.C. a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the
"Registration Statement") under the Securities Act with respect to the shares
offered hereby. As used herein, the term "Registration Statement" means the
initial Registration Statement and any and all amendments thereto. This
Prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the Registration
Statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information with
respect to the Company and the Shares, reference is hereby made to such
Registration Statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. Statements
contained in this Prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other
document are not necessarily complete and in each instance, reference is made to
the copy of such contract or documents filed as an exhibit to the Registration
Statement, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such
reference. The Registration Statement, including the exhibits and schedules
thereto, may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities
maintained by the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Room 1024, Washington,
D.C. 20549 and at certain regional offices of the Commission located at 75 Park
Place, 14th Floor, New York, New York 1007 and Northwest Atrium Center, 500
Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661. Copies of such materials
can be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the Commission at 450 Fifth
Street, N.W., Room 1025, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. The
Commission maintains a World Wide Web site at http://www.sec.gov that contains
reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding
registrants that filed electronically with the Commission. Information
concerning the Company is also available for inspection at the offices of the
Nasdaq National Market, Reports Section, 1735 "K" Street, N.W., Washington, D.C.
20006.
 
    Upon completion of the this Offering, the Company will be subject to the
informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and, in
accordance therewith, will file reports with the Commission. The Company intends
to furnish to its stockholders annual reports containing audited financial
statements of the Company audited by its independent accountants and quarterly
reports containing unaudited condensed financial statements for each of the
first three quarters of the fiscal year.
 
                                       68
<PAGE>
                                 FAROUDJA, INC.
 
                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                     <C>
Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors.....................................     F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets...........................................................     F-3
Consolidated Statements of Income.....................................................     F-4
Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity........................................     F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.................................................     F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements............................................     F-7
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
               REPORT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
 
Faroudja, Inc.
 
    We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Faroudja,
Inc. as of December 31, 1995 and 1996 and June 30, 1997, and the related
consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flows for each
of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1996 and for the six-month
period ended June 30, 1997. These financial statements are the responsibility of
the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.
 
    We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Faroudja, Inc.
at December 31, 1995 and 1996 and June 30, 1997, and the consolidated results of
its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended December 31, 1996 and for the six-month period ended June 30, 1997, in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
                                                               ERNST & YOUNG LLP
 
San Jose, California
July 18, 1997, except for Note 12
  as to which the date is July 22, 1997
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                                 FAROUDJA, INC.
 
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                DECEMBER 31,
                                                                         --------------------------    JUNE 30,
                                                                             1995          1996          1997
                                                                         ------------  ------------  -------------
<S>                                                                      <C>           <C>           <C>
                                                      ASSETS
 
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents............................................  $  1,522,756  $  1,215,591  $   7,520,481
  Short-term investments...............................................     1,235,960     1,867,896        272,227
  Trade accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of
    $10,000 in 1995, $110,000 in 1996, and $181,000 in 1997............     1,573,866     2,767,331      2,644,616
  Inventories..........................................................     1,587,070     1,683,550      2,093,922
  Deferred tax assets..................................................       --            461,519        600,048
  Other current assets.................................................        43,252       224,426        355,160
                                                                         ------------  ------------  -------------
Total current assets...................................................     5,962,904     8,220,313     13,486,454
 
Property and equipment, net............................................       771,053     1,383,807      1,503,404
Other assets...........................................................       --            --             235,137
                                                                         ------------  ------------  -------------
                                                                         $  6,733,957  $  9,604,120  $  15,224,995
                                                                         ------------  ------------  -------------
                                                                         ------------  ------------  -------------
 
                                       LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable.....................................................  $    601,206  $    729,320  $     695,068
  Accrued compensation and benefits....................................       485,936       671,863        765,217
  Income taxes payable.................................................        48,593       116,602        368,187
  Other accrued liabilities............................................        83,069       341,444        473,433
  Deferred revenue.....................................................       --            500,000       --
                                                                         ------------  ------------  -------------
Total current liabilities..............................................     1,218,804     2,359,229      2,301,905
 
Commitments
 
Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred Stock--$0.001 par value; 2,000,000 shares authorized, none
    issued and outstanding.............................................       --            --            --
  Common Stock--$0.001 par value; 18,000,000 shares authorized;
    7,156,895, 8,200,000, and 8,733,696 shares issued and outstanding
    in 1995, 1996, and 1997, respectively..............................     3,611,023         8,200          8,734
  Additional paid-in capital...........................................       --          7,824,823     13,306,417
  Unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities, net of tax
    effect.............................................................        34,885        66,737       --
  Deferred compensation................................................       --            --            (271,500)
  Retained earnings (deficit)..........................................     1,869,245      (654,869)      (120,561)
                                                                         ------------  ------------  -------------
Total stockholders' equity.............................................     5,515,153     7,244,891     12,923,090
                                                                         ------------  ------------  -------------
                                                                         $  6,733,957  $  9,604,120  $  15,224,995
                                                                         ------------  ------------  -------------
                                                                         ------------  ------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                                 FAROUDJA, INC.
 
                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,            SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                           ------------------------------------------  --------------------------
                                               1994          1995           1996           1996          1997
                                           ------------  -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                                       (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                        <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>
Revenues:
  Product sales..........................  $  8,064,603  $  11,953,658  $  12,626,183  $  5,589,570  $  6,863,531
  License and royalty revenues...........       --            --              500,000       --          1,000,000
                                           ------------  -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
Total revenues...........................     8,064,603     11,953,658     13,126,183     5,589,570     7,863,531
Cost of product sales....................     2,998,262      4,214,753      4,797,516     2,066,843     2,285,785
                                           ------------  -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
Gross profit.............................     5,066,341      7,738,905      8,328,667     3,522,727     5,577,746
 
Operating expenses:
  Research and development...............     1,277,053      1,483,388      2,463,838       990,183     1,839,878
  Sales and marketing....................       777,643      1,070,045      2,126,686       880,150     1,793,062
  General and administrative.............     1,152,968      1,178,990      1,623,453       664,149       866,565
  Financing expense......................       --            --             --             --            311,572
                                           ------------  -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
Total operating expenses.................     3,207,664      3,732,423      6,213,977     2,534,482     4,811,077
                                           ------------  -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
 
Operating income.........................     1,858,677      4,006,482      2,114,690       988,245       766,669
 
Other income:
  Interest income........................        69,118         81,746         83,179        38,522        48,299
  Other, net.............................        14,391          4,986       --             --             46,812
                                           ------------  -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
Income before provision for income
  taxes..................................     1,942,186      4,093,214      2,197,869     1,026,767       861,780
Provision for income taxes...............        13,450         83,981        687,054       218,593       327,472
                                           ------------  -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
Net income...............................  $  1,928,736  $   4,009,233  $   1,510,815  $    808,174  $    534,308
                                           ------------  -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
                                           ------------  -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
Pro forma data (unaudited):
  Historical income before provision for
    income taxes.........................  $  1,942,186  $   4,093,214  $   2,197,869  $  1,026,767
  Pro forma provision for income taxes...       714,155      1,023,188        879,148       410,800
                                           ------------  -------------  -------------  ------------
Pro forma net income.....................  $  1,228,031  $   3,070,026  $   1,318,721  $    615,967
                                           ------------  -------------  -------------  ------------
                                           ------------  -------------  -------------  ------------
 
Income per share data:
  Net income per share...................                                                            $       0.05
                                                                                                     ------------
                                                                                                     ------------
  Pro forma net income per share
    (unaudited)..........................  $       0.15  $        0.38  $        0.15  $       0.07
                                           ------------  -------------  -------------  ------------
                                           ------------  -------------  -------------  ------------
  Shares used in per share
    computations.........................     7,978,926      7,998,146      9,011,961     8,783,921     9,729,653
                                           ------------  -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
                                           ------------  -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
    
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                                 FAROUDJA, INC.
 
                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      UNREALIZED
                                                                       GAINS ON
                                     COMMON STOCK       ADDITIONAL    AVAILABLE-                     RETAINED        TOTAL
                                ----------------------    PAID-IN      FOR-SALE        DEFERRED      EARNINGS    STOCKHOLDERS'
                                 SHARES      AMOUNTS      CAPITAL     SECURITIES     COMPENSATION    (DEFICIT)      EQUITY
                                ---------  -----------  -----------  -------------   ------------   -----------  -------------
<S>                             <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>             <C>            <C>          <C>
Balance at December 31,
  1993........................  7,156,895  $ 3,611,023  $   --         $ --           $  --         $(1,228,778)  $ 2,382,245
Net income....................     --          --           --           --              --           1,928,736     1,928,736
Distribution to
  stockholders................     --          --           --           --              --          (1,484,946)   (1,484,946)
                                ---------  -----------  -----------  -------------   ------------   -----------  -------------
Balance at December 31,
  1994........................  7,156,895    3,611,023      --           --              --            (784,988)    2,826,035
Net income....................     --          --           --           --              --           4,009,233     4,009,233
Unrealized gain on
  available-for-sale
  securities..................     --          --           --           34,885          --             --             34,885
Distribution to
  stockholders................     --          --           --           --              --          (1,355,000)   (1,355,000)
                                ---------  -----------  -----------  -------------   ------------   -----------  -------------
Balance at December 31,
  1995........................  7,156,895    3,611,023      --           34,885          --           1,869,245     5,515,153
Sale of Common Stock..........  1,043,105    4,000,000      --           --              --             --          4,000,000
Issuance of warrants to
  purchase Common Stock for
  future services.............     --          --           222,000      --              --             --            222,000
Reincorporation in Delaware...     --       (7,602,823)   7,602,823      --              --             --            --
Net income....................     --          --           --           --              --           1,510,815     1,510,815
Change in unrealized gain on
  available-for-sale
  securities, net of tax......     --          --           --           31,852          --             --             31,852
Distributions to
  stockholders................     --          --           --           --              --          (4,034,929)   (4,034,929)
                                ---------  -----------  -----------  -------------   ------------   -----------  -------------
Balance at December 31,
  1996........................  8,200,000        8,200    7,824,823      66,737          --            (654,869)    7,244,891
Sale of Common Stock, net of
  issue costs.................    533,696          534    4,960,094      --              --             --          4,960,628
Issuance of warrants to
  purchase Common Stock for
  technology acquired.........     --          --           250,000      --              --             --            250,000
Deferred compensation on
  employee stock option
  grants......................     --          --           271,500      --            (271,500)        --            --
Net income....................     --          --           --           --              --             534,308       534,308
Change in unrealized gain on
  available for sale
  securities, net of tax......     --          --           --          (66,737)         --             --            (66,737)
                                ---------  -----------  -----------  -------------   ------------   -----------  -------------
Balance at June 30, 1997......  8,733,696  $     8,734  $13,306,417    $ --           $(271,500)    $  (120,561)  $12,923,090
                                ---------  -----------  -----------  -------------   ------------   -----------  -------------
                                ---------  -----------  -----------  -------------   ------------   -----------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                                 FAROUDJA, INC.
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE
                                                 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                 30,
                                            ----------------------------------  ---------------------
                                               1994        1995        1996        1996       1997
                                            ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------
                                                                                (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income................................  $1,928,736  $4,009,233  $1,510,815  $  808,174  $ 534,308
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
  cash provided by operating activities:
  Depreciation and amortization...........     172,412     223,988     422,376     152,455    224,263
  Loss on disposal of equipment...........      --          --          --          --         17,204
  Gain on sales of short-term
    investments...........................      --          --          --          --        (83,456)
Changes in operating assets and
  liabilities:
  Trade accounts receivable...............    (358,639)   (642,490) (1,193,465)    558,910    122,715
  Inventories.............................      50,111    (793,149)    (96,480)   (412,422)  (410,372)
  Deferred tax assets.....................      --          --        (461,519)   (148,993)  (138,529)
  Other current assets....................      (8,173)     (1,513)    (27,174)    (74,552)  (130,734)
  Accounts payable........................    (118,969)    417,306     128,114     355,928    (34,252)
  Accrued compensation and benefits.......     165,192     118,135     185,927     (32,895)    93,354
  Income taxes payable....................      (5,012)     46,574      68,009     197,795    251,585
  Other accrued liabilities...............     (99,825)     29,058     258,375     (61,088)   131,989
  Deferred revenue........................      --          --         500,000      --       (500,000)
                                            ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------
Net cash provided by operating
  activities..............................   1,725,833   3,407,142   1,294,978   1,343,312     78,075
                                            ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchases of equipment....................    (211,920)   (391,907)   (967,130)   (347,148)  (346,687)
Proceeds from sale of equipment...........      --          --          --          --            486
Purchases of short-term investments.......    (200,000) (1,751,075) (1,061,000)   (356,300)    --
Sales of short-term investments...........      --          --          --          --      1,612,388
Maturities of short-term investments......      --         750,000     460,916      --         --
                                            ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------
Net cash provided by (used in) investing
  activities..............................    (411,920) (1,392,982) (1,567,214)   (703,448) 1,266,187
                                            ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Issuance of Common Stock..................      --          --       4,000,000   4,000,000  4,960,628
Repayment of loan payable.................    (420,000)     --          --          --         --
Distribution to stockholders..............  (1,484,946) (1,355,000) (4,034,929) (4,000,000)    --
                                            ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------
Net cash provided by (used in) financing
  activities..............................  (1,904,946) (1,355,000)    (34,929)     --      4,960,628
                                            ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash
  equivalents.............................    (591,033)    659,160    (307,165)    639,864  6,304,890
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of
  period..................................   1,454,629     863,596   1,522,756   1,522,756  1,215,591
                                            ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of
  period..................................  $  863,596  $1,522,756  $1,215,591  $2,162,620  $7,520,481
                                            ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------
                                            ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW
  INFORMATION
Cash paid during the period for income
  taxes...................................  $   17,531  $   32,157  $1,116,656  $  200,000  $ 226,600
                                            ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------
                                            ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF NONCASH
  FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Issuance of warrants to acquire Common
  Stock for future services...............  $   --      $   --      $  222,000  $  222,000  $  --
                                            ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------
                                            ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------
Issuance of warrants to acquire Common
  Stock for technology acquired...........  $   --      $   --      $   --      $   --      $ 250,000
                                            ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------
                                            ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                                 FAROUDJA, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
BUSINESS AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
    Faroudja, Inc. (the "Company") designs, develops and sells a range of video
image enhancement products and technology for the home television, professional
broadcast and personal computer markets. Although traditional business has been
directed to sales of complete subsystem units, the Company has recently expanded
its activities to include the design and development of board and chip level
products for applications in the television as well as the personal computer
markets.
 
    The accompanying financial statements reflect the operations of Faroudja
Laboratories, Inc. ("FLI") and Faroudja Research Enterprises, Inc. ("FRE"), both
of which were California corporations. FLI and FRE, which were owned by common
stockholders, were merged in December 1996, with FLI surviving the merger.
Subsequently, in order to effect a reverse stock split and a reincorporation in
Delaware, FLI merged with a wholly owned subsidiary of a newly formed Delaware
corporation, Faroudja, Inc. In this transaction, the FLI stockholders received
0.69185 shares of the Company's Common Stock for each share of FLI Common Stock
held by them. All outstanding stock options and warrants to purchase FLI Common
Stock were assumed by the Company at the same exchange ratio. The effect of this
exchange on Common Stock, stock options and warrants has been reflected in the
accompanying financial statements on a retroactive basis. All intercompany
balances and transactions between the Company and FLI have been eliminated.
 
    On December 30, 1996, FLI and FRE were merged through the exchange of
0.21258 shares of FLI Common Stock for each outstanding share of FRE Common
Stock. As the outstanding shares of both entities were held in the same
percentage by identical stockholders prior to the merger, this transaction was
accounted for as if it were a pooling-of-interests. Accordingly, the financial
statements have been retroactively restated to give effect to this transaction
as of the beginning of the earliest period presented.
 
    Prior to March 1996, FRE and FLI were each owned 100% by two individuals
(the "Founders"). In March 1996, new investors acquired a 56.25% ownership
interest in both entities through the purchase of shares held by the Founders
($14,000,000) and newly issued FLI shares ($4,000,000). Simultaneous with this
transaction, the Founders received a distribution from FLI in the amount of
$4,000,000. The new investors also acquired an option from the Founders to
acquire an additional 1,537,500 shares held by the Founders for a total of
$6,000,000. Such option expires upon the earlier of (i) upon the close of an
initial public offering by the Company or (ii) September 5, 1997. Prior to the
March 1996 transaction, FLI had elected to be treated as an S Corporation for
income tax purposes. FRE was a C Corporation for income tax purposes.
 
INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
    The financial information for the six months ended June 30, 1996 is
unaudited, but includes all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring
adjustments) that the Company considers necessary for a fair presentation of the
operating results and cash flows for such period.
 
USE OF ESTIMATES
 
    The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and
accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from these estimates.
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                                 FAROUDJA, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
1. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
SOURCES OF SUPPLY
 
    The Company currently relies on a limited number of independent foundries to
manufacture, assemble and test all of its semiconductor components and products.
In addition, the Company subcontracts the manufacturing of its broadcast and
television products with two principal suppliers. While alternate sources of
supply exist, in the event of the discontinuance of any of the above supplier
relationships, the Company would be required to locate and qualify new
suppliers, which could take up to several months.
 
CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
    The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three
months or less, when purchased, to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents consist
primarily of bank deposits, money market account, and, in 1995, a U.S. Treasury
Bill.
 
SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS
 
    The Company accounts for its short-term investments in accordance with
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 115, "Accounting for Certain
Investments in Debt and Equity Securities" ("SFAS 115").
 
    Under SFAS 115, all affected debt and equity securities must be stated at
fair value and classified as held-to-maturity, trading or available-for-sale.
Management determines the appropriate classification of securities at the time
of purchase and reevaluates such designation as of each balance sheet date.
 
    At December 31, 1995 and 1996 and June 30, 1997, all debt and equity
securities were designated as available-for-sale. Available-for-sale securities
are carried at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses reported net of tax
as a separate component of stockholders' equity. Realized gains and losses and
declines in value judged to be other-than-temporary, if any, on
available-for-sale securities are included in other income. The cost of
securities sold is based on the specific identification method. Interest on
securities classified as available-for-sale is included in interest income.
 
CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK
 
    The Company sells its products primarily through a network of distributors
and through original equipment manufacturing ("OEM") arrangements. The Company
performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and generally does not
require collateral. Uncollectible accounts receivable have not been significant
in any period presented.
 
    At December 31, 1995, three customers accounted for 50% of the accounts
receivable balance. At December 31, 1996, two customers accounted for 48% of the
accounts receivable balance. At June 30, 1997, four customers accounted for 52%
of the accounts receivable balance. No other single customer accounted for more
than 10% of the Company's ending accounts receivable balances.
 
INVENTORIES
 
    Inventories are carried at the lower of cost (determined on a first-in,
first-out basis) or market.
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                                 FAROUDJA, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
1. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
    Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation and amortization
are provided using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of
the assets (ranging from three to seven years). Leasehold improvements are
amortized over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life.
 
REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
    Sales revenue is recognized upon shipment of products to customers. The
Company does not grant rights of return and customarily does not provide price
protection to distributors. Nonrefundable minimum royalties are recognized as
revenue in the period to which they relate.
 
ADVERTISING COSTS
 
    The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising expense
amounted to $165,000, $204,155 and $394,578 in the years ended 1994, 1995 and
1996, respectively, and $233,339 and $233,936 in the six months ended June 30,
1996 (unaudited) and 1997, respectively.
 
FINANCING EXPENSE
 
    In 1997, the Company incurred and expensed approximately $312,000 of
expenses related to financing activities.
 
STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
 
    As permitted by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123,
"Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" ("SFAS 123"), the Company has elected
to follow Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock
Issued to Employees" ("APB 25") and related interpretations in accounting for
its employee and director stock option and purchase plans. Under APB 25, if the
exercise price of the Company's employee stock options is not less than the
market price of the underlying stock on the date of grant, no compensation
expense is recognized.
 
NET INCOME PER SHARE
 
    Net income per share and pro forma net income per share were calculated by
dividing net income or pro forma net income by the weighted average number of
shares of Common Stock outstanding for the respective periods, adjusted for the
dilutive effect of common stock equivalents, which consist of stock options and
warrants, using the treasury stock method. Pursuant to the requirements of the
Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"), Common Stock and common stock
equivalents issued by the Company during the 12 months immediately preceding the
Company's proposed initial public offering have been included in the calculation
as if they were outstanding for all periods presented (using the treasury stock
method for common stock equivalents).
 
    In February 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128, "Earnings Per Share" ("SFAS 128"),
which is required to be adopted on December 31, 1997. At that time, the Company
will be required to change the method currently used to compute earnings per
share and to restate all prior periods. Under the new requirements for
calculating basic earnings per share, the dilutive effect of stock options and
warrants will be excluded. The impact is expected to increase the income per
share
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                                 FAROUDJA, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
1. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
amounts reported on the accompanying statements of income for the year ended
December 31, 1996, and the six-month period ended June 30, 1997 to $0.15 and
$0.06 per share, respectively (including common shares and equivalents mandated
by the SEC as discussed above). There will be no impact on the six-months ended
June 30, 1996 income per share as reported. The impact of SFAS 128 on the
calculation of fully diluted earnings per share for these years is not expected
to be material.
 
2. SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS
 
    The following is a summary of available-for-sale securities at December 31,
1995 and 1996 and June 30, 1997:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          UNREALIZED       FAIR
                                                                                             GAINS        MARKET
                                                                                COST       (LOSSES)       VALUE
                                                                            ------------  -----------  ------------
<S>                                                                         <C>           <C>          <C>
At December 31, 1995:
  Mutual funds--principally emerging growth equities......................  $    552,331   $  15,825   $    568,156
  Other mutual funds......................................................       400,000      16,727        416,727
  Certificate of deposit..................................................       250,000       1,077        251,077
  U.S. Treasury Bill......................................................       198,744       1,256        200,000
                                                                            ------------  -----------  ------------
                                                                            $  1,401,075   $  34,885   $  1,435,960
                                                                            ------------  -----------  ------------
                                                                            ------------  -----------  ------------
Reported as:
  Cash equivalents........................................................  $    198,744   $   1,256   $    200,000
  Short-term investments..................................................     1,202,331      33,629      1,235,960
                                                                            ------------  -----------  ------------
                                                                            $  1,401,075   $  34,885   $  1,435,960
                                                                            ------------  -----------  ------------
                                                                            ------------  -----------  ------------
At December 31, 1996:
  Mutual funds--principally emerging growth equities......................  $    900,000   $ 107,980   $  1,007,980
  Other mutual funds......................................................       400,000      (3,084)       396,916
  Certificate of deposit..................................................       263,000      --            263,000
  U.S. Treasury Bill......................................................       193,973       6,027        200,000
                                                                            ------------  -----------  ------------
                                                                            $  1,756,973   $ 110,923   $  1,867,896
                                                                            ------------  -----------  ------------
                                                                            ------------  -----------  ------------
Reported as:
  Short-term investments..................................................  $  1,756,973   $ 110,923   $  1,867,896
                                                                            ------------  -----------  ------------
                                                                            ------------  -----------  ------------
At June 30, 1997:
  Certificate of deposit (reported as short-term investments).............  $    272,227   $  --       $    272,227
                                                                            ------------  -----------  ------------
                                                                            ------------  -----------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                                 FAROUDJA, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
2. SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
    The estimated fair value amounts discussed above have been determined by the
Company using available market information and appropriate valuation
methodologies. Gross unrealized losses were not material and thus have not been
presented separately in the above table.
 
    During the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996, there were no gross
realized gains or losses. During the six months ended June 30, 1997, there were
$83,456 of net realized gains. As of December 31, 1996, the average portfolio
duration is approximately three months and the contractual maturity of the
investments does not exceed one year. At June 30, 1997 the average portfolio
duration is approximately three months and the contractual maturity of the
investments does not exceed six months.
 
3. INVENTORIES
 
    Inventories consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             DECEMBER 31,           JUNE 30,
                                                      --------------------------  ------------
                                                          1995          1996          1997
                                                      ------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                                   <C>           <C>           <C>
Raw materials.......................................  $    596,049  $    615,865  $    678,282
Work-in-process.....................................       724,577       630,630       948,040
Finished goods......................................       266,444       437,055       467,600
                                                      ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                      $  1,587,070  $  1,683,550  $  2,093,922
                                                      ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                      ------------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
4. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
    Property and equipment consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           DECEMBER 31,           JUNE 30,
                                                    --------------------------  ------------
                                                        1995          1996          1997
                                                    ------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                                 <C>           <C>           <C>
Machinery and equipment...........................  $  1,377,953  $  1,705,845  $  1,970,375
Purchased computer software.......................       --            492,471       496,042
Office equipment..................................        25,528        25,528        25,528
Furniture and fixtures............................       160,510       209,448       251,219
Vehicles..........................................       241,802       241,802       148,644
Leasehold improvements............................        45,679       143,508       181,072
                                                    ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                       1,851,472     2,818,602     3,072,880
Accumulated depreciation..........................    (1,080,419)   (1,434,795)   (1,569,476)
                                                    ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                    $    771,053  $  1,383,807  $  1,503,404
                                                    ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                    ------------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
5. OPERATING LEASES
 
    The Company leases its main facility under a lease agreement expiring
September 30, 2003. The lease agreement is cancelable at the Company's option
upon four months' notice. Payments are adjusted annually
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                                 FAROUDJA, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
5. OPERATING LEASES (CONTINUED)
based on changes in the Consumer Price Index. At June 30, 1997, future estimated
minimum payments under this and other leases are approximately as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 PERIOD ENDING
                                                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                 -------------
<S>                                                                              <C>
1997 (July 1 to December 31)...................................................   $   103,568
1998...........................................................................       207,088
1999...........................................................................       191,588
2000...........................................................................       176,088
2001...........................................................................       176,088
2002...........................................................................       176,088
Thereafter.....................................................................       132,066
                                                                                 -------------
Total minimum lease payments...................................................   $ 1,162,574
                                                                                 -------------
                                                                                 -------------
</TABLE>
 
    Rent expense under operating leases amounted to $167,997, $168,948 and
$185,709 in 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively; and $110,669 for the six months
ended June 30, 1997.
 
6. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
WARRANTS
 
    In April 1992, the Company issued three warrants to purchase a total of
14,449 shares of common stock at a price of $3.40 per share to a consultant. The
warrants are fully exercisable and expire upon the consummation of the Company's
initial public offering a sale of the Company or ten years from the date of
issuance. The Company has reserved 14,449 shares of common stock for issuance
upon exercise of the warrants.
 
    In 1996, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 65,152 shares of common
stock at an exercise price of $0.15 to a limited liability company in which a
member of the Company's Board of Directors has a substantial interest. The
warrant was issued in exchange for services to be performed by the Board of
Directors member. The warrant will be exercisable upon the occurrence of certain
defined events prior to February 1999. The warrant expires on December 31, 1999.
The Company is recognizing $222,000, the value of the warrant, over the related
service period.
 
    In 1997, one of the Founders granted to the Company an exclusive (excluding
certain rights retained by the Founder), worldwide, perpetual, irrevocable and
royalty-free right and license to patents owned by him. The Founder has a
nonexclusive, nontransferable right to the patents for applications and uses
outside of the Company's business as defined in the license agreement. In
exchange for rights granted, the Founder received a warrant to purchase 100,000
shares of Common Stock at $7.50 a share. The warrant vests over a three-year
period and expires in January 2002. The Company is amortizing $250,000, the
value of the warrant, over the estimated useful economic life of the patents.
 
STOCK OPTION PLANS
 
    In 1995, the Company adopted the 1995 Stock Option Plan (the "1995 Plan"),
which superseded a 1993 stock option plan under which no options had been
granted. A total of 1,700,000 shares of Common Stock were reserved for issuance
under the 1995 Plan. Under the terms of the 1995 Plan, the Board of Directors
may grant options to directors, employees and consultants. Options may be either
incentive stock options or nonstatutory
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                                 FAROUDJA, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
6. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED)
stock options, at the discretion of the Board of Directors. Incentive stock
options may be granted to employees with exercise prices of no less than the
fair value, and nonstatutory options may be granted to employees, directors, and
consultants with exercise prices of no less than 85% of the fair value, of the
common stock on the date of grant, as determined by the Board of Directors. If,
at the time of grant, the optionee owns stock possessing 10% or more of the
voting power of all classes of stock, the option price shall be at least 110% of
the fair value, and the option shall not be exercised more than five years after
the date of grant. Except as noted above, options expire ten years after the
date of grant, or earlier if employment or service is terminated. Options become
exercisable as determined by the Board of Directors. Options generally vest over
three or four years.
 
    In December 1996, the Board of Directors adopted, and in 1997 the
stockholders approved, the 1997 Non-Employee Directors Stock Option Plan (the
"Directors Plan"). A total of 100,000 shares of Common Stock were reserved for
issuance pursuant to the terms of the Directors Plan, which provides for the
grant of nonqualified stock options to nonemployee directors of the Company. In
January 1997, the Board of Directors adopted, and the stockholders approved, the
1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "Purchase Plan") and the 1997 Performance
Stock Option Plan (the "1997 Plan"). The 1997 Plan succeeds the 1995 Plan and
has terms similar to that Plan. No additional options will be granted under the
1995 Plan and shares reserved for future option grants thereunder are available
for grant under the terms of the 1997 Plan. In June 1997, the Board of Directors
adopted an amendment to the 1997 Plan increasing the number of shares reserved
for issuance for the 1997 Plan by 250,000 shares, subject to stockholders'
approval. A total of 400,000 shares were reserved for future issuance under the
Purchase Plan. The Purchase Plan permits eligible employees to purchase common
stock through payroll deductions at a price equal to the lower of 85% of the
fair value of the Company's common stock at the beginning or end of the
applicable offering period. No shares have been issued under the Purchase Plan.
 
    During 1996, the Company adopted SFAS 123. In accordance with the Statement,
the Company applies APB 25 in accounting for option grants to employees under
the Plan and, accordingly, does not recognize compensation expense for options
granted to employees at fair value on the date of grant. The effect of applying
the minimum value method of valuing options to options granted in 1995 and 1996
pursuant to SFAS 123 resulted in pro forma net income (after the effect of the
pro forma tax adjustment) of $1,168,364, or $0.13 per share, for the year ended
December 31, 1996 and pro forma net income of $325,519, or $0.03 per share, for
the six months ended June 30, 1997. The pro forma impact in reported results for
the year ended December 31, 1995 was not significant and has not been presented
herein. The minimum value method was applied using the following
weighted-average assumptions for 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively: risk-free
interest rates of 6.09%, 6.35% and 6.17%; an expected option life of 72 months;
and no dividends. Future pro forma results of operations may be materially
different from actual amounts reported.
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                                 FAROUDJA, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
6. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED)
 
    A summary of the Company's stock option activity, and related information
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                 SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                         -----------------------------------------------  -----------------------
                                                  1995                    1996                 JUNE 30, 1997
                                         ----------------------  -----------------------  -----------------------
                                                     WEIGHTED-                WEIGHTED-                WEIGHTED-
                                                      AVERAGE                  AVERAGE                  AVERAGE
                                                     EXERCISE                 EXERCISE                 EXERCISE
                                          OPTIONS      PRICE      OPTIONS       PRICE      OPTIONS       PRICE
                                         ---------  -----------  ----------  -----------  ----------  -----------
<S>                                      <C>        <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>
Outstanding at January 1...............     --       $  --          180,576   $    1.16    1,441,988   $    3.46
Granted................................    180,576        1.16    1,261,412        3.79      338,770        7.24
Exercised..............................     --          --           --          --           (7,380)       1.68
Canceled...............................     --          --           --          --         (195,029)       3.79
                                         ---------       -----   ----------       -----   ----------       -----
Outstanding at end of period...........    180,576   $    1.16    1,441,988   $    3.46    1,578,349   $    4.24
                                         ---------       -----   ----------       -----   ----------       -----
                                         ---------       -----   ----------       -----   ----------       -----
Weighted-average fair value of options
  granted during the period............             .36                      .23                      .07
</TABLE>
 
    Exercise prices of options outstanding and options exercisable were as
follows:
 
JUNE 30, 1997
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               OPTIONS OUTSTANDING
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------    OPTIONS EXERCISABLE
                                                         WEIGHTED-                 ------------------------
                                                          AVERAGE      WEIGHTED-                 WEIGHTED-
                                                         REMAINING      AVERAGE                   AVERAGE
                                            NUMBER OF   CONTRACTUAL    EXERCISE     NUMBER OF    EXERCISE
RANGE OF EXERCISE PRICES                     OPTIONS       LIFE          PRICE       OPTIONS       PRICE
- ------------------------------------------  ---------  -------------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                        (IN YEARS)
<S>                                         <C>        <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>
$1.16-$2.02...............................    204,791         8.29     $    1.29      136,516    $    1.26
$3.83-$3.91...............................  1,059,558         9.12          3.85      149,439         3.83
$7.00-$7.50...............................    314,000         9.89          7.46       --           --
                                            ---------                              -----------
                                            1,578,349         9.16          4.24      285,955         2.60
                                            ---------                              -----------
                                            ---------                              -----------
</TABLE>
 
DECEMBER 31, 1996
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               OPTIONS OUTSTANDING
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------    OPTIONS EXERCISABLE
                                                         WEIGHTED-                 ------------------------
                                                          AVERAGE      WEIGHTED-                 WEIGHTED-
                                                         REMAINING      AVERAGE                   AVERAGE
                                            NUMBER OF   CONTRACTUAL    EXERCISE     NUMBER OF    EXERCISE
RANGE OF EXERCISE PRICES                     OPTIONS       LIFE          PRICE       OPTIONS       PRICE
- ------------------------------------------  ---------  -------------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                        (IN YEARS)
<S>                                         <C>        <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>
$1.16.....................................    180,576         8.75     $    1.16       95,165    $    1.16
$2.02.....................................     41,512         9.08          2.02       --           --
$3.83-$3.91...............................  1,219,900         9.58          3.85       --           --
                                            ---------                              -----------
                                            1,441,988         9.50          3.46       95,165         1.16
                                            ---------                              -----------
                                            ---------                              -----------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                                 FAROUDJA, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
6. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED)
    At December 31, 1995, options to purchase 51,024 shares of Common Stock were
exercisable at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.16 per share.
 
    Pursuant to APB 25, for certain options granted in June 1997, the Company
recognized as deferred compensation expense the excess of the deemed value for
financial reporting purposes of the common stock issuable upon the exercise of
such options over the aggregate exercise price of such options. The total
deferred compensation expense of $271,500 is being amortized over the vesting
period of such options.
 
RESERVED SHARES
 
    As of June 30, 1997, the Company has reserved shares of common stock for
future issuance as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                <C>
Warrants.........................................................    179,601
Stock purchase plan..............................................    400,000
Stock option plans:
  Outstanding options............................................  1,578,349
  Reserved for future grants.....................................    464,271
                                                                   ---------
                                                                   2,622,221
                                                                   ---------
                                                                   ---------
</TABLE>
 
7. LICENSE AGREEMENT
 
    In March 1997, the Company entered into a license agreement with S3
Incorporated ("S3"), a leading supplier of advanced graphics accelerators for
use in mainstream multimedia PC systems. Under the terms of the agreement, the
Company and S3 are working jointly to develop integrated circuits incorporating
the Company's video processing technologies for use in PCs. The Company granted
to S3 a worldwide license to certain technology, including line doubling, detail
enhancement, cross-color suppression, motion tracking and compensation, and
digital compression filtering technology. Portions of such license are exclusive
for certain markets for a period of five years provided that performance
criteria, including minimum license fees are satisfied. The Company is obligated
to negotiate with S3 to extend the five year period. The Company is to receive
certain per unit royalties for products sold incorporating the Company's
technology. If royalties on product sales do not reach the minimum levels
necessary to maintain exclusivity, S3 may elect to pay the required minimum
amount. Such payments may be offset against future royalties otherwise due.
 
    In December 1996, S3 paid the Company $1 million, $500,000 of which was
refundable if a definitive license agreement between the parties was not
consummated. Accordingly, the Company recognized $500,000 of license and royalty
revenue in 1996 and the remaining $500,000 of license and royalty revenue in
March 1997.
 
   
    On June 30, 1997, the Company sold a total of 526,316 shares of its Common
Stock to S3 pursuant to a Stock Purchase Agreement for $4,948,201, net of
expenses associated with the transaction. S3 is entitled to certain
anti-dilution, registration and other rights as set forth in the Stock Purchase
Agreement. This agreement provides that S3 shall receive additional shares if
the Offering price is less than $9.50.
    
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
                                 FAROUDJA, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
8. INCOME TAXES
 
    The provision for income taxes computed under Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes," consists of the
following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                PRO FORMA
                                                                                     SIX-MONTHS SIX-MONTHS SIX-MONTHS
                            DECEMBER 31,                PRO FORMA DECEMBER 31,         ENDED      ENDED      ENDED
                   -------------------------------  -------------------------------  JUNE 30,   JUNE 30,   JUNE 30,
                     1994       1995       1996       1994       1995       1996       1996       1996       1997
                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                    (UNAUDITED) (UNAUDITED) (UNAUDITED) (UNAUDITED) (UNAUDITED)
<S>                <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Federal:
  Current........  $  --      $  23,000  $ 991,744  $ 571,682  $ 885,687  $1,157,285 $ 315,534  $ 540,765  $ 394,450
  Deferred.......     --         --       (439,614)    59,083      5,463   (455,627)  (139,868)  (212,901)  (120,185)
                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                      --         23,000    552,130    630,765    891,150    701,658    175,666    327,864    274,625
State:
  Current........     13,450     60,981    201,016     83,390    151,242    247,312     63,955    115,562     71,551
  Deferred.......     --         --        (66,092)    --        (19,204)   (69,822)   (21,028)   (32,626)   (18,344)
                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                      13,450     60,981    134,924     83,390    132,038    177,490     42,927     82,936     53,207
                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                   $  13,450  $  83,981  $ 687,054  $ 714,155  $1,023,188 $ 879,148  $ 218,593  $ 410,800  $ 327,472
                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The following table reconciles the expected federal corporate income tax
expense (computed by multiplying the Company's income before taxes by the
federal statutory rate of 34%) to the Company's income tax expense for the
following periods ended:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             PRO FORMA
                                                                                  SIX-MONTHS SIX-MONTHS SIX-MONTHS
                         DECEMBER 31,                PRO FORMA DECEMBER 31,         ENDED      ENDED      ENDED
                -------------------------------  -------------------------------  JUNE 30,   JUNE 30,   JUNE 30,
                  1994       1995       1996       1994       1995       1996       1996       1996       1997
                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                 (UNAUDITED) (UNAUDITED) (UNAUDITED) (UNAUDITED) (UNAUDITED)
<S>             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Tax at U.S.
  Statutory
  rate........  $ 660,343  $1,391,693 $ 747,275  $ 660,343  $1,391,693 $ 747,275  $ 349,100  $ 349,100  $ 293,005
State income
  taxes, net
  of federal
  benefit.....     13,450     60,981     78,615     83,390    132,088    106,709     36,726     49,851     31,766
S Corporation
  earnings
  prior to
  change in
  tax
  status......   (630,765)  (868,150)  (251,758)    --         --         --       (251,758)    --         --
Deferred taxes
  recorded due
  to change in
  tax
  status......     --         --       (148,993)    --         --         --       (148,993)    --         --
Net operating
  losses
  utilized....    (29,578)  (500,543)    --        (29,578)  (500,543)    --         --         --         --
Other.........     --         --        261,915     --         --         25,164    233,518     11,849      2,701
                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                $  13,450  $  83,981  $ 687,054  $ 714,155  $1,023,188 $ 879,148  $ 218,593  $ 410,800  $ 327,472
                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The pro forma provisions for income taxes reflect the additional tax expense
which would have been incurred had FLI's status as an S Corporation terminated
on January 1, 1994, exclusive of the effects of the establishment of deferred
tax assets and liabilities at that date.
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>
                                 FAROUDJA, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
8. INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
    The provision for income taxes for the six months ended June 30, 1997 is
based on the estimated annual effective tax rate for the year.
 
    Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences
between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting
purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of
the Company's deferred tax liabilities and assets as of December 31, 1996 and
June 30, 1997 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                ---------------------   JUNE 30,
                                                                                  1995        1996        1997
                                                                                ---------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                             <C>        <C>         <C>
Deferred tax assets:
  Accrued liabilities.........................................................  $  --      $  354,284  $  513,274
  Other, net..................................................................     11,992     208,954     175,863
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Depreciation of property and equipment......................................    (11,992)    (57,533)    (89,089)
  Valuation of investment portfolio...........................................     --         (44,186)     --
                                                                                ---------  ----------  ----------
Net deferred tax assets.......................................................  $  --      $  461,519  $  600,048
                                                                                ---------  ----------  ----------
                                                                                ---------  ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
    Management has concluded that a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets
is not required based on its assessment that current levels of taxable income
and the reversal of taxable temporary differences will be sufficient to realize
the tax benefit.
 
9. EXPORT SALES AND SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMERS
 
    The Company had export sales by region as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,           SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                       ----------------------------------------      JUNE 30,
                                                           1994          1995          1996            1997
                                                       ------------  ------------  ------------  ----------------
<S>                                                    <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Revenues to customers:
  Asia...............................................  $    878,000  $    986,000  $  1,115,000     $  403,000
  Europe.............................................       227,000       263,000       479,000        104,000
  Canada.............................................       150,000       138,000       200,000         70,000
  Latin America and other............................       111,000       190,000       220,000        169,000
                                                       ------------  ------------  ------------       --------
                                                       $  1,366,000  $  1,577,000  $  2,014,000     $  746,000
                                                       ------------  ------------  ------------       --------
                                                       ------------  ------------  ------------       --------
</TABLE>
 
    In 1994, sales to one customer accounted for 19% of total revenues. In 1995,
sales to one customer accounted for 12% of total revenues. In 1996, sales to one
customer accounted for 11% of total revenues. In the six months ended June 30,
1997, sales to two customers accounted for 15% and 11% of total revenues,
respectively.
 
10. 401(k) PLAN
 
    During 1994, the Company adopted a defined contribution retirement plan
under Internal Revenue Service Code Section 401(k). Employees are eligible,
following one month of employment, to contribute a specified percentage of their
salary, not to exceed the statutory limit, to the plan. The Company matches a
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>
                                 FAROUDJA, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
10. 401(k) PLAN (CONTINUED)
percentage of employee contributions. The Company's contributions were
insignificant during the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, and were
$66,192 for the six months ended June 30, 1997.
 
11. CREDIT FACILITIES
 
    In March 1997, the Company established a revolving line of credit with a
bank for borrowings of up to $1,000,000. In May 1997, the line was increased to
$2,000,000, including secured letters of credit. The line of credit agreement,
which includes certain financial covenants, expires on April 4, 1998. Borrowings
under the line of credit are collaterized by substantially all of the Company's
tangible assets and contract rights. Borrowings are limited to a defined
percentage of eligible accounts receivable. In June 1997, the Company also
established a $500,000 equipment loan facility secured by fixed assets. The
Company can draw against this line to December 1997 and to the extent drawn down
the loan must be fully repaid by December 2000. Borrowings against the line of
credit and the equipment loan bear interest at prime plus 1.5% (10.0% at June
30, 1997). At June 30, 1997, there were no borrowings against either the line of
credit or the fixed asset line, and the aggregate amount available under the
revolving line of credit was $1,886,000.
 
12. PROPOSED INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING AND RELATED MATTERS
 
    On July 22, 1997, the Board of Directors of the Company authorized
management to file a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange
Commission for the sale of Common Stock to the public. On the same date the
Board of Directors also approved an increase in the number of authorized shares
of common stock to 50,000,000 and an increase in the number of authorized shares
of Preferred Stock to 5,000,000.
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>
                               Inside Back Cover
 
1.  Diagram with "Faroudja" in the center and lines from "Faroudja to the
    following:
 
    "HDTV," "Home Theater," "PCTV," "Digital TV," "Digital Light
    Processing-TM-," "High-End Display," "Broadcast," and "DVD."
 
2.  TEXT
 
        FAROUDJA
 
    When high quality video
 
    images are required
<PAGE>
                                     [LOGO]
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
 
    The estimated expenses in connection with the Offering are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXPENSE                                                                               AMOUNT
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----------
<S>                                                                                 <C>
The Commission's Registration Fee.................................................  $   10,455
NASD Filing Fee...................................................................       3,950
NASDAQ Listing Application........................................................       1,000
Blue Sky Fees and Expenses........................................................       5,000
Printing Expenses.................................................................     125,000
Legal Fees and Expenses...........................................................     225,000
Accounting Fees and Expense.......................................................     190,000
Transfer Agent Fees...............................................................       5,000
Miscellaneous Expenses............................................................     184,595
                                                                                    ----------
  Total...........................................................................  $  750,000
                                                                                    ----------
                                                                                    ----------
</TABLE>
 
ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS.
 
    The Certificate of Incorporation of the Company eliminates the liability of
the Company's directors for monetary damages arising from a breach of their
fiduciary duties to the Company and its stockholders, to the extent permitted by
the Delaware General Corporation Law. Such limitation of liability does not
affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or
rescission.
 
    The Company's By-Laws provide that the Company shall indemnify its directors
and officers to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. The Company has
entered into indemnification agreements with its directors and executive
officers containing provisions which are in some respects broader than the
specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General
Corporation Law. Such agreements require the Company, among other things, (i) to
indemnify its officers and directors against certain liabilities that may arise
by reason of their status or service as directors or officers provided such
persons acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in the
best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal action, had no
cause to believe their conduct was unlawful; (ii) to advance the expenses
actually and reasonably incurred by its officers and directors as a result of
any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified; and (iii) to
obtain directors' and officers' insurance if available on reasonable terms.
There is no action or proceeding pending or, to the knowledge of the Company,
threatened which may result in a claim for indemnification by any director,
officer, employee or agent of the Company.
 
ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
 
   
    In March 1996, (i) the Company issued 1,043,105 shares of Common Stock for
an aggregate purchase price of $4 million to the Investor Group, of which
213,642 shares were issued to Adelson, 682,153 shares were issued to Investors
LLC and 147,310 shares were issued to Images, (ii) the Investor Group purchased
a total of 3,569,395 shares of Common Stock from Yves and Isabell Faroudja for
an aggregate purchase price of $14 million, of which 731,062 shares were
purchased by Adelson, 2,334,253 shares were purchased by Investors LLC and
504,080 shares were purchased by Images, and (iii) Yves and Isabell Faroudja
granted the Investor Group the Faroudja Option to purchase 1,537,500 shares of
the Company's Common Stock for an aggregate purchase price of $6 million or
$3.90 per share, of which Adelson had an option to purchase 486,875 shares of
Common Stock for $1.9 million, Investors LLC had an option to purchase 666,250
shares of Common Stock for $2.6 million and Images had an option to purchase
384,375 shares of Common Stock for $1.5 million. The Faroudja
    
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>
   
Option was exercised by the Investor Group on September 5, 1997. The
transactions described in (i) and (ii) above are collectively referred to herein
as the "Equity Purchase." The Company believes that because the Equity Purchase
and the exercise of the Faroudja Option were made to sophisticated persons
without the means of a general solicitation, these offerings were exempt from
registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, and Regulation D
promulgated thereunder.
    
 
   
    As of June 30, 1997 the Company had issued 1,217,019 and 315,725 options
under its 1995 Option Plan and its 1997 Option Plan, respectively, to qualified
employees, to purchase the Company's Common Stock. No consideration was received
for such grants, except that 7,380 options under the 1995 Option Plan were
exercised in May, 1997, 4,497 options at an exercise price of $2.02 per share
and 2,883 options at an exercise price of $1.16 per share. The Company believes
that the grant of options and their exercise pursuant to the terms of these
plans is exempt from registration under Rule 701 promulgated under the
Securities Act.
    
 
    On June 30, 1997 the Company issued 526,316 shares of Common Stock to S3 for
$5.0 million. The Company believes that because the offering was made to a
sophisticated investor without the means of a general solicitation, the Company
was exempt from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.
 
   
    As of June 30, 1997 the Company had issued 45,605 options to purchase Common
Stock pursuant to its Director Plan to its directors. No consideration was
received for such grants. The Company believes the grant of option and their
exercise under this plan is exempt from registration under Rule 701 promulgated
under the Securities Act.
    
 
    On August 13, 1997 the Company issued 750 shares of its Common Stock to each
of Stuart D. Buchalter, Merv Adelson, William N. Sick, William J. Turner and
Kevin B. Kimberlin as consideration for their serving as directors of the
Company. The Company believes that because these offerings were made to
sophisticated investors without the means of a general solicitation, the Company
was exempt from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.
 
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS
 
    (a)  Exhibits
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT
 NUMBER                                                  DESCRIPTION
- ---------  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>        <S>
   1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
 
   3.1*    The Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended on August 12, 1997.
 
   3.2*    The Company's By-Laws.
 
   4.1*    Warrants (1-3), dated July 16, 1993, for the purchase of Common Stock issued to John Sie.
 
   4.2*    Warrant, dated January 20, 1997, for the purchase of Common Stock issued to Yves Faroudja.
 
   4.3*    Warrant, dated December 31, 1996, for the purchase of Common Stock issued to Adelson Investors, LLC.
 
   4.4*    Specimen of Common Stock Certificate.
 
   5.1     Opinion of Buchalter, Nemer, Fields & Younger, a Professional Corporation, as to the validity of the
             shares of Common Stock offered hereby.
 
  10.1*    Consulting Services Agreement, dated September 21, 1994, between the Company and M-Squared and
             Technology L.L.C.
 
  10.2*    Letter Agreement, dated December 31, 1996, between the Company and Merv L. Adelson for certain
             consulting services.
 
  10.3*    Letter Agreement, dated November 13, 1995, by and among certain stockholders of the Company listed
             therein and Spencer Trask Holdings, Inc.
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT
 NUMBER                                                  DESCRIPTION
- ---------  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>        <S>
  10.4*    Amendment to Letter Agreement, dated February 9, 1996, among certain stockholders of the Company listed
             therein and Spencer Trask Holdings, Inc.
 
  10.5*    Lease Agreement, dated August 2, 1993, by and among the Company and the Landlords listed therein.
 
  10.6*    The Company's 1995 Stock Option Plan, dated August 1, 1995 and amended on August 19, 1996, February 11,
             1997, April 30, 1997 and June 13, 1997.
 
  10.7*    The Company's 1997 Non-Employee Directors Stock Option Plan, dated January 2, 1997.
 
  10.8*    The Company's 1997 Performance Stock Option Plan, dated January 2, 1997 and amended on June 13, 1997.
 
  10.9     The Company's 1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, dated Janaury 2, 1997 and amended on August 12, 1997
             and September 30, 1997.
 
  10.10*   Employment Agreement, dated as of July 8, 1996, between the Company and Michael J. Moone.
 
  10.11*   Employment Agreement, dated March 8, 1996, between the Company and Yves C. Faroudja.
 
  10.12*   Registration and Shareholders' Rights Agreement, dated March 7, 1997, among the Company and Yves &
             Isabell Faroudja and certain Stockholders of the Company.
 
  10.13*   Three (3) Registration Rights Agreements, dated December 31, 1996 among the Company and each of Adelson
             Investors, LLC, Images Partners, LP and Roger K. Baumberger as Liquidating Trustee for Faroudja
             Images, Inc.
 
  10.14*   Registration Rights Agreement, dated March 7, 1997 among the Company and Faroudja Images Investors,
             LLC.
 
  10.15*   Agreement, dated January 20, 1997 among Yves Faroudja and the Company for the transfer of intellectual
             property to the Company.
 
  10.16**  License Agreement, dated March 31, 1997, between the Company and S3 Incorporated.
 
  10.17*   Stock Purchase Agreement, dated June 30, 1997, between the Company and S3 Incorporated.
 
  10.18*   Investor's Rights Agreement, dated June 30, 1997, between the Company and S3 Incorporated.
 
  10.19*   Business Loan Agreement, dated April 5, 1997, between the Company and Silicon Valley Bank.
 
  10.20*   Commercial Guaranty, dated April 5, 1997, by the Company for the benefit of Silicon Valley Bank.
 
  10.21*   Commercial Security Agreement, dated April 5, 1997, by the Company for the benefit of Silicon Valley
             Bank.
 
  10.22*   Promissory Note, dated April 5, 1997, by the Company for the benefit of Silicon Valley Bank.
 
  10.23*   Promissory Note, dated June 6, 1997, by the Company for the benefit of Silicon Valley Bank.
 
  10.24*   Loan Modification Agreement, dated June 6, 1997, by and between the Company and Silicon Valley Bank.
 
  10.25*   Three (3) Amended and Restated Options to Purchase Shares of Common Stock of the Company, dated March
             7, 1997 among the Company, Yves Faroudja and Isabell Faroudja, Faroudja Images, Inc. and each of
             Adelson Investors, LLC, Faroudja Images Investors, LLC and Images Partners, LP.
 
  10.26*   Amended and Restated Option to Purchase Shares of Common Stock of the Company, dated December 31, 1996
             among the Company, Yves Faroudja and Isabell Faroudja, Faroudja Images, Inc. and Roger K. Baumberger
             as Liquidating Trustee of Faroudja Images, Inc.
 
  10.27*   Consulting Services Agreement, dated July 22, 1997, between the Company and Matthew D. Miller.
 
  10.28**  License Agreement, dated May 1, 1996 between the Company, Yves Faroudja and General Instrument
             Corporation of Delaware.
</TABLE>
    
 
   
                                      II-3
    
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT
 NUMBER                                                  DESCRIPTION
- ---------  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>        <S>
  11.1     Statement of Computation of Net Income per share.
 
  21.1*    List of the Subsidiaries of the Company.
 
  23.1     Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors.
 
  23.2     Consent of Buchalter, Nemer, Fields & Younger, a Professional Corporation (included in Exhibit 5.1).
 
  24.1*    Power of Attorney (included on page II-5).
 
  27.1*    Financial Data Schedule.
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
  * Previously filed
 ** Confidential treatment has been requested
 
    (b) Financial Statement Schedules
 
    Schedule II -- Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
 
    Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information
required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the
Consolidated Financial Statements or Notes thereto.
 
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.
 
    17.1  The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the
underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements,
certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by
the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
    17.2  Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising out of the
Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons
of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions or otherwise, the
registrant has been advised that, in the opinion of the Commission, such
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and
is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
against such liabilities (other than the payment by registrant of expenses
incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant
in the successful defense in any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.
 
    17.3  The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
        (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act
    of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part
    of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a
    form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4)
    or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this
    registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
        (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities
    Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of
    prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to
    the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that
    time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>
                        SIGNATURES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
   
    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Sunnyvale,
State of California on this 30th day of September, 1997.
    
 
                                        FAROUDJA, INC.
 
                                        By:          /s/ MICHAEL J. MOONE
                                               ---------------------------------
                                                       Michael J. Moone
                                                           PRESIDENT
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      NAME                                         TITLE                            DATE
- ------------------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------  ----------------------
 
<C>                                               <S>                                      <C>
              /s/ MICHAEL J. MOONE                Chief Executive Officer, President and
     --------------------------------------         Director [Principal Executive          September 30, 1997
                Michael J. Moone                    Officer]
 
             /s/ MICHAEL C. HOBERG                Vice President--Finance and Chief
     --------------------------------------         Financial Officer [Principal           September 30, 1997
               Michael C. Hoberg                    Financial and Accounting Officer]
 
             /s/ YVES C. FAROUDJA*                Chief Technical Officer, Director and
     --------------------------------------         Chairman of the Executive Committee,   September 30, 1997
                Yves C. Faroudja                    Secretary
 
              /s/ MERV L. ADELSON*
     --------------------------------------       Director                                 September 30, 1997
                Merv L. Adelson
 
            /s/ STUART D. BUCHALTER*
     --------------------------------------       Director                                 September 30, 1997
              Stuart D. Buchalter
 
            /s/ KEVIN B. KIMBERLIN*
     --------------------------------------       Director                                 September 30, 1997
               Kevin B. Kimberlin
 
             /s/ MATTHEW D. MILLER*
     --------------------------------------       Director                                 September 30, 1997
               Matthew D. Miller
 
              /s/ WILLIAM N. SICK*
     --------------------------------------       Director                                 September 30, 1997
                William N. Sick
 
             /s/ WILLIAM J. TURNER*
     --------------------------------------       Director                                 September 30, 1997
               William J. Turner
</TABLE>
    
 
*By:    /s/ MICHAEL C. HOBERG
      -------------------------
          Michael C. Hoberg
          Attorney-in-fact
 
                                      II-5
<PAGE>
                                 FAROUDJA, INC.
 
                 SCHEDULE II--VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         ADDITIONS
                                                                 --------------------------
                                                   BALANCE AT     CHARGED TO     CHARGE TO
                                                  BEGINNING OF     COSTS AND       OTHER                        BALANCE AT
                                                     PERIOD        EXPENSES      ACCOUNTS     DEDUCTIONS(1)    END OF PERIOD
                                                  -------------  -------------  -----------  ---------------  ---------------
<S>                                               <C>            <C>            <C>          <C>              <C>
Six-months ended June 30, 1997 deducted from
  asset account:
  Allowance for doubtful accounts...............    $     110      $      71     $  --          $  --            $     181
                                                          ---            ---           ---            ---              ---
                                                          ---            ---           ---            ---              ---
Year ended December 31, 1996 deducted from asset
  account:
  Allowance for doubtful accounts...............    $      10      $     143     $  --          $      43        $     110
                                                          ---            ---           ---            ---              ---
                                                          ---            ---           ---            ---              ---
Year ended December 31, 1995 deducted from asset
  account:
  Allowance for doubtful account................    $      10      $  --         $  --          $  --            $      10
                                                          ---            ---           ---            ---              ---
                                                          ---            ---           ---            ---              ---
Year ended December 31, 1994 deducted from asset
  account:
  Allowance for doubtful accounts...............    $      10      $  --         $  --          $  --            $      10
                                                          ---            ---           ---            ---              ---
                                                          ---            ---           ---            ---              ---
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Uncollectible accounts written off, net of recoveries.
 
                                      S-1
<PAGE>
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT
 NUMBER                                                  DESCRIPTION
- ---------  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>        <S>
   1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
 
   3.1*    The Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended on August 12, 1997.
 
   3.2*    The Company's By-Laws.
 
   4.1*    Warrants (1-3), dated July 16, 1993, for the purchase of Common Stock issued to John Sie.
 
   4.2*    Warrant, dated January 20, 1997, for the purchase of Common Stock issued to Yves Faroudja.
 
   4.3*    Warrant, dated December 31, 1996, for the purchase of Common Stock issued to Adelson Investors, LLC.
 
   4.4*    Specimen of Common Stock Certificate.
 
   5.1     Opinion of Buchalter, Nemer, Fields & Younger, a Professional Corporation, as to the validity of the
             shares of Common Stock offered hereby.
 
  10.1*    Consulting Services Agreement, dated September 21, 1994, between the Company and M-Squared and
             Technology L.L.C.
 
  10.2*    Letter Agreement, dated December 31, 1996, between the Company and Merv L. Adelson for certain
             consulting services.
 
  10.3*    Letter Agreement, dated November 13, 1995, by and among certain stockholders of the Company listed
             therein and Spencer Trask Holdings, Inc.
 
  10.4*    Amendment to Letter Agreement, dated February 9, 1996, among certain stockholders of the Company listed
             therein and Spencer Trask Holdings, Inc.
 
  10.5*    Lease Agreement, dated August 2, 1993, by and among the Company and the Landlords listed therein.
 
  10.6*    The Company's 1995 Stock Option Plan, dated August 1, 1995 and amended on August 19, 1996, February 11,
             1997, April 30, 1997 and June 13, 1997.
 
  10.7*    The Company's 1997 Non-Employee Directors Stock Option Plan, dated January 2, 1997.
 
  10.8*    The Company's 1997 Performance Stock Option Plan, dated January 2, 1997 and amended on June 13, 1997.
 
  10.9     The Company's 1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, dated Janaury 2, 1997 and amended on August 12, 1997
             and September 30, 1997.
 
  10.10*   Employment Agreement, dated as of July 8, 1996, between the Company and Michael J. Moone.
 
  10.11*   Employment Agreement, dated March 8, 1996, between the Company and Yves C. Faroudja.
 
  10.12*   Registration and Shareholders' Rights Agreement, dated March 7, 1997, among the Company and Yves &
             Isabell Faroudja and certain Stockholders of the Company.
 
  10.13*   Three (3) Registration Rights Agreements, dated December 31, 1996 among the Company and each of Adelson
             Investors, LLC, Images Partners, LP and Roger K. Baumberger as Liquidating Trustee for Faroudja
             Images, Inc.
 
  10.14*   Registration Rights Agreement, dated March 7, 1997 among the Company and Faroudja Images Investors,
             LLC.
 
  10.15*   Agreement, dated January 20, 1997 among Yves Faroudja and the Company for the transfer of intellectual
             property to the Company.
 
  10.16**  License Agreement, dated March 31, 1997, between the Company and S3 Incorporated.
 
  10.17*   Stock Purchase Agreement, dated June 30, 1997, between the Company and S3 Incorporated.
 
  10.18*   Investor's Rights Agreement, dated June 30, 1997, between the Company and S3 Incorporated.
</TABLE>
    
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT
 NUMBER                                                  DESCRIPTION
- ---------  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>        <S>
  10.19*   Business Loan Agreement, dated April 5, 1997, between the Company and Silicon Valley Bank.
 
  10.20*   Commercial Guaranty, dated April 5, 1997, by the Company for the benefit of Silicon Valley Bank.
 
  10.21*   Commercial Security Agreement, dated April 5, 1997, by the Company for the benefit of Silicon Valley
             Bank.
 
  10.22*   Promissory Note, dated April 5, 1997, by the Company for the benefit of Silicon Valley Bank.
 
  10.23*   Promissory Note, dated June 6, 1997, by the Company for the benefit of Silicon Valley Bank.
 
  10.24*   Loan Modification Agreement, dated June 6, 1997, by and between the Company and Silicon Valley Bank.
 
  10.25*   Three (3) Amended and Restated Options to Purchase Shares of Common Stock of the Company, dated March
             7, 1997 among the Company, Yves Faroudja and Isabell Faroudja, Faroudja Images, Inc. and each of
             Adelson Investors, LLC, Faroudja Images Investors, LLC and Images Partners, LP.
 
  10.26*   Amended and Restated Option to Purchase Shares of Common Stock of the Company, dated December 31, 1996
             among the Company, Yves Faroudja and Isabell Faroudja, Faroudja Images, Inc. and Roger K. Baumberger
             as Liquidating Trustee of Faroudja Images, Inc.
 
  10.27*   Consulting Services Agreement, dated July 22, 1997, between the Company and Matthew D. Miller.
 
  10.28**  License Agreement, dated May 1, 1996 between the Company, Yves Faroudja and General Instrument
             Corporation of Delaware.
 
  11.1     Statement of Computation of Net Income per share.
 
  21.1*    List of the Subsidiaries of the Company.
 
  23.1     Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors.
 
  23.2     Consent of Buchalter, Nemer, Fields & Younger, a Professional Corporation (included in Exhibit 5.1).
 
  24.1*    Power of Attorney (included on page II-5).
 
  27.1*    Financial Data Schedule.
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
  * Previously filed
   
 ** Confidential treatment has been requested
    

<PAGE>
               [LETTERHEAD OF BUCHALTER, NEMER, FIELDS & YOUNGER]
 
                                October 1, 1997
 
Faroudja, Inc.
750 Palomar Avenue
Sunnyvale, California 94086
 
                  Re:    Faroudja, Inc. Registration Statement
                        on Form S-1 (Registration No. 33-32375)
 
Gentlemen:
 
    We have acted as counsel to Faroudja, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
"Company"), in connection with the registration of 3,000,000 shares of common
stock, $.001 par value per share (the "Shares") with the Securities and Exchange
Commission (the "Commission") under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"1933 Act"), pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 (No. 33-32375)
(the "Registration Statement"). The Shares are registered on behalf of the
Company and the selling stockholder named in the Registration Statement
("Selling Stockholder").
 
    This opinion is being delivered in accordance with the requirements of Item
601(b)(5)(i) of Regulation S-K under the 1933 Act.
 
    In our capacity as counsel to the Company, we have reviewed such documents
and made such inquiries as we have reasonably deemed necessary to enable us to
render the opinion expressed below. In all such reviews we have made certain
customary assumptions such as the genuineness of all signatures, the
authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the lack of any
undisclosed modifications, waivers, or amendments to any documents reviewed by
us and the conformity to authentic original documents of all documents submitted
to us as conformed or photostatic copies. For purposes of rendering this
opinion, we have investigated such questions of law as we have deemed necessary.
 
    On the basis of the foregoing, and in reliance thereon and subject to the
assumptions, qualifications, exceptions and limitations expressed herein, we are
of the opinion that the Shares are duly authorized, legally issued, fully paid
and non-assessable.
 
    This opinion is limited to the present laws of the State of California and
of the United States of America, and the corporate laws of the State of
Delaware.
<PAGE>
Froudja, Inc.
October 1, 1997
Page 2
 
    This opinion is solely for your information in connection with the offer and
sale of the Shares by the Company and the Selling Stockholder, and is not,
without the prior written consent of this firm, to be quoted in full or in part
or otherwise referred to in any documents other than the reference to this firm
in the Prospectus which is part of the Registration Statement under the caption
"Legal Matters," nor to be filed with any governmental agency or other persons,
other than with the Commission and various state securities administrators in
connection with the qualification of the Shares, to which reference and filings
we hereby consent.
 
                                          Very truly yours,
                                          /s/ Buchalter, Nemer, Fields &
                                          Younger,
                                            a Professional Corporation

<PAGE>

              SECOND AMENDMENT TO THE 1997 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
                                  OF FAROUDJA, INC.



    Section 7 of the 1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan of Faroudja, Inc. (the
"Purchase Plan"), as adopted on January 2, 1997 and amended on August 12, 1997,
is amended to add the following sentence at the end of such section:

    "Notwithstanding any other provision in the Plan to the contrary, in no
    event shall an eligible Employee be permitted to purchase during each
    Purchase Period more than that number of shares of Common Stock determined
    by dividing $12,500 by the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on
    the Enrollment Date."

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this First Amendment to
the Purchase Plan as of September 30, 1997.


                             FAROUDJA, INC.



                        By:  /s/ Michael Hoberg
                             -------------------------------------------------
                             Michael Hoberg, Chief Financial Officer





<PAGE>


                    FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE 1997 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
                                        OF FAROUDJA, INC.



      Section 2(k) of the 1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan of Faroudja, Inc.
(the "Purchase Plan"), as adopted on January 2, 1997, is amended and restated in
its entirety to read as follows:

            "(k)  "OFFERING PERIOD" shall mean a period of approximately twenty-
      four (24) months during which an option granted pursuant to the Plan may 
      be exercised, commencing on the first Trading Day on or after August 1 
      and February 1 of each year and terminating on the last Trading Day in 
      the periods ending twenty-four months later, except that the first 
      Offering Period shall begin on the effective date of the Company's 
      initial public offering of its Common Stock that is registered with 
      the Securities and Exchange Commission and shall end on the last 
      Trading Day in the period ending August 1, 1999.  The second Offering 
      Period under the Plan shall commence with the first Trading Day on or 
      after February 1, 1998.  The duration of Offering Periods may be 
      changed pursuant to Section 4 of this Plan."

      Section 2(m) of the Purchase Plan is amended and restated in its entirety
to read as follows:

           "(m)  "PURCHASE PERIOD" shall mean the approximately six month 
      period commencing on the first day after each prior Exercise Date, 
      except that the first Purchase Period of any Offering Period shall 
      commence on the Enrollment Date and end with the next Exercise Date; 
      provided, however, that the first Purchase Period of the first Offering 
      Period under the Plan shall commence with the date on which the 
      Company's registration statement on Form S-1 (or any successor form 
      thereof) is declared effective by the Securities and Exchange 
      Commission and end on the last Trading Day occurring in the period 
      ending January 31, 1998."

      Section 4 of the Purchase Plan is amended and restated in its entirety to
read as follows:

            "4.   OFFERING PERIODS.  The Plan shall be implemented by 
      consecutive, overlapping Offering Periods with a new Offering Period 
      commencing on the first Trading Day on or after August 1 and February 1 
      each year, or on such other date as the Board shall determine, and 
      continuing thereafter until terminated in accordance with Section 19 
      hereof; provided, however, that the first Offering Period under the 
      Plan shall commence with the First Trading Date on or after the date 
      the Company's registration statement on Form S-1 is declared effective 
      by the Securities and Exchange Commission and ending on the last 
      Trading Day in

<PAGE>

      the period ending August 1, 1999.  The second Offering Period under the 
      Plan shall commence with the first Trading Day on or after February 1, 
      1998.  The Board shall have the power to change the duration of 
      Offering Periods (including the commencement dates thereof) with 
      respect to future offerings without shareholder approval if such change 
      is announced at least fifteen (15) days prior to the scheduled 
      beginning of the first Offering Period to be affected thereafter."

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this First Amendment to
the Purchase Plan as of August 12, 1997.

                                    FAROUDJA, INC.


                              By:     /s/ Michael Hoberg
                                    -----------------------------------------
                                    Michael Hoberg, Chief Financial Officer


                                    2


<PAGE>




                                    FAROUDJA, INC.
                          1997 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN


    The following constitute the provisions of the 1997 Employee Stock Purchase
Plan of Faroudja, Inc.

    1.   PURPOSE.  The purpose of the Plan is to provide employees of the 
Company and its Designated Subsidiaries with an opportunity to purchase 
Common Stock of the Company through accumulated payroll deductions.  It is 
the intention of the Company that the Plan qualify as an "Employee Stock 
Purchase Plan" under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as 
amended.  The provisions of the Plan, accordingly, shall be construed so as 
to extend and limit participation in a manner consistent with the 
requirements of that section of the Code.

    2.   DEFINITIONS.

         (a)  "BOARD" shall mean the Board of Directors of Faroudja, Inc., a
              Delaware corporation.

         (b)  "CODE" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

         (c)  "COMMON STOCK" shall mean the Common Stock of the Company.

         (d)  "COMPANY" shall mean Faroudja, Inc. and any Designated Subsidiary
              of the Company.

         (e)  "COMPENSATION" shall mean an employee's basic or regular rate of
compensation, exclusive of payments for overtime, incentive compensation,
incentive payments, bonuses and other compensation.

         (f)  "DESIGNATED SUBSIDIARIES" shall mean the Subsidiaries which have
been designated by the Board from time to time in its sole discretion as
eligible to participate in the Plan.

         (g)  "EMPLOYEE" shall mean any individual who is an Employee of the
Company for tax purposes, and whose customary employment with Company is at
least twenty (20) hours per week and more than five (5) months in any calendar
year.  For purposes of the Plan, the employment relationship shall be treated as
continuing intact while the individual is on sick leave or other leave of
absence approved by the Company.  Where the period of leave exceeds 90 days and
the individual's right to reemployment is not guaranteed either by statute or by
contract, the employment relationship will be deemed to have terminated on the
91st day of such leave.

<PAGE>

         (h)  "ENROLLMENT DATE" shall mean the first day of each Offering
Period.

         (i)  "EXERCISE DATE" shall mean the last day of each Purchase Period.

         (j)  "FAIR MARKET VALUE" shall mean, as of any date, the value of
Common Stock determined as follows:

              (1)  If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock
exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq
National Market of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.
Automated Quotation ("NASDAQ") System, its Fair Market Value shall be the
closing sale price for the Common Stock (or the mean of the closing bid and
asked prices, if no sales were reported), as quoted on such exchange (or the
exchange with the greatest volume of trading in Common Stock) or system on the
date of such determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other
source as the Board deems reliable, or;

              (2)  If the Common Stock is quoted on the NASDAQ System (but not
on the Nasdaq National Market thereof) or is regularly quoted by a recognized
securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, its Fair Market Value
shall be the mean of the closing bid and asked prices for the Common Stock on
the date of such determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such
other source as the Board deems reliable, or;

              (3)  In the absence of an established market for the Common
Stock, the Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined in good faith by the
Board.

              (4)  For purposes of the Enrollment Date under the first Offering
Period under the Plan, the Fair Market Value shall be the initial price to the
public as set forth in the final Prospectus included within the Registration
Statement in Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the
initial public offering of the Company's Common Stock.

         (k)  "OFFERING PERIOD" shall mean a period of approximately
twenty-four (24) months during which an option granted pursuant to the Plan may
be exercised, commencing on the first Trading Day on or after June 15 and
December 15 of each year and terminating on the last Trading Day in the periods
ending twenty-four months later, except that the first Offering Period shall
begin on the effective date of the Company's initial public offering of its
Common Stock that is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and
shall end on the last Trading Day in the period ending June 15, 1999.  The
second Offering Period under the Plan shall commence with the first Trading Day
on or after December 15, 1997.  The duration of Offering Periods may be changed
pursuant to Section 4 of this Plan.

         (l)  "PLAN" shall mean this 1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.


                                       2

<PAGE>

         (m)  "PURCHASE PERIOD" shall mean the approximately six month period 
commencing on the first day after each prior Exercise Date, except that the 
first Purchase Period of any Offering Period shall commence on the Enrollment 
Date and end with the next Exercise Date; provided, however, that the first 
Purchase Period of the first Offering Period under the Plan shall commence 
with the date on which the Company's registration statement on Form S-1 (or 
any successor form thereof) is declared effective by the Securities and 
Exchange Commission and end on the last Trading Day occurring in the period 
ending December 14, 1997.

         (n)  "PURCHASE PRICE" shall mean an amount equal to 85% of the Fair 
Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Enrollment Date or on the 
Exercise Date, whichever is lower.

         (o)  "RESERVES" shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock 
covered by each option under the Plan which have not yet been exercised and 
the number of shares of Common Stock which have been authorized for issuance 
under the Plan but not yet placed under option.

         (p)  "SUBSIDIARY" shall mean a corporation, domestic or foreign, of 
which not less than 50% of the voting shares are held by the Company or a 
Subsidiary, whether or not such corporation now exists or is hereafter 
organized or acquired by the Company or a Subsidiary.

         (q)  "TRADING DAY" shall mean a day on which national stock 
exchanges and the NASDAQ System are open for trading.

    3.   ELIGIBILITY.


         (a)  Any Employee employed by the Company on a given Enrollment Date
shall be eligible to participate in the Plan.

         (b)  Any provisions of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, no
Employee shall be granted an option under the Plan (i) if, immediately after the
grant, such Employee (and any other person or entity whose stock would be
attributed to such Employee pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) would own
capital stock of the Company and/or hold outstanding options to purchase such
stock possessing five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or
value of all classes of the capital stock of the Company or of any Subsidiary,
or (ii) which permits his or her rights to purchase stock under all employee
stock purchase plans of the Company and its subsidiaries accrue at a rate which
exceeds twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000) worth of stock (determined at the
Fair Market Value of the shares at the time such option is granted) for each
calendar year in which such option is outstanding at any time.


                                          3
<PAGE>

    4.   OFFERING PERIODS.  The Plan shall be implemented by consecutive,
overlapping Offering Periods with a new Offering Period commencing on the first
Trading Day on or after June 15 and December 15 each year, or on such other date
as the Board shall determine, and continuing thereafter until terminated in
accordance with Section 19 hereof; provided, however, that the first Offering
Period under the Plan shall commence with the First Trading Date on or after the
date the Company's registration statement on Form S-1 is declared effective by
the Securities and Exchange Commission and ending on the last Trading Day in the
period ending June 15, 1999.  The second Offering Period under the Plan shall
commence with the first Trading Day on or after December 15, 1997.  The Board
shall have the power to change the duration of Offering Periods (including the
commencement dates thereof) with respect to future offerings without shareholder
approval if such change is announced at least fifteen (15) days prior to the
scheduled beginning of the first Offering Period to be affected thereafter.

    5.   PARTICIPATION.

         (a)  An eligible Employee may become a participant in the Plan by
completing a subscription agreement in the form of Exhibit A to this Plan
authorizing payroll deductions and filing it with the Company's payroll officer
not later than one week prior to the applicable Enrollment Date.

         (b)  Payroll deductions for a participant shall commence on the first
payroll following the Enrollment Date and shall end on the last payroll in the
Offering Period to which such authorization is applicable, unless sooner
terminated by the participant as provided in Section 10 hereof.

    6.   PAYROLL DEDUCTIONS.

         (a)  At the time a participant files his or her subscription
agreement, he or she shall elect to have payroll deductions made on each pay day
during the Offering Period in an amount not exceeding ten percent (10%) of the
Compensation which he or she receives on each pay day during the Offering
Period.

         (b)  All  payroll deductions made for a participant shall be credited
to his or her account under the Plan and will be withheld on whole percentages
only.  A participant may not make any additional payments into such account.

         (c)  A participant may discontinue his or her participation in the
Plan as provided in Section 10 hereof, or may increase or decrease the rate of
his or her payroll deductions during the Offering Period by completing and
filing with the Company a new subscription agreement authorizing a change in
payroll deduction rate.  The Board may, in its discretion, limit the number of
participation rate changes during any Offering Period.  The change in rate shall
be effective with the first full payroll period following five (5) business days
after the Company's receipt of the new subscription agreement unless the


                                          4
<PAGE>

Company elects to process a given change in participation more quickly.  A
participant's subscription agreement shall remain in effect for successive
Offering Periods unless terminated as provided in Section 10 hereof.

         (d)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent necessary to comply
with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code and Section 3(b) hereof, a participant's
payroll deductions may be decreased to 0% at such time during any Purchase
Period which is scheduled to end during the current calendar year (the "Current
Offering Period") that the aggregate of all payroll deductions which were
previously used to purchase stock under the Plan in a prior Purchase Period
which ended during that calendar year plus all payroll deductions accumulated
with respect to the Current Offering Period equal $21,250.  Payroll deductions
shall recommence at the rate provided in such participant's subscription
agreement at the beginning of the first Purchase Period which is scheduled to
end in the following calendar year, unless terminated by the participant as
provided in Section 10 hereof.

         (e)  At the time the option is exercised, in whole or in part, or at
the time some or all of the Company's Common Stock issued under the Plan is
disposed of, the participant must make adequate provision for the Company's
federal, state, or other tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise upon
the exercise of the option or the disposition of the Common Stock.  At any time,
the Company may, but will not be obligated to, withhold from the participant's
compensation the amount necessary for the Company to meet applicable withholding
obligations, including any withholding required to make available to the Company
any tax deductions or benefits attributable to sale or early disposition of
Common Stock by the Employee.

    7.   GRANT OF OPTION.  On the Enrollment Date of each Offering Period, each
eligible Employee participating in such Offering Period shall be granted an
option to purchase on each Exercise Date during such Offering Period (at the
applicable Purchase Price) up to a number of shares of the Company's Common
Stock determined by dividing such Employee's payroll deductions accumulated
prior to such Exercise Date and retained in the Participant's account as of the
Exercise Date by the applicable Purchase Price; provided that such purchase
shall be subject to the limitations set forth in Sections 3(b) and 12 hereof.
Exercise of the option shall occur as provided in Section 8 hereof, unless the
participant has withdrawn pursuant to Section 10 hereof.  The Option shall
expire on the last day of the Offering Period.

    8.   EXERCISE OF OPTION.  Unless a participant withdraws from the Plan as
provided in Section 10 hereof, his or her option for the purchase of shares
shall be exercised automatically on the Exercise Date, and the maximum number of
full shares subject to option shall be purchased for such participant at the
applicable Purchase Price with the accumulated payroll deductions in his or her
account.  No fractional shares shall be purchased; any payroll deductions
accumulated in a participant's account which are not sufficient to purchase a
full share shall be retained in the participant's account for the subsequent
Purchase Period or Offering Period, subject to earlier withdrawal by the


                                          5
<PAGE>

participant as provided in Section 10 hereof.  Any other monies left over in a
participant's account after the Exercise Date shall be returned to the
Participant.  During a participant's lifetime, a participant's option to
purchase shares hereunder is exercisable only by him or her.

    9.   DELIVERY.  As promptly as practicable after each Exercise Date on
which a purchase of shares occurs, the Company shall arrange the delivery to
each participant, as appropriate, of a certificate representing the shares
purchased upon exercise of his or her option.

    10.  WITHDRAW; TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.

         (a)  A participant may withdraw all but not less than all the payroll
deductions credited to his or her account and not yet used to exercise his or
her option under the Plan at any time by giving written notice to the Company in
the form of Exhibit B to this Plan.  All of the participant's payroll deductions
credited to his or her account will be paid to such participant promptly after
receipt of notice of withdrawal and such participant's option for the Offering
Period will be automatically terminated, and no further payroll deductions for
the purchase of shares will be made during the Offering Period.  If a
participant withdraws from an Offering Period, payroll deductions will not
resume at the beginning of the succeeding Offering Period unless the participant
delivers to the Company a new subscription agreement.

         (b)  Upon a participant's ceasing to be an Employee (as defined in
Section 2(g) hereof) for any reason, he or she will be deemed to have elected to
withdraw from the Plan and the payroll deductions credited to such participant's
account during the Offering Period but not yet used to exercise the option will
be returned to such participant or, in the case of his or her death, to the
person or persons entitled thereto under Section 14 hereof, and such
participant's option will be automatically terminated.  The preceding sentence
notwithstanding, a participant who receives payment in lieu of notice of
termination of employment shall be treated as continuing to be an Employee for
the participant's customary number of hours per week of employment during the
period in which the participant is subject to such payment in lieu of notice.

         (c)  A participant's withdrawal from an Offering Period will not have
any effect upon his or her eligibility to participate in any similar plan which
may hereafter be adopted by the Company or in succeeding Offering Periods which
commence after the termination of the Offering Period from which the participant
withdraws.

    11.  INTEREST.  No interest shall accrue on the payroll deductions of any
participant in the Plan.


                                          6
<PAGE>

    12.  STOCK.

         (a)  The maximum number of shares of the Company's Common Stock which
shall be made available for sale under the Plan shall be 400,000 shares, subject
to adjustment upon changes in capitalization of the Company as provided in
Section 18 hereof.  If on a given Exercise Date the number of shares with
respect to which options are to be exercised exceeds the number of shares then
available under the Plan, the Company shall make a pro rata allocation of the
shares remaining available for purchase in as uniform a manner as shall be
practicable and as it shall determine to be equitable.

         (b)  The participant will have no interest or voting right in shares
covered by his option until such option has been exercised.

         (c)  Shares to be delivered to a participant under the Plan will be
registered in the name of the participant or in the name of the participant and
his or her spouse.

    13.  ADMINISTRATION.

         (a)  ADMINISTRATIVE BODY.  The Plan shall be administered by the Board
or a committee of members of the Board appointed by the Board.  The Board or its
committee shall have full and exclusive discretionary authority to construe,
interpret and apply the terms of the Plan, to determine eligibility and to
adjudicate all disputed claims filed under the Plan.  Every finding, decision
and determination made by the Board or its committee shall, to the full extent
permitted by law, be final and binding upon all parties.

         (b)  RULE 16B-3 LIMITATIONS.  Notwithstanding the provisions of
Subsection (a) of this Section 13, in the event that Rule 16b-3 promulgated
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), or
any successor provision ("Rule 16b-3") provides specific requirements for the
administrators of plans of this type, the Plan shall be administered only by
such a body and in such a manner as shall comply with the applicable
requirements of Rule 16b-3.  Unless permitted by Rule 16b-3, no discretion
concerning decisions regarding the Plan shall be afforded to any committee or
person that is not "disinterested" as that term is used in Rule 16b-3.

    14.  DESIGNATED BENEFICIARY.

         (a)  A participant may file a written designation of a beneficiary who
is to receive any shares and cash, if any, from the participant's account under
the Plan in the event of such participant's death subsequent to an Exercise Date
on which the option is exercised but prior to delivery to such participant of
such shares and cash.  In addition, a participant may file a written designation
of a beneficiary who is to receive any cash from the participant's account under
the Plan in the event of such participant's death prior to exercise of the
option.  If a participant is married and the designated beneficiary is not the
spouse, spousal consent shall be required for such designation to be effective.


                                          7
<PAGE>

         (b)  Such designation of beneficiary may be changed by the participant
at any time by written notice.  In the event of the death of a participant and
in the absence of a beneficiary validly designated under the Plan who is living
at the time of such participant's death, the Company shall deliver such shares
and/or cash to the executor or administrator of the estate of the participant,
or if no such executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of
the Company), the Company, in its discretion, may deliver such shares and/or
cash to the spouse or to any one or more dependents or relatives of the
participant, or if no spouse, dependent or relative is known to the Company,
then to such other person as the Company may designate.

    15.  TRANSFERABILITY.  Neither payroll deductions credited to a
participant's account nor any rights with regard to the exercise of an option or
to receive shares under the Plan may be assigned, transferred, pledged or
otherwise disposed of in any way (other than by will, the laws of descent and
distribution or as provided in Section 14 hereof) by the participant.  Any such
attempt at assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition shall be without
effect, except that the Company may treat such act as an election to withdraw
funds from an Offering Period in accordance with Section 10 hereof.

    16.  USE OF FUNDS.  All payroll deductions received or held by the Company
under the Plan may be used by the Company for any corporate purpose, and the
Company shall not be obligated to segregate such payroll deductions.

    17.  REPORTS.  Individual accounts will be maintained for each participant
in the Plan.  Statements of account will be given to each participating Employee
at least annually, which statements will set forth the amounts of each payroll
deduction, the Purchase Price, the number of shares purchased and the remaining
cash balance, if any.

    18.  ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION.

         (a)  CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION.  Subject to any required action by the
shareholders of the Company, the Reserves as well as the price per share of
Common Stock covered by each option under the Plan which has not yet been
exercised shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the
number of issued shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock split, reverse
stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the Common
Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock
effected without receipt of consideration by the Company; provided, however,
that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed
to have been "effected without receipt of consideration".  Such adjustment shall
be made by the Board, whose determination in that respect shall be final,
binding and conclusive.  Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the
Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares
of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall
be made with respect to, the number or price of shares of Common Stock subject
to an option.


                                          8
<PAGE>

         (b)  DISSOLUTION OR LIQUIDATION.  In the event of the proposed
dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Offering Period will terminate
immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action, unless otherwise
provided by the Board.

         (c)  MERGER OR ASSET SALE.  In the event of a proposed sale of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company, or the merger of the Company
with or into another corporation, each option under the Plan shall be assumed or
an equivalent option shall be substituted by such successor corporation or a
parent or subsidiary of such successor corporation, unless the Board determines,
in the exercise of its sole discretion and in lieu of such assumption or
substitution, to shorten the Offering Period then in progress by setting a new
Exercise Date (the "New Exercise Date") or to cancel each outstanding right to
purchase and refund all sums collected from participants during the Offering
Period then in progress. If the Board shortens the Offering Period then in
progress in lieu of assumption or substitution in the event of a merger or sale
of assets, the Board shall notify each participant in writing, at least ten (10)
business days prior to the New Exercise Date, that the Exercise Date for his
option has been changed to the New Exercise Date and that his option will be
exercised automatically on the New Exercise Date, unless prior to such date he
has withdrawn from the Offering Period as provided in Section 10 hereof.  For
purposes of this paragraph, an option granted under the Plan shall be deemed to
be assumed if, following the sale of assets or merger, the option confers the
right to purchase, for each share of option stock subject to the option
immediately prior to the sale of assets or merger, the consideration (whether
stock, cash or other securities or property) received in the sale of assets or
merger by holders of Common Stock for each share of Common Stock held on the
effective date of the transaction (and if such holders were offered a choice of
consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of
the outstanding shares of Common Stock); provided, however, that if such
consideration received in the sale of assets or merger was not solely common
stock of the successor corporation or its parent (as defined in Section 424(e)
of the Code), the Board may, with the consent of the successor corporation,
provide for the consideration to be received upon exercise of the option to be
solely common stock of the successor corporation or its parent equal in fair
market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock
in the sale of assets or merger.

    The Board may, if it so determines in the exercise of its sole discretion,
also make provision for adjusting the Reserves, as well as the price per share
of Common Stock covered by each outstanding option, in the event the Company
effects one or more reorganizations, recapitalizations, rights offerings or
other increases or reductions of shares of its outstanding Common Stock, and in
the event of the Company being consolidated with or merged into any other
corporation.

    19.  AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION.

         (a)  The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time and for any
reason terminate or amend the Plan.  Except as provided in Section 18 hereof, no
such


                                          9
<PAGE>

termination can affect options previously granted, provided that an Offering
Period may be terminated by the Board of Directors on any Exercise Date if the
Board determines that the termination of the Plan is in the best interests of
the Company and its shareholders.  Except as provided in Section 18 hereof, no
amendment may make any change in any option theretofore granted which adversely
affects the rights of any participant.  To the extent necessary to comply with
Rule 16b-3 or under Section 423 of the Code (or any successor rule or provision
or any other applicable law or regulation), the Company shall obtain shareholder
approval in such a manner and to such a degree as required.

         (b)  Without shareholder consent and without regard to whether any
participant rights may be considered to have been "adversely affected," the
Board (or its committee) shall be entitled to change the Purchase Periods or
Offering Periods, limit the frequency and/or number of changes in the amount
withheld during an Offering Period or Purchase Period, establish the exchange
ratio applicable to amounts withheld in a currency other than U.S. dollars,
permit payroll withholding in excess of the amount designated by a participant
in order to adjust for delays or mistakes in the Company's processing of
properly completed withholding elections, establish reasonable waiting and
adjustment periods and/or accounting and crediting procedures to ensure that
amounts applied toward the purchase of Common Stock for each participant
properly correspond with amounts withheld from the participant's Compensation,
and establish such other limitations or procedures as the Board (or its
committee) determines in its sole discretion advisable which are consistent with
the Plan.

    20.  NOTICES.  All notices or other communications by a participant to the
Company under or in connection with the Plan shall be deemed to have been duly
given when received in the form specified by the Company at the location, or by
the person, designated by the Company for the receipt thereof.  Notice to
participants will be deemed given if mailed postage prepaid five (5) days after
mailing addressed to the participant's address reflected on the Company's
payroll records.

    21.  CONDITIONS UPON ISSUANCE OF SHARES.  Shares shall not be issued with
respect to an option unless the exercise of such option and the issuance and
delivery of such shares pursuant thereto shall comply with all applicable
provisions of law, domestic or foreign, including, without limitation, the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the requirements
of any stock exchange upon which the shares may then be listed, and shall be
further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such
compliance.

         As a condition to the exercise of an option, the Company may require
the person exercising such option to represent and warrant at the time of any
such exercise that the shares are being purchased only for investment and
without any present intention to sell or distribute such shares if, in the
opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by any of
the aforementioned applicable provisions of law.


                                          10
<PAGE>

    22.  TERM OF PLAN.  The Plan shall become effective upon the earlier to
occur of its adoption by the Board of Directors or its approval by the
shareholders of the Company.  It shall continue in effect for a term of ten (10)
years unless sooner terminated under Section 19 hereof.

    23.  ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS OF RULE 16B-3.  The terms and conditions of
options granted hereunder to, and the purchase of shares by, persons subject to
Section 16 of the Exchange Act shall comply with the applicable provisions of
Rule 16b-3.  This Plan shall be deemed to contain, and such options shall
contain, and the shares issued upon exercise thereof shall be subject to, such
additional conditions and restrictions as may be required by Rule 16b-3 to
qualify for the maximum exemption from Section 16 of the Exchange Act with
respect to Plan transactions.

    24.  AUTOMATIC TRANSFER TO LOW PRICE OFFERING PERIOD.  To the extent
permitted by Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act, if the Fair Market Value of the
Common Stock on any Exercise Date in an Offering Period is lower than the Fair
Market Value of the Common Stock on the Enrollment Date of such Offering Period,
then all participants in such Offering Period shall be automatically withdrawn
from such Offering Period immediately after the exercise of their option on such
Exercise Date and automatically re-enrolled in the immediately following
Offering Period as of the first day thereof.


                                          11
<PAGE>

                                      EXHIBIT A

                                    FAROUDJA, INC.

                          1997 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

                                SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT


_____ Original Application             Enrollment Date: _____
_____ Change in Payroll Deduction Rate
_____ Change of Beneficiary(ies)


1.  _____________________________ hereby elects to participate in the Faroudja,
    Inc. 1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "Employee Stock Purchase Plan")
    and subscribes to purchase shares of the Company's Common Stock in
    accordance with this Subscription Agreement and the Employee Stock Purchase
    Plan.

2.  I hereby authorize payroll deductions from each paycheck in the amount of
    ____% of my Compensation on each payday (not to exceed 10%) during the
    Offering Period in accordance with the Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
    (Please note that no fractional percentages are permitted.)

3.  I understand that said payroll deductions shall be accumulated for the
    purchase of shares of Common Stock at the applicable Purchase Price
    determined in accordance with the Employee Stock Purchase Plan.  I
    understand that if I do not withdraw from an Offering Period, any
    accumulated payroll deductions will be used to automatically exercise my
    option on each Exercise Date during the Offering Period.

4.  I have received a copy of the complete "1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan."
    I understand that my participation in the Employee Stock Purchase Plan is
    in all respects subject to the terms of the Plan.  I understand that the
    grant of the option by the Company under this Subscription Agreement is
    subject to obtaining shareholder approval of the Employee Stock Purchase
    Plan.

5.  Shares purchased for me under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan should be
    issued in the name(s) of (Employee or Employee and Spouse Only):
    ______________________.

6.  I understand that if I dispose of any shares received by me pursuant to the
    Plan within 2 years after the Enrollment Date (the first day of the
    Offering Period during which I purchased such shares), I will be treated
    for federal income tax purposes as having received ordinary income at the
    time of such disposition in an amount equal


                                       A-1
<PAGE>

    to the excess of the Fair Market Value of the shares at the time such
    shares were purchased by me over the price which I paid for the shares.  I
    HEREBY AGREE TO NOTIFY THE COMPANY IN WRITING WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER THE DATE
    OF ANY DISPOSITION OF SHARES AND I WILL MAKE ADEQUATE PROVISION FOR FEDERAL
    STATE OR OTHER TAX WITHHOLDING OBLIGATIONS, IF ANY, WHICH ARISE UPON THE
    DISPOSITION OF THE COMMON STOCK.  The Company may, but will not be
    obligated to, withhold from my compensation the amount necessary to meet
    any applicable withholding obligation including any withholding necessary
    to make available to the Company any tax deductions or benefits
    attributable to sale or early disposition of Common Stock by me.  If I
    dispose of such shares at any time after the expiration of the 2-year
    holding period, I understand that I will be treated for federal income tax
    purposes as having received income only at the time of such disposition,
    and that such income will be taxed as ordinary income only to the extent of
    an amount equal to the lesser of (1) the excess of the Fair Market Value of
    the shares at the time of such disposition over the purchase price which I
    paid for the shares, or (2) 15% of the Fair Market Value of the shares on
    the first day of the Offering Period.  The remainder of the gain, if any,
    recognized on such disposition will be taxed as capital gain.

7.  I hereby agree to be bound by the terms of the Employee Stock Purchase
    Plan.  The effectiveness of this Subscription Agreement is dependent upon
    my eligibility to participate in the Employee Stock Purchase Plan.


                                         A-2
<PAGE>

8.  In the event of my death, I hereby designate the following as my
    beneficiary(ies) to receive all payments and shares due me under the
    Employee Stock Purchase Plan.


NAME:  (Please print)
                        ----------------------------------------------
                         (First)        (Middle)            (Last)

- ------------------      ----------------------------------------------
Relationship
                        ----------------------------------------------
                                        (Address)


NAME:  (Please print)
                        ----------------------------------------------
                         (First)        (Middle)            (Last)

- ------------------      ----------------------------------------------
Relationship
                        ----------------------------------------------
                                        (Address)
Employee's Social
Security Number:
                        ----------------------------------------------


Employee's Address:

                        -------------------------

                        -------------------------

                        -------------------------

I UNDERSTAND THAT THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT SHALL REMAIN IN EFFECT THROUGHOUT
SUCCESSIVE OFFERING PERIODS UNLESS TERMINATED BY ME.

Dated:
      ---------         ---------------------------------
                        Signature of Employee


                        ---------------------------------
                        Spouse's Signature (If beneficiary
                         other than spouse)


                                         A-3
<PAGE>

                                      EXHIBIT B

                                    FAROUDJA, INC.

                          1997 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

                                 NOTICE OF WITHDRAWAL


    The undersigned participant in the Offering Period of the Faroudja, Inc.
1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan which began on ____________, 19___ (the
"Enrollment Date") hereby notifies the Company that he or she hereby withdraws
from the Offering Period.  He or she hereby directs the Company to pay to the
undersigned as promptly as practicable all the payroll deductions credited to
his or her account with respect to such Offering Period.  The undersigned
understands and agrees that his or her option for such Purchase Period and/or
Offering Period will be automatically terminated.  The undersigned understands
further that no further payroll deductions will be made for the purchase of
shares in the current Offering Period and the undersigned shall be eligible to
participate in succeeding Offering Periods only by delivering to the Company a
new Subscription Agreement.

                        Name and Address of Participant:


                        --------------------------------

                        --------------------------------

                        --------------------------------


                        Signature:

                        -------------------------------

                        Date:
                             --------------------------


                                         B-1

<PAGE>
   
       **CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN 
OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
PURSUANT TO 17 C.F.R SUBSECTIONS 200.80(B)(4), 200.83, 230.406 AND 240.24B-2**
    
        [*] INDICATES TEXT WHICH HAS BEEN REDACTED


                     LICENSE AGREEMENT


       THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT ("Agreement") is made and entered into 
effective as of March 31, 1997, between FAROUDJA LABORATORIES, INC., a 
California corporation, having its principal place of business at 750 Palomar 
Avenue, Sunnyvale, California 94086 ("Licensor"), and S3 INCORPORATED, a 
Delaware corporation, having its principal place of business at 2801 Mission 
College Boulevard, Santa Clara, California 95054 ("Licensee" or "S3").

                         RECITALS

       A. A glossary of certain of the initially capitalized terms used in 
this Agreement and other terms defined for purposes of this Agreement is set 
forth on Exhibit A attached to this Agreement.

       B. Licensor and Licensee wish to cooperate to establish high quality 
brand Video Display and Enhancement Integrated Circuits for use in PC, Non-MS 
and Consumer Electronics systems.

       C. Licensor holds rights to the Licensed Technology.

       D. Licensee desires to secure the right and license to use the 
Licensed Technology in connection with the design, manufacture, 
advertisement, promotion, distribution and sale of Licensee Products.

       E. Licensor is willing to grant Licensee a license on the terms and 
conditions set forth in this Agreement.

       F. Licensor and Licensee desire to enter into a long term relationship 
for their mutual benefit.  

       NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:


                                      1
<PAGE>

                         AGREEMENT

1.  LICENSE

       1.1  GRANT.  For the term of this Agreement and subject to the other 
terms and conditions of this Agreement, Licensor hereby grants to Licensee a 
worldwide, royalty-bearing license under Licensor's Intellectual Property 
Rights to use the Licensed Technology solely on or in connection with the 
design, manufacture, advertisement, promotion, distribution and sale of 
Licensee Products.  The Licensed Technology may not be used in connection 
with the design, manufacture, advertisement, promotion, distribution or sale 
of any product or service other than Licensee Products for the PC, Consumer 
Electronics and Non-MS markets as more fully set forth on Schedule 1.1-A.  
The license granted under this Section 1.1 shall be exclusive as to the 
Category I Technology with respect to certain uses, non-exclusive as to the 
Category I Technology with respect to certain uses, semi-exclusive as to the 
Category II Technology with respect to certain uses, and non-exclusive as to 
the Category II Technology with respect to certain uses, all as set forth in 
Schedule 1.1-A. The license granted hereunder extends to such subsidiaries of 
S3 as to which, and only so long as, S3 owns a majority of the capital stock 
entitled to elect the board of directors thereof and as to which S3 has the 
ability to control the management and the conduct of business of such 
subsidiaries ("Majority Owned Subsidiary"), which subsidiaries are set forth 
on Schedule 1.1-B.  In any event, any such subsidiaries and S3 shall be 
deemed parties hereto, in privity of contract with Licensor hereunder, 
intended third party beneficiaries of this Agreement, and S3 and such 
subsidiaries shall be jointly and severally liable for all obligations of S3 
and such subsidiaries hereunder.  In the event of any claim against any such 
subsidiary under this Agreement, Licensor agrees to make such claim first 
against S3 or the specific subsidiary alleged to be in violation of the 
Agreement or both before making any claims against other subsidiaries of S3.  
S3 agrees to promptly cause each such subsidiary to sign a counterpart 
signature page to this Agreement reconfirming that it is bound by the terms 
and conditions of this Agreement.  S3 may request from time to time that 
Licensor consent to the addition of majority-owned subsidiaries to Schedule 
1.1-B, and Licensor shall consider the addition of such subsidiaries as 
licensees hereunder in its reasonable commercial judgment.  For purposes of 
this Agreement, "Licensee" shall be deemed to include subsidiaries listed in 
Schedule 1.1-B pursuant to this Section.  S3 shall immediately notify 
Licensor if any such subsidiary no longer is a Majority Owned Subsidiary and 
Licensor shall have the right to review the status of such subsidiary and 
terminate the grant of license under this Section 1.1 to such subsidiary.  
Upon any such termination, all rights of such subsidiary in and to technology 
under Section 7.2 shall revert to S3.

       1.2  NO SUBLICENSING RIGHTS; LIMITED DISCLOSURE RIGHTS.  Licensee 
shall not have the right to sublicense any of the rights or licenses granted 
to Licensee under this Agreement.   Licensee may disclose the Licensed 
Technology in connection with the design, manufacture or provision of any 
products or service in connection with the:  (a) 

                                      2
<PAGE>

manufacturing of Licensee Products for Licensee performed by subcontractors 
of Licensee; and (b) design by subcontractors of Licensee of Licensee 
Products that include all or a part of the Licensed Technology; provided that 
any such disclosure shall be of only such of the Licensed Technology as is 
necessary to the manufacturing or design services to be performed and shall 
be pursuant to confidentiality agreements between Licensee and such 
subcontractors which contain provisions regarding the limited and secure use 
and storage of the Licensed Technology at least as restrictive and stringent 
as those in this Agreement and shall be in a form reasonably satisfactory to 
Licensor, which form may be submitted to Licensor for pre-approval.

       1.3  RELATIONSHIP OF PARTIES.  The relationship between Licensor and 
Licensee is that of licensor and licensee of intellectual property rights.  
In its capacity as licensee, Licensee shall be acting only as an independent 
contractor, and not as a partner, co-venturer, agent, employee or 
representative of Licensor.

       1.4  OTHER PRODUCTS AND TECHNOLOGY.  Licensee acknowledges that under 
this Agreement it has no right or license to any technology or intellectual 
property of Licensor other than the Licensed Technology, and the Licensed 
Technology expressly excludes Licensor's [*], [*] and [*] technologies.  In 
addition to Licensee rights under Section 7, Licensor and Licensee agree to 
conduct discussions from time to time for the purpose of considering on a 
technology-by-technology or product-by-product basis additional products or 
technology which may be included hereunder or otherwise employ the Licensed 
Technology on terms which Licensor and Licensee determine to be mutually 
acceptable.

2.  TERM

       2.1  TERM.  The term of this Agreement shall commence on the date of 
this Agreement and shall continue until the Expiration Date, unless sooner 
terminated in accordance with this Agreement or unless extended by the mutual 
written agreement of the parties (the "Term"). 

       2.2  EFFECT OF TERMINATION OR EXPIRATION.  Prior to the Expiration 
Date and so long as this Agreement has not been sooner terminated in 
accordance with its terms, Licensor and Licensee shall enter into discussions 
for the purpose of extending or renewing the Term upon mutually acceptable 
terms and conditions which are within the same general framework of this 
Agreement.  In the event no agreement is reached by Licensor and Licensee as 
to such extension or renewal, then Licensor and Licensee shall enter into a 
new license agreement for the license of the Licensed Technology to Licensee 
on a non-exclusive and most-favored customer basis.  Subject to the foregoing 
sentence and in addition to the provisions of Section 10.3, upon the 
termination or expiration of this Agreement, all license rights of Licensee 
shall terminate other than the right to retain and use the Licensed 
Technology and Marks solely for the purpose of: (a) supporting the installed 
base of Licensee Products; (b) filling any accepted purchase 


                                      3
<PAGE>

orders which are not subject to cancellation for Licensee Products; (c) 
selling Licensee Products developed as of such date until such time as 
Licensee discontinues such products, but in any event not longer than two (2) 
years following the date of termination; and (d) producing and selling such 
additional inventory, if any, as may be required for Licensee to recoup any 
and all pre-paid License Fees.  Licensee shall otherwise cease manufacture 
and distribution of Licensee Products and, at Licensor's direction, Licensee 
shall return or destroy all copies of the Licensed Technology other than as 
permitted to be retained pursuant to this Section 2.2.

       2.3  RENEWAL OF TERM.  The Term shall be renewed for successive 
periods of one (1) year unless voluntarily terminated by either Licensor or 
Licensee at the end of the initial Term or any renewal Term by providing to 
the other party written notice of non-renewal of the Term at least 90 days 
prior to the expiration of the initial or any renewal Term.

3.  MANUFACTURING

       3.1  ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF STANDARDS AND GOODWILL.  Licensee acknowledges 
that Licensor has made a substantial investment in developing and fostering 
an image and reputation of high quality, design, prestige and integrity and 
that the Licensed Technology is associated with products of consistently high 
quality and design. 

       3.2  MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATIONS.  Licensee shall manufacture all of 
the Licensee Products that include the Licensed Technology consistent with 
standards of high quality and design, and Licensee shall exercise its 
commercially reasonable efforts to consult and cooperate with Licensor at all 
times in connection with the manufacture of such Licensee Products.  In that 
regard, as early as possible, and in any event prior to the commencement of 
distribution of each Licensee Product, Licensee shall provide to Licensor 
pre-distribution versions of each Licensee Product.  Licensee agrees that 
Licensor shall have the right to test and evaluate all Licensee Products 
which use Licensed Technology to confirm that such Licensee Products conform 
to the specifications to be developed by Licensee and Licensor pursuant to 
Section 5.2 hereof.  In the event that Licensor determines that any such 
Licensee Products do not meet such specifications, Licensor shall immediately 
notify Licensee thereof and Licensee shall use all commercially reasonable 
efforts to modify such Licensee Products to meet such specifications.

4.  DUTIES OF LICENSEE

       4.1  MARKETING AND PROMOTION.  In addition to the advertising and 
public relations requirements set forth in Section 9, Licensee shall exercise 
its commercially reasonable efforts to market, promote and sell the Licensee 
Products that include the Licensed Technology and to meet the demand for the 
Licensee Products 


                                      4
<PAGE>

which include Licensed Technology.  All such Licensee Products, packaging, 
literature, advertising and promotional materials shall include the 
appropriate Mark and other intellectual property rights notice as may 
designated by Licensor; provided that unless Licensee otherwise agrees, such 
Mark shall be the same Mark that Licensor uses or authorizes others to use to 
identify products that perform similar functions or that include technology 
similar to the Licensed Technology.  Licensee shall use its commercially 
reasonable efforts to assist Licensor in the joint marketing and promotion to 
[*] of the Licensed Technology consisting of Category I Technology [*].

       4.2  COMPETING PRODUCTS.  During such portion of the Term as Licensee 
holds an exclusive license to any portion of the Licensed Technology, 
Licensee shall not, nor shall it permit any of its principals, subsidiaries, 
or affiliates to engage in the marketing, promotion, sale, distribution, 
design, development or sourcing or manufacturing of any Video Display and 
Enhancement Integrated Circuit for use in the PC market other than in 
cooperation with Licensor and, with respect to use in markets other than the 
PC market, Licensee shall first request Licensor to license Licensor's 
technology to Licensee on mutually agreeable terms and cooperate with 
Licensee and if Licensor declines then Licensee may work with third parties 
with respect to such markets; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit 
Licensee from developing in-house its own Video Display and Enhancement 
Integrated Circuits or from meeting with other holders of video technology 
for the purpose of confirming that Licensee's leadership in its industry is 
maintained.  In addition, during the Term Licensee shall use commercially 
best efforts to:  (a) prevent its distributors purchasing Licensee Products 
that contain Licensed Technology directly from Licensee from selling or 
distributing such Licensee Products into market segments reserved to Licensor 
under this Agreement; and (b) avoid promotion, marketing or advertising of 
any Licensee Product or other product as a substitute for, or as competitive 
with, any product of Licensor for distribution or sale into any market or for 
any use not permitted Licensee hereunder.

       4.3  RECORDS AND INSPECTIONS.  Licensee shall maintain and retain 
complete, clear and accurate records regarding the distribution of all 
Licensee Products that include Licensed Technology, and shall retain such 
records for a period of at least one (1) year after payment of License Fees 
with respect to such Licensee Product.  Licensor shall have the right to an 
inspection and audit of all accounting and sales books and records of 
Licensee relevant to the calculation of License Fees under Section 6 below 
conducted by an independent audit professional selected and paid by Licensor 
no more than once every twelve (12) months during regular business hours at 
Licensee's offices, on at least ten (10) days notice  and in such a manner 
which will not interfere with the conduct of Licensee's business.  Licensee 
shall cooperate fully with Licensor's representatives during such audits by 
rendering such assistance as may be reasonably requested.  If any such audit 
discloses underpayment of ten percent (10%) or more of amounts due hereunder, 
Licensee shall bear all of the reasonable costs of the audit.  Licensee's 
obligations and Licensor's audit rights under this Section shall survive the 
expiration or termination of this Agreement and shall terminate on the date 
which is one 


                                      5
<PAGE>

(1) year after the date of termination or expiration of this Agreement or any 
renewal or extension hereof.

       4.4  COMPLIANCE WITH LAW.  Licensee shall comply with all applicable 
laws and regulations respecting the design, development, manufacture, 
advertising, promotion and distribution of the Licensee Products that 
included Licensed Technology and the use of the Licensed Technology.

5.  DUTIES OF LICENSOR

       5.1  PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT.  Licensor shall continue its Development 
Work with respect to the Licensed Technology to effect the delivery of the 
Licensed Technology and the integration of the Licensed Technology into the 
Licensee Products in accordance with Section 5.2.  Any and all reasonable 
costs and expenses incurred by Licensor in connection with such Development 
Work that are unique to Licensee shall be reimbursed by Licensee to Licensor 
on a quarterly basis, payable with the License Fee payments, provided that 
the same shall have been pre-approved by Licensee.  In addition, Licensor 
shall continue to meet with such [*] industry companies as it deems 
appropriate to ensure that product leadership is maintained with respect to 
the Licensed Technology in the [*] market, and Licensor may develop, 
manufacture and sell its own Video Display and Enhancement Integrated 
Circuits.  If Licensor becomes aware of an opportunity for the sale of Video 
Display and Enhancement Circuits in the [*] market not otherwise addressed by 
this Agreement, Licensor will inform Licensee of such opportunity and 
Licensor and Licensee will discuss in good faith the terms and conditions of 
cooperation for the mutual exploitation of such opportunity.  Licensor agrees 
that during that portion of the Term during which Licensee holds an exclusive 
license hereunder, Licensor will not distribute products containing Licensed 
Technology combined with 3D Graphics Technology in a single integrated 
circuit for sale in the [*] market.  Subject to the foregoing terms of this 
Section 5.1, nothing contained in this Agreement shall restrict Licensor's 
right to develop and sell its own Video Display and Enhancement Integrated 
Circuits.

       5.2  PRODUCT SUPPORT.  Licensor shall use commercially reasonable 
efforts to assist Licensee in the integration of the Licensed Technology into 
Licensee Products, including generation of C++ models and macro block 
synthesis, and Licensor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to 
cooperate and work jointly with Licensee in defining specifications of the 
video processing functions of the Licensed Technology to be integrated in the 
Licensee Products.

       5.3  APPLICATION SUPPORT.  Licensor shall provide Licensee up to eight 
(8) man hours per week of technical applications support during the Term for 
the purpose of solving potential applications problems via telephone calls, 
facsimile transmission and electronic mail at numbers and addresses 
established by Licensor and at on-site meetings at Licensee premises, as 
necessary. Licensee shall notify Licensor of 


                                      6
<PAGE>

any restrictions or limitation as to the number and identity of employees of 
Licensee as are authorized by Licensee to use such support services.  
Licensor agrees that it will evaluate all Licensee Products that include 
Licensed Technology at Licensor's lab and provide a summary report to 
Licensee of the result of such evaluation.

6.  LICENSE FEES AND OTHER PAYMENTS

       6.1  MINIMUM LICENSE FEE PAYMENTS.  As a pre-paid, non-refundable 
License Fee payment, on the date of execution hereof and, so long as Licensee 
holds an exclusive license hereunder as to any of the Licensed Technology, 
within [*] of the end of each succeeding calendar quarter during the Term and 
on the Expiration Date (if any amount of Minimum License Fee shall then be 
unpaid for the quarter during which the Expiration Date occurs), Licensee 
shall pay to Licensor [*] of the Minimum Annual License Fee payment as set 
forth in Annex VI and as further described in such annex, including the 
illustrative examples set forth in such annex.

       6.2  LICENSE FEES.  Licensee shall pay Licensor, in arrears on or 
before forty-five (45) days after the end of each calendar quarter of the 
Term, a License Fee calculated as provided in Annex II, to the extent that on 
a quarterly basis, such License Fees exceed the then current balance of the 
Minimum License Fees paid in accordance with Section 6.1 above.

       6.3  EXCEPTIONS.  No License Fees shall be payable by Licensee for the 
following Licensee Products:  (a) a reasonable number of units used for 
promotional, demonstration, other marketing or internal purposes by Licensee; 
(b) damaged or returned and which Licensee nets against Licensee Products 
shipped; or (c) provided at no or nominal charge as replacement products for 
damaged or returned Licensee Product which Licensee has not netted against 
units shipped.

       6.4  INTERCOMPANY TRANSACTIONS.  The License Fee, Gross Profit Margin, 
Cost of Goods Sold and other financial calculations relating to amounts 
payable to Licensor under this Agreement shall be determined for Licensee and 
the subsidiaries listed on Schedule 1.1-B on a consolidated basis without 
taking into account any intercompany transactions (e.g., Average Selling 
Price will be calculated on the basis of sales in non-intercompany 
transactions and the Cost of Goods Sold will not be affected by intercompany 
transactions), it being the intent of the parties that Licensee and such 
subsidiaries not intentionally or inadvertently understate amounts that would 
otherwise be payable to Licensor under this Agreement because of intercompany 
or related party transactions.


                                      7
<PAGE>

       6.5  PAYMENTS.

          6.5.1  The License Fee and Minimum License Fees shall be due and 
payable to Licensor by Licensee on the dates and in the amounts as set forth 
in this Section 6 above.

          6.5.2  Concurrent with each such payment, Licensee shall provide to 
Licensor a written statement of the License Fee amount that is certified by 
Licensee's Chief Financial Officer to be correct together with a good faith, 
non-binding projection of the License Fee amount which Licensee forecasts 
will be payable with respect to the next quarter.  Licensee will make 
available to Licensor, for review by an independent certified public 
accountant at Licensee's offices only no more than once per quarter and upon 
reasonable notice and at a mutually reasonably acceptable time, a detailed 
accounting of the calculation of the License Fee, including, without 
limitation, the aggregate number of sales of all Licensee Products that 
included Licensed Technology during the quarter, broken down by category.  
This statement shall also provide an accounting of the [*] and [*] for all 
sales of Licensee Products that included Licensed Technology, all advertising 
and promotional expenditures by Licensee, and all Licensee Products described 
in Section 6.3.  Because of the highly confidential nature of the statement 
available for review at Licensee's offices, the reviewer may not copy or 
remove such statement from Licensee's offices.  In the event that the 
certified statement issued for the end of a fiscal year shall amend, modify, 
correct or otherwise restate any prior quarter's License Fee calculation, 
then the License Fee payable with respect to the fiscal year end shall be 
adjusted, and, if necessary, subsequent License Fee payment amounts shall be 
credited to adjust for such restatement.

          6.5.3  All payments required under this Agreement shall be in U.S. 
dollars, and made payable to the order of "FAROUDJA LABORATORIES, INC.", or 
in such other currency, time, Licensor location or manner as Licensor shall 
specify; provided that Licensee shall have no obligation with respect to 
withholding or other taxes under Section 6.6 hereof in the event that 
Licensor specifies that payments shall be made from or to any jurisdiction 
other than the United States.

          6.5.4  If Licensee fails to pay (by direct deposit for Licensor's 
account, duly delivered check or confirmed wire delivery of funds) any 
payment due under this Agreement on or before the due date thereof, then the 
delinquent amount shall be subject to a late charge equal one and one-half 
percent (1.5%) per month from the due date until paid.  If this late charge 
exceeds the maximum rate allowable by law, then the late charge shall accrue 
at the maximum rate allowable by law.

          6.5.5  Acceptance by Licensor of any payments under this Agreement 
shall not prevent Licensor at any later date from disputing the amount owed 
or from demanding more information from Licensee regarding payments finally 
due, and such acceptance of any payment by Licensor shall not constitute a 
waiver of any breach 


                                      8
<PAGE>

of any term or provision of this Agreement by Licensee if any such breach 
shall have occurred.

       6.6  TAXES.  In addition to any other payments due under this 
Agreement, Licensee shall pay, and hereby agrees to indemnify and hold 
Licensor harmless from, any sales, use, excise, import or export, value-added 
or similar tax or duty not based on Licensor's net income, including any 
penalties and interest, as well as any costs associated with the collection 
or withholding thereof, and all government permit fees, license fees and 
customs and similar fees levied on the delivery of any services or the 
Licensed Technology to Licensee (collectively, "Taxes").  All payments due 
under this Agreement shall be made without any deduction or withholding for 
any Taxes, unless such deduction or withholding is required by any applicable 
law of any relevant government revenue authority then in effect.  If Licensee 
is required to deduct or withhold any Taxes other than in connection with any 
failure by Licensor to make payment of any Taxes, Licensee will promptly 
notify Licensor of the requirement, pay the required amount to the relevant 
governmental authority, provide Licensor with an official receipt or 
certified copy or other documentation acceptable to Licensor evidencing the 
payment, and gross-up the payments subject to any such deduction or 
withholding and pay to Licensor, in addition to the payment to which Licensor 
is otherwise entitled under this Agreement, such additional amount as is 
necessary to insure that the net amount actually received by Licensor after 
any such deduction or withholding equals the full amount Licensor would have 
received had no such deduction or withholding been imposed.  In the event 
that Licensor receives any allowable or actual financial benefit from any 
Taxes so paid by Licensee such that, together with the grossed-up payment 
amount paid by Licensee, Licensor receives, or is entitled to receive, more 
than the full amount Licensor would have received had no such deduction or 
withholding been imposed, then Licensor shall promptly refund to Licensee any 
such excess, or at Licensee's option, apply such excess to future license 
fees.  In the event that Licensor notifies Licensee that Licensor will not 
receive any allowable or actual financial benefit from the deduction or 
withholding of any Taxes, Licensor will make available to Licensee, for 
review, at Licensee expense, by an independent certified public accountant at 
Licensor's office, no more than once per year and upon reasonable notice at a 
mutually reasonably acceptable time, the relevant Licensor tax returns (if 
any) and the related documents so as to establish the propriety on the 
non-receipt of the benefit.  As a result of such audit, should a benefit be 
discovered that was not taken by Licensor, to the extent agreed by Licensor 
or its tax accountants, Licensor shall promptly refund to Licensee any such 
excess or, at Licensee's option, apply such excess to future license fees.  
If Licensor does not agree with the findings of Licensee's auditor, then 
Licensee may refer such matter to arbitration in accordance with Section 13.7 
below.  Any information disclosed to such independent certified public 
accountants in the course of any such audit shall be treated as confidential 
and may be disclosed to Licensee only to the extent necessary to explain the 
benefit discovered by the audit.


                                      9
<PAGE>

       6.7  FAVORED CUSTOMER PRICING.

          6.7.1  WHILE LICENSEE HOLDS EXCLUSIVE RIGHTS.  During such of the 
Term as Licensee holds an exclusive license to Category I Technology, 
Licensor agrees that it will not offer to license to any third party, with a 
right to sell into or otherwise supply [*] industry, the Category II 
Technology on Economic Terms more favorable than those then in effect between 
Licensor and Licensee with respect to substantially the same Category II 
Technology and volumes.  

          6.7.2  WHILE LICENSEE DOES NOT HOLD EXCLUSIVE RIGHTS.  During such 
of the Term as Licensee does not hold an exclusive license as to Category I 
Technology, Licensor shall offer to enter into with Licensee a license 
agreement on the same Economic Terms with respect to any Licensed Technology 
as entered into by Licensor with any similarly situated third-party licensee 
within ten (10) days after the date that Licensor enters into such agreement 
with such third party.  Licensee may, within thirty (30) days after receipt 
of such an offer from Licensor, notify Licensor that Licensee desires to 
substitute each and every Economic Term granted to such licensee for all (but 
not less than all) of the Economic Terms of this Agreement.  If Licensee 
elects to substitute the Economic Terms of any such agreement for the 
Economic Terms of this Agreement, the substituted Economic Terms shall become 
effective on the first day of the subsequent calendar quarter as to the 
applicable Licensed Technology subject to Licensor and Licensee entering into 
an amendment to this Agreement evidencing the new Economic Terms.  

7.  OWNERSHIP OF THE INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS; CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

       7.1  LICENSOR OWNERSHIP.  Licensee acknowledges that (i) nothing 
contained in this Agreement shall give to Licensee any right, title or 
interest in the Intellectual Property Rights, other than the express license 
granted in Section 1.1 of this Agreement and the rights (which are subject to 
such license) granted under Sections 7.2 and 7.3, and (ii) Licensee's use of 
the Intellectual Property Rights shall inure only to the benefit of Licensee 
and sublicensees permitted hereunder, if any.

       7.2  OWNERSHIP BY LICENSEE.  Licensee owns all intellectual property 
rights in and to Licensee's design and implementation of the Licensed 
Technology in Licensee Products, including but not limited to all VHDL code 
that embodies such design; provided that Licensee's right to use and transfer 
such rights are subject to the Licensor's rights in the Licensed Technology 
and this Agreement and Licensee's rights in the Licensed Technology as 
provided in this Agreement.  


                                      10
<PAGE>

       7.3  INVENTIONS AND ENHANCEMENTS.  

          7.3.1  OWNERSHIP.  Any Enhancement or Invention jointly conceived 
or developed during the Term by the employees, representatives or agents of 
both Licensor and Licensee shall be jointly owned by Licensor and Licensee 
with each holding an undivided fifty percent (50%) ownership interest. Any 
Invention or Enhancement made during the Term independently by or for 
Licensor or Licensee shall be owned solely by Licensor or Licensee, 
respectively.  With respect to jointly owned Inventions and jointly owned 
Enhancements:  (a) the parties shall agree on a case-by-case basis which 
party will file United States and foreign patent applications and other 
filings, recordation or registrations, if any; (b) the parties shall share 
equally the reasonable cost of all mutually agreed upon patent applications 
and other filings, recordation or registrations; (c) each party shall provide 
to the other party, at no charge, copies of all designs, specifications, 
samples and prototypes constituting such jointly owned Inventions or jointly 
owned Enhancements, and of all licenses thereof or infringement claims, 
actions or proceeding relating thereto as soon as possible and no later than 
thirty (30) days after the development or occurrence thereof; and (d) each 
party shall bear all cost of enforcement and defense of its rights and 
interests in and to the jointly owned rights.

          7.3.2  UTILIZATION OF INVENTIONS AND ENHANCEMENTS.

                 (a)  With respect to jointly owned Inventions, the parties 
shall negotiate in good faith the terms and conditions under which each shall 
be entitled to license and otherwise exploit its interest during the Term and 
thereafter.

                 (b)  With respect to jointly owned Enhancements:  (i) during 
the Term and only during the Term, Licensee shall have the right, for no 
additional fees or royalties, to utilize such Enhancements pursuant and 
subject to the terms of this Agreement (e.g., Licensee shall have the right 
to utilize Enhancements to Category I Technology in the same manner as 
Licensee is entitled to utilize Category I Technology under this Agreement); 
and (ii) Licensor shall have a perpetual, worldwide, royalty free license to 
exploit and use the jointly owned Enhancements during the Term, subject to 
the terms of this Agreement and to Licensee's rights and licenses with 
respect to the applicable Category of Technology (including as set forth in 
Section 1.1 and 5.1 above), and at all times thereafter.

                 (c)  With respect to Enhancements developed during the Term 
and owned by Licensor, Licensee shall have the rights described in clause (i) 
of subsection (b) above.

                 (d)  With respect to Enhancements developed during the Term 
and owned by Licensee: (i) during the Term and only during the Term, Licensee 
shall have the right to utilize such Enhancements pursuant and subject to the 
terms of 


                                      11
<PAGE>

this Agreement (e.g., Licensee shall have the right to utilize Enhancements 
to Category I Technology in the same manner as Licensee is entitled to 
utilize Category I Technology under this Agreement); and (ii) Licensor shall 
have a perpetual, worldwide, royalty free license to exploit and use such 
Enhancements during the Term, subject to the terms of this Agreement and to 
Licensee's rights and licenses with respect to the applicable Category of 
Technology (including as set forth in Section 1.1 and 5.1 above), and at all 
times thereafter.

                 (e)  With respect to Inventions arising during the Term and 
owned by Licensor, if Licensor at its discretion and election determines to 
offer to any party such Inventions for use in the [*] market, then Licensee 
shall be entitled to a right of first refusal to license and utilize such 
technology in the [*] market on mutually acceptable terms (which may include 
exclusive or non-exclusive license rights).

                 (f)  With respect to Inventions arising during the Term and 
owned by Licensee, if Licensee at its discretion and election determines to 
offer to any party such Inventions in the [*] market or the [*] market, then 
Licensor shall be entitled to a right of first refusal to license and utilize 
such technology in such market(s) on mutually acceptable terms (which may 
include exclusive or non-exclusive license rights).

       7.4  NO USE OF NAME.  Licensee shall not use any of the Intellectual 
Property Rights as a trade name, service mark, business name, trade style, or 
fictitious business name.  Any unauthorized use shall inure solely to the 
benefit of Licensor, and such unauthorized use by Licensee shall not confer 
on Licensee any right, title or interest in the Intellectual Property Rights.

       7.5  REGISTRATION.  Licensee shall not seek or obtain any registration 
of any of the Intellectual Property Rights or Licensed Technology in any name 
other than that of Licensor or participate directly or indirectly in such 
registration anywhere in the world without Licensor's prior written consent. 
Nothing in this Section 7.5 shall restrict Licensee's right to register 
intellectual property rights in Inventions or Enhancements which Licensee 
owns in accordance with Section 7 above.  If Licensee has obtained or obtains 
in the future, in any country, any registered filed, recorded or other right, 
title or interest in any of the Intellectual Property Rights or the Licensed 
Technology, or in any other trademark or service mark owned by Licensor, 
Licensee has so acted or will act as an agent and for the benefit of Licensor 
for the limited purpose of obtaining such registrations and assigning the 
same to Licensor. Licensee shall execute any and all instruments deemed by 
Licensor, or its respective attorneys or representatives, to be necessary to 
transfer such right, title or interest to Licensor.

       7.6  [*].  During the Term and during the period occurring after the 
termination of this Agreement or the expiration of the Term under Section 2.2 
hereof during which Licensee is permitted to continue selling Licensee 
Products that contain [*]


                                      12
<PAGE>

       7.7  INFRINGEMENT SUITS.

          7.7.1  SUITS BY LICENSOR.  In connection with the use and exercise 
of Licensee's license rights hereunder, Licensee shall use its best efforts 
to detect any possible infringements, claims or actions in derogation of any 
Intellectual Property Rights by any third parties and shall inform Licensor 
promptly of any such infringement, claim or action; provided, however, that 
Licensor shall have the sole right to determine whether any action shall be 
taken on account of such infringement, claim or action and Licensee shall not 
take any action on account of such infringement, claim or action without the 
prior written consent of Licensor.  If Licensor initiates any legal 
proceedings on account of any such infringement, claim or action, Licensee 
shall cooperate with and assist Licensor to the extent reasonably necessary 
to protect the Intellectual Property Rights, including without limitation, 
being joined as a necessary or desirable party to such proceedings.  Licensor 
shall be entitled to retain all proceeds received upon settlement or from 
judgment awarded in any such suits.

          7.7.2  SUITS BY LICENSEE.  If Licensee has provided written notice 
to Licensor, pursuant to Section 7.7.1 above, of a material actual 
infringement by a third party of one or more of the Patents [*] to this 
Agreement (the "Licensee Enforceable Patents") in the [*] field of use, then, 
within [*] of Licensor's receipt of such notice from Licensee, Licensor will 
notify Licensee as to whether Licensor will elect to pursue any action 
against the alleged infringer.  If Licensor elects not to pursue any action 
against the alleged infringer, then Licensee may maintain, at Licensee's 
expense and, in the case of any proposed action against any third-party 
licensee of Licensor, upon receipt of Licensor's prior written approval 
(which shall not be unreasonably withheld in light of the interests of 
Licensor and Licensee and, in the event Licensee believes any such approval 
has been withheld unreasonably, the reasonableness of Licensor's decision to 
withhold approval shall be determined by arbitration following the procedures 
set forth in Schedule 13.7 hereto; provided that such arbitration shall be 
conducted on an expedited basis such that the proceeding before the 
arbitrator shall occur, and the arbitrator's written decision shall be 
issued, no later than [*] days after Licensee's request for arbitration), any 
appropriate suit, action or proceeding involving the infringement or 
misappropriation of such Licensee Enforceable Patents, in the [*] field of 
use, subject to the following restrictions:  (a) Licensor must approve, in 
writing, the attorneys who will handle such suit, action or proceeding on 
behalf of Licensee, which approval shall not be unreasonably delayed or 
withheld; (b) Licensor may, at its option and expense, participate, through 
counsel of its choice, in any such suit, action or proceeding, and will 
receive full and complete disclosure from Licensee and its counsel of all 
materials and information that Licensee obtains or develops in connection 
with such suit, action or proceeding; and (c) any settlement of such suit, 
action or proceeding shall be subject to Licensor's prior written consent.  
Licensee shall be entitled to retain all proceeds received upon settlement or 
from judgment awarded in any such suits as prosecuted by Licensee and not by 
Licensor.


                                      13
<PAGE>

       7.8  INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS.  Licensor represents and warrants 
that:  (i) to Licensor's knowledge (without duty of inquiry), the Licensed 
Technology does not and will not infringe any valid and subsisting Patents or 
other intellectual property rights owned by any person other than Licensee or 
an affiliate of Licensee; (ii) Licensor has not received and is aware of no 
notice or allegation that any of the Licensed Technology infringes any 
third-party intellectual property rights; (iii) to Licensor's knowledge, 
Licensor owns or controls all rights in and to the Licensed Technology; and 
(iv) to Licensor's knowledge, Licensor has the right to grant the licenses 
granted in this Agreement.  If it is determined that Licensor does not have 
the right to use the Licensed Technology, or any portion thereof, upon 
receipt of written notice from Licensor, Licensee shall immediately refrain 
from selling the Licensee Products and, provided that Licensor has not 
breached its representations and warranties made under clauses (i), (ii), 
(iii) and (iv) of this Section 7.8, Licensee shall have no claims against 
Licensor for damages caused by such cessation or termination or otherwise 
caused except as provided in Section 12.

       7.9  COPYRIGHTS.  If Licensee, alone or with others, develops any 
written material pertaining to Licensee Products which include Licensed 
Technology or to the Licensed Technology, prior to its publication and 
dissemination, Licensor shall be provided a reasonable opportunity to review 
and approve such material, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

       7.10 POWER OF ATTORNEY. During and for a period of two (2) years after 
the Term, each party agrees to execute such documents, render such assistance 
and take such other actions as the other party may reasonably request, to 
assist the requesting party to apply for, register, perfect, confirm and 
protect the requesting party's rights in the Licensed Technology, Inventions 
and Enhancements as set forth in this Agreement.  Each party will assist the 
other in obtaining and enforcing Patents and other protection with respect to 
the Licensed Technology, Inventions and Enhancements in accordance with the 
ownership rights set forth in this Agreement in any and all countries during 
and after the Term.  Neither party shall incur any expense with respect to 
any such assistance provided to the other party.  If a requesting party is 
unable to secure the other party's signature to any lawful and necessary 
document that accurately reflects the ownership rights established under this 
Agreement, where such document is required to apply for, execute, perfect, 
enforce or protect any Patent or other rights with respect to any Licensed 
Technology, Invention or Enhancement, then the non-requesting party hereby 
designates and appoints the requesting party as its agent and attorney in 
fact to act for and on behalf of and instead of the non-requesting party to 
execute any such document and to take any such action in the name of the 
non-requesting party.

       7.11 CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.  During and after the Term, Licensor 
and Licensee shall maintain in strict confidence and shall not disclose any 
Confidential Information.  Licensor and Licensee shall take every reasonable 
precaution to protect the confidentiality of the Confidential Information of 
the other, consistent with the higher of: 


                                      14
<PAGE>

(a) the standard of care which that party exercises with respect to its own 
Confidential Information; or (b) the standard of care that an ordinarily 
prudent business would exercise to protect its own Confidential Information.  
In any event, each party shall (i) disclose Confidential Information to (x) 
only those authorized employees of such party whose duties justify their need 
to know such information and who have been clearly informed of their 
obligation, and who have agreed in writing, to maintain the confidential 
and/or proprietary status of such Confidential Information; or (y) only those 
third parties required for the performance of a party's rights and 
obligations under this Agreement pursuant to a written confidentiality 
agreement at least as extensive as the confidentiality provisions of this 
Agreement; and (ii) use such Confidential Information only for the purposes 
set forth in this Agreement.  The obligations set forth in this Section 7.11 
shall not apply to any Confidential Information which must be disclosed 
pursuant to applicable federal, state or local law, regulation, court order, 
or other legal process.  In addition, neither party shall disclose the terms 
of this Agreement to any third party without the express prior written 
consent of the other party other than to its attorneys and accountants or as 
may be required by law.  If either party is required to disclose Confidential 
Information pursuant to applicable federal, state or local law, regulation, 
court order or other legal process or law, then prior to such disclosure, 
such party shall give notice to the other party so that the other party may 
take reasonable steps to oppose or limit such disclosure.  The parties shall 
take reasonable steps to agree as quickly as possible in light of Licensor's 
requirements to determine what Licensor will disclose in any  filings with 
the Securities and Exchange Commission, and in any event a party shall 
respond within 48 hours of such a proposed disclosure, with any failure to so 
respond to be deemed consent.  

8.  NOTICE OF OWNERSHIP OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

       8.1  PROPRIETARY NOTICES.  Licensee shall include Licensor's logo on 
Licensee Products that include Licensed Technology, in accordance with logo 
usage guidelines provided by Licensor.  Licensee will determine the size and 
placement of Licensor's logo on such Licensee Products given the overall size 
and design of other markings on such Licensee Products.  Licensee also will 
include with documentation that accompanies Licensee Products that include 
Licensed Technology all trademarks, trade names, logos, patent or copyright 
notices, confidential or proprietary legends or other notices or markings on 
or in the Licensed Technology. 

       8.2  TRADEMARK LICENSE.  Subject to the terms hereof, Licensor grants 
to Licensee a world-wide, limited license to use the Marks on Licensee 
Products that include Licensed Technology and in Licensee's advertising and 
printed materials for such Licensee Products.  Licensee's license under this 
Section 8.2 is [*] as to the use of the Marks in the [*] market to identify 
Category I Technology for so long as Licensee holds an exclusive license to 
such Licensed Technology, [*] as to the use of the Marks in the [*] market to 
identify Category II Technology for so long as the Licensee holds a [*] 
license, and non-exclusive as to the use of the Marks to identify Licensed 
Technology as 


                                      15
<PAGE>

to which Licensee does not hold exclusive rights.  Licensee shall provide a 
notice of trademark status adjacent to and with the first or most prominent 
use of the Mark in such printed materials and include the respective legends 
adjacent to or as a footnote to the Mark as follows:

       --Mark is a trademark of Faroudja Laboratories, Inc., which may be 
registered in certain jurisdictions; and

       --such other symbols and notices as may be prescribed by Licensor from 
time to time

9.  ADVERTISING AND PUBLIC RELATIONS

       9.1  LICENSOR ADVERTISING AND PROMOTION.  Licensor may as it deems 
appropriate advertise and promote the Licensed Technology but shall have no 
obligation to undertake any such advertising and promotion.  Notwithstanding 
the foregoing, at Licensee's reasonable request, Licensor will make 
reasonable efforts to participate with Licensee in presentations by Licensee 
to the public and to potential customers of Licensee Products that include 
Licensed Technology.  

       9.2  LICENSEE ADVERTISING AND PROMOTION; MINIMUM ADVERTISING AND 
PROMOTION EXPENDITURES.  Licensee shall work with Licensor to establish the 
Licensee Products that include the Licensed Technology as a premium brand and 
products.  So long as Licensee holds an exclusive license hereunder to any of 
the Licensed Technology, Licensee shall make the Minimum Advertising and 
Promotion Expenditures with respect to Licensee Products that include the 
Licensed Technology as set forth on Exhibit A.  For purposes of this 
provision, costs associated with product packaging are not advertising or 
promotion expenditures.  Not later than [*] after the end of each calendar 
quarter, Licensee shall provide to Licensor a report, certified by Licensee's 
Chief Financial Officer setting forth Licensee's actual advertising and 
promotion expenditures during the preceding calendar quarter, until such time 
as such expenditures reach the Minimum Advertising and Promotion Expenditures 
amount for the applicable year.

       9.3  PRIOR REVIEW.  Licensee shall submit to Licensor for Licensor's 
review samples of all advertising and other promotional plans and materials 
that Licensee desires to use or is using to promote the Licensee Products to 
the extent the same includes any references to or descriptions of the 
Licensed Technology or Licensor prior to the publication or distribution of 
such materials.  

       9.4  PUBLIC RELATIONS AND PRESS RELEASES.  Licensee shall publicize 
the Licensee Products as a part of Licensee's general public relations 
efforts, including the participation by Licensor in new products "road show" 
presentations, as reasonably 


                                      16
<PAGE>

requested by Licensee or Licensor.  Licensor agrees that Licensee shall have 
the right to make the first general announcement of this Agreement and the 
transactions contemplated hereby.  In any event, neither party shall 
advertise, issue any press release or otherwise publish the fact that the 
parties have entered into this Agreement without the prior written consent of 
the other party, except as may be required by law.  The parties shall use 
their best efforts to draft and issue a press release announcing the signing 
of this Agreement and each party may include the information included in such 
press release in subsequent advertisements, press releases or other 
publications without the other party's prior written consent, provided that 
such party includes proper attribution of the other party's name.  Following 
the issuance of such press release, Licensor may refer to Licensee as 
Licensor's customer in Licensor's sales and marketing materials and 
presentations.

10.  TERMINATION

       10.1  TERMINATION FOR CAUSE.  In the event of a material breach by 
Licensor or Licensee (including any subsidiary set forth on Schedule 1.1-B) 
of this Agreement, the non-breaching party may give written notice of the 
breach to the breaching party and specify a reasonable period of time of not 
less than thirty (30) days and not more than sixty (60) days within which the 
breaching party is to cure the breach.  As used in this Section 10.1, a 
"reasonable period of time" for curing a breach shall be determined based 
upon commercial circumstances existing at the time of the breach and the 
commercially reasonable time necessary to cure such breach, but in any event 
shall not be more than thirty (30) days with respect to the cure of any 
payment default.  If the breach is not cured within the specified period, the 
non-breaching party may terminate this Agreement effective upon written 
notice to the breaching party. 

       10.2  TERMINATION UPON BANKRUPTCY INSOLVENCY OR DISSOLUTION.  Upon the 
insolvency, bankruptcy, or dissolution of Licensee (other than a subsidiary), 
or the assignment or sale or other disposition of a substantial portion of 
its assets for the benefit of creditors, this Agreement shall immediately and 
automatically terminate.  Upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, or dissolution of 
any subsidiary listed on Schedule 1.1-B, or the assignment or sale or other 
disposition of a substantial portion of its assets for the benefit of 
creditors, the license granted to that subsidiary under Section 1.1 shall 
immediately and automatically terminate.

       10.3  EFFECTS OF TERMINATION.  Upon any termination of this Agreement 
in accordance with its terms:

          10.3.1  Any indebtedness of Licensee to Licensor shall become 
immediately due and payable and Licensor may retain as security or apply as 
payment against any such indebtedness any Licensee Products of Licensee in 
the possession of Licensor.


                                      17
<PAGE>

          10.3.2  Licensor shall not be liable to Licensee, either for 
compensation or for damages of any kind, whether on account of loss by 
Licensee or any other person, of present or prospective profits on present or 
prospective sales, investments or goodwill resulting from Licensor's 
termination of this Agreement in accordance with its terms.

          10.3.3  Except as otherwise permitted under Section 2.2, Licensee 
immediately shall discontinue to manufacture, promote, distribute or sell in 
any manner the Licensee Products and shall discontinue the use of the 
Licensed Technology, and any signs, equipment, certificates, advertising or 
promotional materials, stationery, forms and any other articles or materials, 
that display or refer to Licensed Technology.

          10.3.4  Each party shall continue to maintain in confidence any and 
all Confidential Information, and, within five (5) days after such 
termination, except as otherwise permitted under Section 2.2, will return to 
the other party, at the returning party's expense, all packaging, promotional 
or advertising materials or other materials and documents relating to the 
Licensee Products, Licensed Technology or any Confidential Information and 
certify to the other party that the certifying party has complied with all of 
its obligations with respect to Confidential Information under this Agreement.

       10.4  SURVIVAL.  Sections 7.1-7.3, 7.5, 7.6, 7.7.2, 7.10, 7.11, 10.3, 
10.4, 11, 12 (provided that the indemnification obligations of Licensor under 
Section 12 shall not survive termination based upon Licensee's breach) and 13 
shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement.

11.  DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY

       11.1  LIMITED WARRANTY.  Except as set forth in Section 7.8 above, the 
Licensed Technology is delivered to Licensee on an "as is" basis.  LICENSOR 
MAKES NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, CONCERNING THE LICENSED TECHNOLOGY 
OR ANY OTHER MATERIALS OR SERVICES PROVIDED TO LICENSEE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, 
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, 
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT.  LICENSOR SPECIFICALLY 
DOES NOT WARRANT THAT THE LICENSED TECHNOLOGY IS COMPLETE, ERROR-FREE OR 
SUFFICIENT FOR THE MANUFACTURING AND SALE OF LICENSED PRODUCTS.

       11.2  NO LICENSOR WARRANTIES TO CUSTOMERS; LIABILITY DISCLAIMER.  To 
the extent that Licensee makes any warranty to its customers with respect to 
the Licensee Products, such warranty shall be made solely for Licensee's 
account and shall not bind Licensor.


                                      18
<PAGE>

12.  INDEMNIFICATION AND LIMITATION ON LIABILITY

       12.1 LICENSOR INDEMNITY FOR LICENSED TECHNOLOGY.  Subject to the 
limits of liability in this Section 12 and so long as Licensee is not in 
material breach of its obligations hereunder,  Licensor shall indemnify and 
defend Licensee, and hold Licensee harmless against direct (but not 
consequential or incidental) damages awarded in favor of any third party, 
against any claim, suit or proceeding (collectively, "Claim") brought against 
Licensee to the extent that such Claim is based on a breach of one or more of 
Licensor's warranties under Section 7.8 above or any claim that any Licensed 
Technology constitute a direct infringement of any patent or any mask work, 
copyright or trade secret issued or protected under the laws of the United 
States or under the laws of a country similar to those of the United States, 
and Licensor shall pay all damage and costs (including attorney's fees) 
awarded by final judgment (from which no appeal may be taken) or settlement 
against Licensee, subject to the conditions set forth in Section 12.3 below.  
During the pendency of any Claim, Licensee shall have no right of offset or 
deduction against its obligations to make payment of License Fees and Minimum 
Annual License Fees under this Agreement.  

       12.2 EXCEPTIONS AND CROSS-INDEMNITY.  Licensor shall have no liability 
to or for any Claim alleging infringement or misappropriation based upon (a) 
Licensor's compliance with Licensee's instructions, drawings, designs or 
functional specifications; (b) any use of the Licensed Technology in a manner 
other than as specified by Licensor; (c) any use of the Licensed Technology 
in combination with other products equipment, devices, software, systems, 
data or services not supplied by Licensor to the extent that such Claim is 
directed against such combination, (d) any representation or warranty by 
Licensee to its customers with respect to the Licensee Products except to the 
extent that such representation or warranty was made by Licensee consistent 
with its rights and licenses under this Agreement, or (e) any alteration or 
modification of the Licensed Technology by anyone other than Licensor.  In 
the event of an infringement or misappropriation action or claim against 
Licensor which is based on any of the circumstances or conduct described in 
the preceding sentence, Licensee shall at its own expense defend such Claim, 
and Licensee shall pay any and all damages and costs finally awarded against 
Licensor in favor of a third party in connection with such Claim, or those 
damages and costs agreed in any monetary settlement or compromise of such 
action, subject to the conditions set forth in Section 12.3 below.  

       12.3 INDEMNIFICATION PROCEDURES.  If either party receives any Claim 
or is subject to any Claim as to which it is entitled to be indemnified by 
the other party under Section 12.1 or 12.2 above, such indemnified party 
shall promptly notify the indemnifying party in writing of such Claim. The 
indemnifying party shall defend or settle such Claim and satisfy any final 
judgments rendered against the indemnified party, provided that the 
indemnifying party shall have sole control of the defense or settlement of 
the Claim, and the indemnified party shall provide all reasonable assistance 
requested by the indemnifying party, at the indemnifying party's expense.  
If, in the reasonable


                                      19
<PAGE>

judgment of the indemnified party, its interests diverge from the interests of
the indemnifying party, the indemnified party may assume control of and conduct
such defense at its own expense; provided, however that the indemnifying party
shall have no liability for damages or losses attributable to such defense.  The
indemnified party may, at any time, participate at its own expense, in the
defense of the claim through counsel of its choice.  Neither party shall settle
any such action without first obtaining the other party's written consent
thereto, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.  

       12.4 REMEDIES.  If any Licensed Technology supplied by Licensor to
Licensee shall be held to directly infringe any third party patent issued or
protected as of the date hereof or any mask work, copyright, trade secret or
other proprietary right, issued under the laws of the United States or the laws
of a country similar to those of the United States, and the use of same is
enjoined, or if Licensor believes such a holding is likely.  Licensor shall
either:  (i) procure for Licensee the right to use such Licensed Technology free
of liability for infringement; or (ii) replace (or modify) the Licensed
Technology with a non-infringing substitute otherwise complying substantially
with all the requirements of this Agreement; or (iii) if neither of the
foregoing alternatives is commercially feasible, to terminate the Agreement and,
in such event, Licensor's sole obligation and liability, in addition to the
obligations set forth in this Section 12,  shall be to refund to Licensee any
unrecouped License Fees paid by Licensee with respect to Licensee Products
containing or based on the infringing Licensed Technology.

       12.5 DISCLAIMER.  THE FOREGOING SECTIONS 12.1 - 12.4 AND SECTION 12.6
BELOW  STATE THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE LIABILITY OF THE PARTIES FOR INFRINGEMENT
CLAIMS AND ACTIONS, WHETHER DIRECT OR CONTRIBUTORY.

       12.6 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.  EXCEPT FOR LICENSEE'S LIABILITY FOR
PAYMENTS OF LICENSE FEES DUE AND OWING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, EACH PARTY'S
AGGREGATE LIABILITY IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF
ACTION GIVING RISE TO SUCH LIABILITY (WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE),
AND INCLUDING ANY LIABILITY UNDER SECTION 12, SHALL NOT EXCEED THE AGGREGATE
AMOUNTS PAID, AS OF THE DATE OF FINAL DISPOSITION OR RESOLUTION OF THE CLAIM, BY
LICENSEE TO LICENSOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT.  NEITHER PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE FOR
ANY INDIRECT, EXEMPLARY, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OF ANY
KIND (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION LOST PROFITS), EVEN IF IT HAS BEEN ADVISED OF
THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES, EXCEPT FOR A BREACH OF EITHER PARTY'S
OBLIGATIONS WITH RESPECT TO SECTION 7.11.  THE LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY
CONTAINED IN THIS AGREEMENT ARE A FUNDAMENTAL PART OF THE BASIS OF EACH PARTY'S
BARGAIN HEREUNDER, AND NEITHER PARTY WOULD ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT ABSENT SUCH
LIMITATIONS.


                                    20

<PAGE>

13.    GENERAL

       13.1 EQUITABLE RELIEF.  Licensor and Licensee acknowledge that there
may be no adequate remedy at law for its failure to comply with terms of this
Agreement relating to the obligations under Section 4.2, Licensee's obligation
to cease the manufacture, sale, advertisement, promotion or distribution of the
Licensee Products upon termination of this Agreement, Licensor's and Licensee's
obligations with respect to the limited use and the rights to future use of
Licensed Technology, Inventions and Enhancements, and the obligation to maintain
the confidentiality of Confidential Information.  Accordingly, if either party
fails to comply with such terms of this Agreement or other terms the breach of
which may not have an adequate remedy at law, the other party shall have the
right to have any such breach remedied by equitable relief by way of a temporary
restraining order, preliminary injunction, permanent injunction, and such other
alternative relief as may be appropriate.

       13.2 ASSIGNMENTS; SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS; SUBSIDIARIES.  No right or
obligation of either party under this Agreement may be assigned, delegated or
otherwise transferred, whether by agreement, operation of law or otherwise
without the express prior written consent of the other party, except pursuant to
a merger, sale of all or substantially all assets, disposition of all or
substantially all of the assigning party's business with respect to the Licensed
Technology or other corporate reorganization, other than any of the foregoing
effected in connection with an insolvency, bankruptcy or like proceeding, and
any attempt to otherwise assign, delegate or otherwise transfer any rights or
obligations hereunder, without such consent, shall be void.  Subject to the
preceding sentence, this Agreement shall bind each party and its permitted
successors and assigns and all representations, warranties, covenants and
agreements of the parties shall inure to the benefit of and bind their
respective successors and permitted assigns.  To the extent any subsidiary of
Licensee is a licensee hereunder, it shall have all the rights, benefits and
obligations of the Licensee hereunder, and, subject to Section 1.1: (a) each
such subsidiary, together with Licensee, shall be jointly and severally liable
for all of the obligations of the Licensee hereunder, and (b) Licensor may
enforce its rights and remedies hereunder against any one or more of Licensee or
such subsidiaries as Licensor may, in its sole discretion, deem appropriate,
irrespective of which of Licensee or such subsidiaries has breached the terms.

       13.3 NOTICES.  Any notice, request, demand, or other communication
required or permitted under this Agreement, shall be deemed to be properly given
by the sender and received by the addressee (i) if personally delivered;
(ii) three (3) days after deposit in the mails if mailed by certified or
registered air mail, postage prepaid; (iii) twenty-four (24) hours after being
sent by facsimile with confirmation sent as provided in (ii) above; or
(iv) twenty-four (24) hours after being sent by commercial overnight mail,
addressed as follows, and in the case of facsimile transmission, to the
appropriate facsimile number shown below:


                                    21

<PAGE>

  To Licensor:     FAROUDJA LABORATORIES, INC.
                     750 Palomar Avenue
                     Sunnyvale, California  94086
                     Attention: Chief Executive Officer
                     Facsimile No:  408.735.8571

  With a copy to:  BUCHALTER, NEMER, FIELDS & YOUNGER
                     601 S. Figueroa St., Suite 2400
                     Los Angeles, California  90017
                     Attention:  Matthew Kavanaugh
                     Facsimile No:  213.896.0400

  To Licensee:     S3 INCORPORATED
                     2801 Mission Boulevard
                     Santa Clara, California  95052-8058
                     (or if by overnight courier, 95054)
                     Attention: Director of Legal Affairs
                     Facsimile No:  408.980.5444

  With a copy to:  PILLSBURY MADISON & SUTRO LLP
                     2700 Sand Hill Road
                     Menlo Park, California  94025
                     Attention:  Marina H. Park
                     Facsimile No:  415.223.4545

or to such other address or facsimile number as from time to time may be given
in the manner permitted above.

       13.4 INTERPRETATION.  Neither this Agreement nor any uncertainty or
ambiguity herein shall be construed or resolved against Licensor or Licensee,
whether under any rule of construction or otherwise.  On the contrary, this
Agreement has been reviewed by all parties and shall be construed and
interpreted according to the ordinary meaning of the words used so as to fairly
accomplish the purposes and intentions of all parties hereto.

       13.5 SEVERABILITY.  If any provision of this Agreement is found by any
court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, such provision
shall be deemed to be modified to the minimum extent necessary to cause it to be
valid and enforceable and the invalidity or unenforceability of such provision
prior to such modification shall not affect the other provisions of this
Agreement and all provisions not affected by the invalidity or unenforceability
shall remain in full force and effect.


                                    22

<PAGE>

       13.6 AMENDMENT AND MODIFICATION.  This Agreement may not be amended or
modified orally.  This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a writing
executed by all parties.

       13.7 GOVERNING LAW AND ARBITRATION.  The parties agree that this
Agreement is executed and delivered in the State of California.  This Agreement
shall be construed and governed in accordance with the internal laws of the
State of California, without regard to conflict of law principles.  Any dispute
arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be resolved by binding
arbitration in Santa Clara, California in accordance with the rules of the
American Arbitration Association and the procedures set forth in Schedule 13.7;
PROVIDED that the foregoing shall not prevent either party from seeking
provisional relief, including equitable relief under Section 13.1.

       13.8 ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Agreement, together with the 
Non-Disclosure Agreement between Licensor and Licensee (erroneously referred 
to as S3 Corporation) dated as of October 10, 1996, constitutes the entire 
agreement between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and 
supersedes any and all previous agreements relating to the subject matter 
hereof.

       13.9 GOVERNMENT APPROVALS AND REGISTRATIONS.  In the event that any
approvals with respect to this Agreement or any registration hereof is required,
initially or at any time during the term of this Agreement, Licensee shall
obtain such approvals and make such registrations; and any costs, expenses, fees
or charges associated therewith shall be borne by Licensee.

       13.10 AUTHORITY TO MAKE AGREEMENT.  Each party warrants and represents 
that it has the power to enter into this Agreement and perform in accordance 
with the provisions hereof and that the execution and performance of the 
Agreement has been duly and validly authorized in accordance with all 
applicable laws and governing instruments.

       13.11 NO WAIVER.  No waiver of any breach of any of the provisions of 
this Agreement shall be construed to be a waiver of any other breach of the 
same or any other provision.

       13.12 REMEDIES NOT EXCLUSIVE.  No remedy conferred by any of the 
specific provisions of this Agreement is intended to be exclusive of any 
other remedy, except as expressly provided in this Agreement or any Exhibit, 
Annex or Schedule hereto, and each and every remedy shall be cumulative and 
shall be in addition to every other remedy given hereunder or now or 
hereafter existing in law or in equity or by statute or otherwise.  The 
election of any one or more remedies shall not constitute a waiver of the 
right to pursue other available remedies.

                                    23

<PAGE>

       13.13 EXHIBITS, ANNEXES AND SCHEDULES.  The definitions and provisions 
set forth on Exhibit A and the Annexes and Schedules attached hereto are 
incorporated herein and made a part of this Agreement.

       IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the 
date first above written.

                                    "Licensor"
 
                                    FAROUDJA LABORATORIES, INC.,
                                    a California corporation


                                    By /s/ MICHAEL MOONE 
                                       -------------------------------------
                                       Title:  President, CEO


                                    "Licensee"

                                    S3 INCORPORATED,
                                    a Delaware corporation


                                    By /s/ GARY JOHNSON                     
                                       -------------------------------------
                                       Title:  President and CEO




                                   24

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT A

                                GLOSSARY OF TERMS


       As used in the foregoing Agreement, the following terms shall have the
meanings as defined below:

       [*] means a video processing integrated circuit or portion thereof
which processes and enhances a non-interlaced computer image for display on an
interlaced television using an [*]

       "Average Selling Price" means the weighted average selling price,
based on the invoice price less discounts, of Licensee Products that include
Licensed Technology, sold by Licensee during the applicable calendar quarter.

       "Category I Technology" is the technology described as the [*] as set
forth in Section B of ANNEX I.

       "Category II Technology" is the technology described as the [*] as set
forth in Section A of ANNEX I.

       "Confidential Information" means all of the terms and provisions of
the Agreement, this Exhibit and the Annexes and Schedules to the Agreement, and
any data or information disclosed under the Agreement (whether written, oral or
graphical) that relates to the disclosing party's products, technology,
research, development customers or business activities, and which is
confidential or proprietary or a trade secret of the disclosing party if any
such other information is disclosed in a tangible form it is labeled as
confidential or proprietary, or if provided orally, is identified as
confidential or proprietary at the time of disclosure with a written summary of
the confidential information that identifies such information as "confidential
or proprietary" provided to the recipient within ten (10) days of the oral
disclosure.  Confidential Information shall not include any information, data or
material which:  (a) the disclosing party expressly agrees in writing is free of
any non-disclosure obligations; (b) at the time of disclosure to the receiving
party was known to the receiving party (as evidenced by documentation in the
receiving party's possession) free of any non-disclosure obligations; (c) is
independently developed by the receiving party (as evidenced by documentation in
the receiving party's possession); (d) is lawfully received by the receiving
party, free of any non-disclosure obligations, from a third party having the
right to so furnish such Confidential Information; or (e) is or becomes
generally available to the public without any breach of this Agreement or
unauthorized disclosure of such Confidential Information by the receiving party.


                                   A-1

<PAGE>

       "Consumer Electronics" means [*] (commonly referred to as [*]) which
are capable of utilizing an integrated circuit which employs both Licensed
Technology and Licensee's 3D Graphics Technology (other than Licensed
Technology), including, without limitation, [*] systems, [*]  With respect to
sales into the Consumer Electronics market, in the aggregate, Licensee Products
must include enough 3D Graphics Technology and additional features as
appropriate such that the overall product consists of more of Licensee's
technology, circuits and die area than those which represent the Licensed
Technology.

       "Cost of Goods Sold" means Licensee's direct costs for the Licensee
Products, as applicable and as are consistent with generally accepted accounting
principles.  Direct costs consist of Licensee's costs for wafer, packaging and
testing, together with manufacturing overhead.  The manufacturing overhead
allocated to the direct cost of Licensee Products shall be calculated as a pro
rata percentage of Licensee's total manufacturing overhead for the applicable
calendar quarter, based on the total dollar volume of the particular Licensee
Product(s) divided by the total dollar volume of all Licensee Products that are
subject to manufacturing overhead.

       "Decoders" means [*].

       "Development Work" means work done by Licensor specifically for
Licensee's applications.

       "Economic Terms" means all terms and conditions with respect to
license fees, advances on license fees, volume commitments, payment of
development fees, marketing and advertising expenditure commitments, and support
obligations and term of agreement. 

       "Encoders" means [*].

       "Enhancement" means: (i) new technology or know-how covered by a claim
or claims of a Patent which is a part of the Licensed Technology; (ii) any
continuation-in-part of a Patent which is a part of the Licensed Technology; or
(iii) an improvement in know-how which is directly related to the Licensed
Technology.  

       "Exclusive-Licensed Technology" means the Licensed Technology subject
to an exclusive license in favor of Licensee pursuant to Schedule 1.1

       "Expiration Date" means December 31, 2001 or the earlier termination
of the Agreement.

       "Gross Profit Margin" means the Average Selling Price of Licensee
Products that include Licensed Technology sold by License during the applicable


                                   A-2

<PAGE>

calendar quarter less the Cost of Goods Sold for such products together with
other cost-of-goods-sold deductions taken consistent with generally accepted
accounting principles.

       "Intellectual Property Rights" means all of Licensor's copyrights,
trade secrets, patents, mask works and other intellectual property rights which
are owned by or licensed to Licensor at any time during the Term which are
necessary for the manufacture, use, sale or support of the Licensed Technology
in the uses licensed under the Agreement, but excluding trademarks, service
marks, trade names and other product, service or company identifiers.

       "Invention" means: (i) any Patent which is related to line doubling
for video display and video enhancement which is not a part of the Licensed
Technology; or (ii) any technology which is deemed to be patentable by both
Licensor and Licensee and is not a part of the Licensed Technology and which is
related to line doubling for video display and video enhancement.

       "License Fee" means the quarterly license fees payable by Licensee to
Licensor as set forth on ANNEX II.

       "Licensee Products" means any Licensee integrated circuit products.

       "Licensed Rights" means collectively the Licensed Technology and
Marks.

       "Licensed Technology" means the Patents set forth on ANNEX III and
technology and know-how which Licensor owns or to which Licensor hold licenses
and is directly related to the application of such Patents to the licensed uses
of Licensee under the Agreement, but which in any event excludes technology and
know-how related [*]

       "Marks" means those trademarks and/or service marks set forth on
ANNEX IV attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that the appearance and/or style of the Marks may vary from time to
time as specified by Licensor in its sole discretion without affecting this
Agreement.

       "Minimum Advertising and Promotion Expenditures" means the minimum
annual advertising and promotion expenditures required to be made by Licensee
with respect to Licensee Products which include Licensed Technology, as set
forth on ANNEX V.  Such expenditures must be of a nature intended to directly
publicize and promote the Licensee Products that include Licensed Technology,
the Marks or the Licensed Technology and shall not include any expenditures for
advertising and promotion of Licensee generally or for other Licensee Products
unless the Marks or the name of Licensor is also referenced therein.


                                   A-3

<PAGE>

       "Minimum Annual License Fee Payments" means the minimum annual license
fee payments as set forth on ANNEX VI.

       "Non-MS" means computer systems integrating a microprocessor running
third-party application software with an operating system sold or licensed by an
entity other than Microsoft Corporation, including but not limited to current
and future versions of Apple Corporation's Macintosh operating system, the Sun
Microsystems' Unix or Solaris operating systems, or IBM's OS/2 operating system,
which are capable of utilizing an integrated circuit which employs both Licensed
Technology and Licensee's 3D Graphics Technology (other than Licensed
Technology), but does not include PC systems; [*] Licensee Products must include
enough 3D Graphics Technology and additional features as appropriate such that
the overall product consists of more of Licensee's technology, circuits and die
area than those which represent the Licensed Technology.

       "Patents" means any and all issued United States patents and filed
United States patent applications, including any divisions, substitutions,
continuations, continuations-in-part, reissues, reexaminations, or extensions
thereof, and all corresponding foreign patents and patent applications filed or
issued in any country prior to the termination of this Agreement.

       "PC" means personal computer systems integrating a microprocessor
running third-party applications software with x86, RISC or other architecture,
and executing a Microsoft (or Microsoft compatible) operating system which are
capable of utilizing an integrated circuit which employs both Licensed
Technology and Licensee's 3D Graphics Technology (other than Licensed
Technology); [*]  With respect to sales into the PC market, in the aggregate,
Licensee Products must include enough 3D Graphics Technology and additional
features as appropriate such that the overall product consists of more of
Licensee's technology, circuits and die area than those which represent the
Licensed Technology.

       "3D Graphics Technology" means the graphics acceleration and system
interface functions implemented by Licensee in Licensee Products that include
the Licensed Technology.  Examples of such functions which may be included are
[*]  In the aggregate, Licensee Products will include enough of the above
features and additional features as appropriate such that the overall product
consists of more of Licensee's technology, circuits and die area than those
which represent the Licensed Technology.

       "Video Display and Enhancement Integrated Circuits" means integrated
circuits which perform [*].


                                   A-4

<PAGE>

                                  ANNEX I

                       CATEGORY I AND II TECHNOLOGY


       A. CATEGORY II TECHNOLOGY:  [*] - [*] uses an [*].  The scan
conversion is performed free of motion artifacts and provides better diagonal
transition performance than comparable line doublers.  [*] improves the clarity
of the picture by restoring the Chroma and Luminance levels to their full
bandwidth.  This gives the effect of a three dimensional like picture since the
enhanced background details improve the depth of picture, further described in
ANNEX III.  The foregoing product includes the Licensed Technology listed in
Section A of ANNEX III to the Agreement.

       B. CATEGORY I TECHNOLOGY:  [*] - Includes all of the functions of
[*] with the addition of [*], additional [*] and [*] and a [*].  This is
equivalent to the scan conversion performed in the LD 200 combined with the
digital filter, further described in ANNEX III. The foregoing product includes
the Licensed Technology listed in Section B of ANNEX III to the Agreement.



                                   Annex I
                                      1

<PAGE>

                                  ANNEX II

                                LICENSE FEES


Licensee's [*] on [*] of                 Percentage of [*] of Licensee Products
include Licensed Technology              that include Licensed Technology 
- ---------------------------              ---------------------------------

  Less than 30%                                      [*]
  
  Greater than or equal to 30%
  but less than 35%                                  [*]

  Greater than or equal to 35%
  but less than 40%                                  [*]

  Greater than or equal to 40%
  but less than 45%                                  [*]

  Greater than or equal to 45%
  but less than 50%                                  [*]

  Greater than or equal to 50%
  but less than 55%                                  [*]

  Greater than or equal to 55%                       [*]



                                 Annex II
                                     1

<PAGE>


                                ANNEX III

                             LICENSED PATENTS

A.     FAROUDJA TECHNOLOGY (CATEGORY II TECHNOLOGY)

       1.   U.S. PATENTS

            Description          Patent No.          Date
            -----------          ----------          ----

            [*]

       2.   FOREIGN PATENTS

            Description          Patent No.       US Patent        Date
            -----------          ----------       ---------        ----

            [*]


       3.   FOREIGN PATENT APPLICATIONS

                                                  Application
            Description          Country            Number
            -----------          -------          -----------     

            [*]

B.     FAROUDJA PRO (CATEGORY I TECHNOLOGY)

       1.   U.S. PATENTS

            Description                   Patent No.          Date
            -----------                   ----------          ----

            [*]

       2.   U.S. PATENTS PENDING

                                 Patent
            Description          Application No.
            -----------          ---------------     

            [*]

       3.   FOREIGN PATENTS

            Description          Patent No.       US Patent        Date
            -----------          ----------       ---------        ----

            [*]



                                    Annex III
                                        1

<PAGE>


       4.   FOREIGN PATENT APPLICATIONS

                                 Patent
            Description          Application No.
            -----------          ---------------     

            [*]



                                    Annex III
                                        2

<PAGE>

                                    ANNEX IV

                                     MARKS


                              Faroudja to provide




                                   Annex IV
                                       1

<PAGE>


                                    ANNEX V

              MINIMUM ADVERTISING AND PROMOTION EXPENDITURES


Calendar Year         Minimum Advertising and Promotion Expenditures
- -------------         ----------------------------------------------

  [*]


                                   Annex V
                                       1

<PAGE>


                                  ANNEX VI

                             [*] LICENSE FEES


  Calendar Year            Minimum License Fee
  -------------            -------------------

  [*]

__________________
[*]

       In consideration of Licensee's purchase of Site License and video
processing development system, Licensee will receive a credit of [*] to
Licensee's cumulative account for pre-paid license fees, but such credit does
not reduce Licensee's obligation to make payments of Minimum License Fees for
1997 and thereafter.

       If, at any time, Licensee elects to convert its exclusive license to a 
non-exclusive license or if Licensee's license otherwise converts to a 
non-exclusive license pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, then Licensee 
will have no further obligation to pay Minimum License Fee Payments, 
including any additional amounts that would otherwise be due for the year in 
which such conversion occurs.  All payments of Minimum License Fees shall be 
cumulative, and amounts due as License Fees shall first be offset against the 
cumulative total of Minimum License Fee Payments previously made.

       For example, if during 1996 Licensee paid [*] in Minimum License Fee
Payments and after the first quarter of 1997 Licensee paid [*] in Minimum
License Fee Payments, then if during the second quarter of 1997 Licensee sold
200,000 units of Licensee Products with Licensed Technology [*] of [*] and an
[*], then Licensor would be entitled to receive from Licensee the License Fees
calculated as follows:

       [*]

Licensee would then be required to pay the next quarterly installment of [*],
but also would be entitled to offset the [*] License Fee payment obligation
against the previously prepaid Minimum License Fees such that the cumulative
Minimum License Fees would be reduced from [*] to [*]

       If the License Fee for the second quarter of 1997 were [*] (instead of
[*] as in the example above), then Licensee would be required to pay the next
quarterly installment of [*], but also would be entitled to offset the [*]
License Fee against the entire prepaid Minimum License Fees (which after payment
of the [*] installment for the second quarter of 1997 would total [*]) and the
result of such offset would be that 



                                    Annex VI
                                        1

<PAGE>

Licensee would not owe any additional License Fees with respect to the second 
quarter of 1997.




                                    Annex VI
                                        2

<PAGE>

                                 SCHEDULE 1.1-A


EXCLUSIVE AND SEMI-EXCLUSIVE LICENSE:

       During the Term, Licensee shall have an exclusive license as to the
Licensed Technology employed with the Category I Technology [*] so long as each
and all of the following are satisfied:  (a) commencing as of December 31, 1997,
and measured as of each December 31 thereafter, Licensee shall have achieved and
maintained [*], as determined on December 31, 1997, 1998, and 1999, and [*] as
determined December 31, 2000 and 2001, market share by dollar amount of the [*]
as determined using Mercury Research data (or if not available, comparable
data); (b) Licensee shall have paid when due the Minimum License Fee payment
applicable to each quarter during the 12 month period then ended; and [*].  In
addition, so long as the foregoing three conditions are satisfied, [*].  In the
event that any of such conditions are not satisfied, the foregoing [*] and
delivery by the electing party to the other of written notice, [*]

NON-EXCLUSIVE LICENSE:

       During the Term, Licensee shall have a non-exclusive license as to the
Licensed Technology employed with the Category I Technology and Category II
Technology [*].  As provided above in this Schedule 1.1, in the event the
conditions for the exclusive and semi-exclusive licenses are not satisfied, upon
either of the Licensor's or Licensee's election such licenses shall become
non-exclusive.


                                  Schedule 1.1-A
                                        1

<PAGE>


                                 SCHEDULE 1.1-B


                      Majority-Owned Subsidiary Licensees


  S3 Japan
  S3 Germany
  S3 India



                                  Schedule 1.1-B
                                        1

<PAGE>

                                  SCHEDULE 13.7
 
                              ARBITRATION PROCEDURES


  (a)  CLAIMS OR CONTROVERSIES SUBJECT TO ARBITRATION.  Any claim or
controversy between or among the parties to this Agreement and any and all
ancillary and related documents, amendments, renewals and substitutions thereto
(collectively, the "Subject Documents"), (ii) any negotiations, correspondence
or communications relating to any of the Subject Documents, whether or not
incorporated into the Subject Documents or any indebtedness evidenced thereby,
(iii) the administration and management of the Subject Documents and the
transactions thereunder, and (iv) any alleged agreements, promises,
representations or transactions in connection therewith, including but not
limited to any claim or controversy which arises out of or is based upon an
alleged tort, shall, at the written request of any party, be determined by
binding arbitration. The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with Title
9 of the California Code of Civil Procedure sections 1280 ET. SEQ. (the
"California Arbitration Act") and under the Commercial Rules of the American
Arbitration Association (the "AAA"). IN CONNECTION WITH SUCH ARBITRATION, THE
PARTIES HEREBY EXPRESSLY, INTENTIONALLY AND DELIBERATELY WAIVE ANY RIGHT THEY
MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO TRIAL BY JURY OF SUCH CLAIM OR CONTROVERSY.

  (b)  SELECTION OF ARBITRATOR.  Within thirty (30) days after written
demand, or within thirty (30) days after commencement by any party of any
lawsuit subject to these arbitration provisions, a single neutral arbitrator
will be selected pursuant to the Commercial Rules of the AAA.  However, the
arbitrator selected must be a retired state or federal court judge with at least
five years of judicial experience in civil and commercial transaction matters.
In the event that the selection pursuant to the Commercial Rules of the AAA does
not result in the appointment OF a single neutral arbitrator within thirty (30)
days, any such party may petition the court to appoint a single neutral
arbitrator who is a retired state or federal court judge with at least five
years of judicial experience in civil matters ("Arbitrator").  The parties shall
equally bear the fees and expenses of the Arbitrator unless the Arbitrator
otherwise provides in the award.

  (c)  POWERS OF AND LIMITATIONS ON THE ARBITRATOR. The Arbitrator shall have
the powers provided by the California Arbitration Act and the Commercial Rules
of the AAA except as provided in these arbitration provisions, including without
limitation the following:

       (1)  The Arbitrator shall determine all challenges to the legality
            and/or enforceability of the Agreement, including these
            arbitration provisions.


                                  Schedule 13.7
                                        1

<PAGE>

       (2)  The Arbitrator shall apply the rules of evidence to the same
            extent as they would be applied in a court of law.

       (3)  The Arbitrator shall give effect to all legal and equitable
            defenses in determining any claim or controversy, including
            without limitation statutes of limitation, the statute of frauds,
            waiver and estoppel.

       (4)  A party may not conduct discovery unless the Arbitrator grants
            such party leave to do so upon a showing of good cause, provided
            that limited discovery may be conducted as mutually agreed by the
            parties or as otherwise ordered by the Arbitrator.  All discovery
            shall be completed within ninety (90) days after the appointment
            of the Arbitrator. The Arbitrator shall limit discovery to
            non-privileged material that is relevant to the issues to be
            determined by the Arbitrator.

       (5)  The AAA shall determine the time of the hearing and shall
            designate its location in the city of Santa Clara, San Francisco,
            or San Jose, California, based upon the convenience of the
            Arbitrator, the parties and any witnesses. However, such hearing
            shall be commenced within thirty (30) days after completion of
            discovery, unless the Arbitrator grants a continuance upon a
            showing of good cause by any party. At least seven (7) days
            before the date set for such hearing, the parties shall exchange
            copies of exhibits to be offered as evidence, and lists of the
            witnesses who will testify, at such hearing. Once commenced, the
            hearing shall proceed day to day until completed, unless the
            Arbitrator grants a continuance upon a showing of good cause by
            any party.  Any party may cause to be prepared, at its expense, a
            written transcription or electronic recording of such hearing.

       (6)  Any award by the Arbitrator shall be set forth in a written
            decision supported by findings of fact and conclusions of law
            which the Arbitrator shall deliver to the parties concurrently
            with such award.

       (7)  The award of the Arbitrator may include equitable relief.

       (8)  The Arbitrator may not award punitive damages.

       (9)  The Arbitrator shall have the power to award reasonable
            attorneys' fees (including a reasonable allocation for the costs
            of in-house counsel) and costs to the prevailing party.


                                  Schedule 13.7
                                        2

<PAGE>

       (10) The provisions of California Civil Code Sections 47 ET. SEQ.
            shall apply to the arbitration to the same extent as they would
            apply to a judicial proceeding subject to such provisions.

       (11) The laws of the State of California shall govern the arbitration
            pursuant to these arbitration provisions.

  (d)  PROVISIONAL REMEDIES.  No provision of these arbitration provisions
shall limit the right of any party to obtain or oppose injunctive, provisional
or ancillary remedies from a court of competent jurisdiction before, after or
during the pendency of the arbitration. The exercise of, or opposition to, any
such remedy does not waive the right of any party to arbitration pursuant to the
Agreement.

  (e)  MISCELLANEOUS.  Judgment upon the award of the Arbitrator may be
entered in any court of competent jurisdiction. In the event that multiple
claims are asserted, some of which are found not subject to these arbitration
provisions, the parties agree to stay the proceedings of the claims not subject
to these arbitration provisions until all other claims are resolved in
accordance with these arbitration provisions.  In the event that claims are
asserted against multiple parties, some of whom are not subject to these
arbitration provisions, the parties agree to sever the claims subject to the
arbitration provisions and resolve them in accordance with these provisions.



                                  Schedule 13.7
                                        3


<PAGE>
    ** CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN 
OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
PURSUANT TO 17 C.F.R SUBSECTIONS 200.80(B)(4), 200.83, 230.46 AND 
240.24B-2 **

  [*]INDICATES TEXT WHICH HAS BEEN REDACTED

                                  LICENSE AGREEMENT
                                       LIC-1029



    THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT dated as of May 1, 1996 (this "Agreement"), is
entered into between GENERAL INSTRUMENT CORPORATION OF DELAWARE, a Delaware
corporation ("GI"), having a place of business located at 6262 Lusk Boulevard,
San Diego, California 92121, and YVES FAROUDJA, FAROUDJA RESEARCH ENTERPRISES, a
California corporation, FAROUDJA LABORATORIES, INC., a California corporation
(all collectively, "Faroudja"), having a place of business located at
750 Palomar Road, Sunnyvale, California 94086.

                                 W I T N E S S E T H:

    WHEREAS, GI owns or has rights in certain technology relating to data
compression and decompression processes.

    WHEREAS, Faroudja owns or has rights in certain technology relating to
video line multiplication processes.

    WHEREAS, each party desires to obtain a license under the other party's
rights in such technology.

    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual
covenants herein contained, the parties hereby agree as follows:

                                      ARTICLE 1.

                                     DEFINITIONS

    For purposes of this Agreement, the terms defined in this Article 1 shall
have the respective meanings set forth below:

    1.1  "AFFILIATE" shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other Person
which directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common
control with, such Person.  A Person shall be regarded as in control of another
Person if it owns, or directly or indirectly controls, at least fifty percent
(50%) of the voting stock or other ownership interest of the other Person, or if
it directly or indirectly possesses the power to direct or



<PAGE>


cause the direction of the management and policies of the other Person by any
means whatsoever.

    1.2  "FAROUDJA FIELD" shall mean processes, algorithms and electronic
circuitry used for video line multiplication, including scanning line doubling,
tripling and quadrupling, as well as increasing video lines by non-integral
factors, only to the extent such processes, algorithms and electronic circuitry
are not within the portions of the GI field defined in Section 1.5(a) and 1.5(b)
hereof.

    1.3  "FAROUDJA PATENT RIGHTS" shall mean (a) U.S. Patent No. 5,428,398,
U.S. Patent No. 5,347,314 U.S. Patent No. 5,305,120, U.S. Patent No. 5,159,451,
U.S. Patent No. 4,876,596, U.S. Patent No. 4,967,271, U.S. Patent No. 4,982,280,
U.S. Patent No. 4,989,090, U.S. Patent No. 5,291,280, and PCT/U.S. 93/05475
together with any and all foreign counterparts related thereto patents that have
issued or in the future issue therefrom, including utility, model and design
patents and certificates of invention, and (b) all divisionals, continuations,
continuation-in-part, reissues, renewals, extensions or additions to any such
patents and patent applications; all to the extent and only to the extent that
Faroudja has the right to grant licenses, immunities or other rights thereunder
as of the date of this Agreement.

    1.4  "FIELDS" shall collectively mean the Fudge Field and the GI Field and
"Field" shall mean either the Faroudja Field or the GI Field, as the case may
be.

    1.5  "GI FIELD" shall mean processes, algorithms and electronic circuitry
used for (a) data (including video, audio and combinations thereof) compression
and decompression, (b) conversion of film to video and video to film, only to
the extent that such conversion of film to video and video to film does not make
use of video line multiplication, including scanning line doubling, tripling and
quadrupling as well as increasing video lines by a non-integral factor, or
(c) scan conversion for the modification of source material presented to a
compression system.

    1.6  "GI PATENT RIGHTS" shall mean (a) U.S. Patent No. 4,881,125 and
4,998,287, together with any and all foreign counterparts related thereto,
including utility, model and design patents and certificates of invention and
(b) all divisionals, continuations, continuations-in-part, reissues, renewals,
extensions or additions to any such patents and patent applications; all to the
extent and only to the extent that GI has the right to grant licenses,
immunities or other rights thereunder as of the date of this Agreement.

    1.7  "LICENSED PATENT RIGHTS" shall mean, collectively, GI Patent Rights
and Faroudja Patent Rights.

    1.8  "PERSON" shall mean an individual, corporation, partnership, trust,
business trust, association, joint stock company, joint venture, pool,
syndicate, sole proprietorship, unincorporated organization, governmental
authority or any other form of entity not specifically listed herein.


                                          2
<PAGE>


    1.9  "TERRITORY" shall mean the entire world.

    1.10 "THIRD PARTY" shall mean any Person other than GI, Faroudja and their
respective Affiliates.

    1.11 "VALID PATENT CLAIM" shall mean either (a) a claim of an issued and
unexpired patent included within the Licensed Patent Rights or Improvements,
which has not been held permanently revoked, unenforceable or invalid by a
decision of a court or other governmental agency of competent jurisdiction,
unappealable or unappealed within the time allowed for appeal, and which has not
been admitted to be invalid or unenforceable through reissue or disclaimer or
otherwise or (b) a claim of a pending patent application included within the
Licensed Patent Rights or Improvements, which claim was filed in good faith and
has not been abandoned or finally disallowed without the possibility of appeal
or refiling of such application.

    1.12 "OTHER FIELDS" shall mean processes,algorithms and electronic
circuitry which are not within either the GI Field or the Faroudja Field.

                                      ARTICLE 2.

                            REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

    Each party hereby represents and warrants to the other party as follows:

    2.1  CORPORATE EXISTENCE AND POWER.  Such party (a) is a corporation duly
organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the state in
which it is incorporated; (b) has the corporate power and authority and the
legal right to own and operate its property and assets, to lease the property
and assets it operates under lease, and to carry on its business as it is now
being conducted and (c) is in compliance with all requirements of applicable
law, except to the extent that any noncompliance would not have a material
adverse effect on the properties, business, financial or other condition of it
and would not materially adversely affect its ability to perform its obligations
under this Agreement.

    2.2  AUTHORIZATION AND ENFORCEMENT OF OBLIGATIONS.  Such party (a) has the
corporate power and authority and the legal right to enter into this Agreement
and to perform its obligations hereunder and (b) has taken all necessary
corporate action on its part to authorize the execution and delivery of this
Agreement and the performance of its obligations hereunder.  This Agreement has
been duly executed and delivered on behalf of such party, and constitutes a
legal, valid, binding obligation, enforceable against such party in accordance
with its terms.

    2.3  NO CONSENTS.  All necessary consents, approvals and authorizations of
all governmental authorities and other Persons required to be obtained by such
party in connection with this Agreement have been obtained.


                                          3
<PAGE>

    2.4  NO CONFLICT.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the
performance of such party's obligations hereunder (a) do not conflict with or
violate any requirement of applicable laws or regulations, and (b) do not
conflict with, or constitute a default under, any contractual obligation of it.

    2.5  DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES.  NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE
CONSTRUED AS A REPRESENTATION MADE, OR WARRANTY GIVEN, BY EITHER PARTY THAT ANY
PATENT WITHIN THE LICENSED PATENT RIGHTS IS VALID, THAT THE USE OF ANY LICENSE
GRANTED HEREUNDER OR THAT THE USE OF ANY OF THE LICENSED PATENT RIGHTS WILL NOT
INFRINGE THE PATENT OR PROPRIETARY RIGHTS OF ANY OTHER PERSON, OR THAT THE
RIGHTS AND LICENSES GRANTED BY ONE PARTY TO THE OTHER PARTY HEREUNDER COMPRISE
ALL THE RIGHTS AND LICENSES NECESSARY OR DESIRABLE TO MAKE, USE OR SELL
PRODUCTS.  FURTHERMORE, NEITHER PARTY MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO THE LICENSED PATENT RIGHTS, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR BY ONE PARTY TO THE OTHER
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

                                      ARTICLE 3.

                                    LICENSE GRANTS

    3.1  LICENSE GRANT TO GENERAL INSTRUMENT.  Faroudja hereby grants to GI an
exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free license (including the right to grant
sublicenses) under the Faroudja Patent Rights, solely to the extent such rights
apply to parts (a) and (b) of the GI Field (Section 1.5(a) and 1.5(b) above),
and a nonexclusive, worldwide, royalty-free license (including the right to
grant sublicenses) under the Faroudja Patents Rights, solely to the extent such
rights apply to part (c) of the GI Field (Section 1.5(c) above), to make, have
made, use and sell products; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that Faroudja retains the right
under the Faroudja Patent Rights, to the extent such rights apply to the GI
Field, to make, have made, use and sell products.

    3.2  LICENSE GRANT TO FAROUDJA.  GI hereby grants to Faroudja an exclusive,
worldwide, royalty-free license (including the right to grant sublicenses) under
the GI Patent Rights, solely to the extent such rights apply to the Faroudja
Field, to make, have made, use and sell products; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that GI
retains the right under the GI Patent Rights, to the extent such rights apply to
the Faroudja Field, to make, have made, use and sell products.

    3.3  SUBLICENSES.  Each party, upon request, shall deliver to the other
party a list of all entities to which it has granted a sublicense under this
Agreement.  Each permitted sublicense shall be subject to the terms and
conditions of this Agreement.


                                          4
<PAGE>


    3.4  PRODUCT IN OTHER PARTY'S FIELD.  If either party determines that it
would like to develop a product in the other party's Field, it may give notice
of such desire to the other party.  Upon such notice, the parties shall
negotiate in good faith a license under such other party's Licensed Patent
Rights to make, use and sell such product under reasonable terms and conditions;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, such product must be a complete, ready-to-use product and
shall not be a mere component or subassembly, such as a printed circuit card
which is sold on an OEM basis for integration into a third party's complete,
ready-to-use product.

    3.5  OVERLAPPING FIELDS.  In the event that technological evolution in the
GI Field and the Faroudja Field results in an overlapping of the two Fields, one
party may give notice of this evaluation to the other party.  Upon such notice,
the parties shall negotiate in good faith granting license to each other and
modality of jointly granting licenses to third parties under the Licensed
Patents Rights to make, use and sell single product circuitry that spans both
Fields of use.  GI and Faroudja shall share equally in the proceeds of any such
joint licenses granted to the third parties.

    3.6  OTHER FIELDS.  If either party determines that it would like to
develop products in Other Fields, it may give notice of such desire to the other
party.  Upon such notice, the parties shall negotiate in good faith a
royalty-free cross license to the other party's Licensed Patent Rights to make,
use and sell such products under reasonable terms and conditions.

    3.7  NO OTHER RIGHTS.  Except as expressly set forth above, this Agreement
shall not be construed as granting any rights or interests in or to the Licensed
Patent Rights, any Improvements, or any other GI, Faroudja or third party
proprietary rights.  An obligation to negotiate in good faith is not an
obligation to enter into an agreement concerning the subject matter of
negotiations.

                                      ARTICLE 4.

                                    PATENT MARKING

    Each party shall mark each of its products in the form, manner and location
agreed between the parties, with the applicable patent numbers of the patents
under which a license is granted to such party under this Agreement.

                                      ARTICLE 5.

                                   CONFIDENTIALITY

    5.1  CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.  During the term of this Agreement, and for
a period of five (5) years following the expiration or earlier termination
hereof, each party shall maintain in confidence all information of the other
party (including samples) disclosed by the other party and identified as, or
acknowledged to be, confidential (the "Confidential Information"), and shall not
use, disclose or grant the use of the Confidential Information except on a
need-to-know basis to those directors, officers, affiliates, employees,
permitted

                                          5
<PAGE>


licensees, permitted assignees and agents, consultants, clinical investigators
or contractors, to the extent such disclosure is reasonably necessary in
connection with such party's activities as expressly authorized by this
Agreement.  To the extent that disclosure is authorized by this Agreement, prior
to disclosure, each party hereto shall obtain agreement of any such Person to
hold in confidence and not make use of the Confidential Information for any
purpose other than those permitted by this Agreement.  Each party shall notify
the other promptly upon discovery of any unauthorized use or disclosure of the
other party's Confidential Information.

    5.2  PERMITTED DISCLOSURES.  The confidentiality obligations contained in
Section 9.1 above shall not apply to the extent that (a) any receiving party
(the "Recipient") is required (i) to disclose information by law, order or
regulation of a governmental agency or a court of competent jurisdiction, or
(ii) to disclose information to any governmental agency for purposes of
obtaining approval to test or market a product, provided in either case that the
Recipient shall provide written notice thereof to the other party and sufficient
opportunity to object to any such disclosure or to request confidential
treatment thereof; or (b) the Recipient can demonstrate that (i) the disclosed
information was public knowledge at the time of such disclosure to the
Recipient, or thereafter became public knowledge, other than as a result of
actions of the Recipient in violation hereof; (ii) the disclosed information was
rightfully known by the Recipient (as shown by its written records) prior to the
date of disclosure to the Recipient by the other party hereunder; or (iii) the
disclosed information was disclosed to the Recipient on an unrestricted basis
from a source unrelated to any party to this Agreement and not under a duty of
confidentiality to the other party; or (iv) the disclosed information was
independently developed by the Recipient without use of the Confidential
Information disclosed by the other party.  Notwithstanding any other provision
of this Agreement, Recipient may disclose Confidential Information of the other
party relating to information developed pursuant to this Agreement to any Person
with whom Recipient has, or is proposing to enter into, a business relationship,
as long as such Person has entered into a confidentiality agreement with
Recipient.

    5.3  TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT.  Except as otherwise provided in Section 9.2
above, GI and Faroudja shall not disclose any terms or conditions of this
Agreement to any Third Party, without the prior consent of the other party.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to execution of this Agreement, Faroudja
and GI shall agree upon the substance of information that can be used to
describe the terms of this transaction, and Faroudja and GI may disclose such
information, as modified by mutual agreement from time to time, without the
other party's consent.

                                      ARTICLE 6.

                                       PATENTS

    6.1  NOTIFICATION OF INFRINGEMENT.  Each party promptly shall provide
notice to the other party in writing, upon learning of an infringement of
(a) the other party's Patent Rights in the notifying party's Field or (b) the
Licensed Patent Rights in the other party's


                                          6
<PAGE>


Field.  The notifying party shall supply the other party with all evidence
possessed by the notifying party pertaining to and establishing such
infringement.

    6.2  ENFORCEMENT OF PATENTS RIGHTS.  Each party shall use good faith
efforts to enforce the Licensed Patent Rights against infringers in accordance
with the provisions of this Article 6.

    The party whose Patent Rights allegedly are being infringed (the "Patent 
Holder"), if such alleged infringement is substantial and continuing, shall 
have [*] from the date of receipt of notice under Section 6.1 to cause the 
infringement to cease, or to file suit against at least one of the 
infringers, at its sole expense, following consultation with the other party; 
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, within thirty (30) days after receipt of notice from 
the Patent Holder of its intent to file such suit, the other party shall have 
the right to give notice of its intent to participate in an advisory role.  
The Patent Holder shall not be obligated to bring or maintain more than [*] 
such [*] at any time.

    If the Patent Rights of the Patent Holder allegedly are being [*]
infringed in the other party's Field and the Patent Holder does not, within 
[*] of receipt of such notice, cause the substantial and continuing 
infringement to cease or file suit to enforce the Patent Holder's Patent 
Rights against at  least one infringing party, the other party shall have the 
right, after giving notice to and subject to obtaining the written consent of 
the Patent Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, to take 
action it deems appropriate in its own name or, if required by law, in the 
name of the Patent Holder, to enforce the such Patent Rights; PROVIDED, 
HOWEVER, that, within thirty (30) days after receipt of notice of the other 
party's intent to file such suit, the Patent Holder shall have the right to 
give notice of its intent to participate in an advisory role; PROVIDED, 
FURTHER, that should a defendant in any such action allege [*].  The other 
party shall pay the reasonable costs of the Patent Holder's counsel in 
connection with an infringement action commenced by such other party.

    The party controlling an action may [*] an action in a manner that [*], 
consent [*] in an action that [*], take a position or adopt a strategy which 
is [*], or otherwise [*] if such [*] the rights or interests of the [*] party 
without the [*] of the [*] party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, GI and 
Faroudja shall fully cooperate with each other in the planning and execution 
of any action to enforce the Licensed Patent Rights.

                                          7
<PAGE>

                                      ARTICLE 7.

                                     TERMINATION

    7.1  EXPIRATION.  Subject to the provisions of Section 7.2 below, this
Agreement shall expire on the expiration or termination of all Valid Patent
Claims.

    7.2  TERMINATION FOR CAUSE.  Except as otherwise provided in Article 10,
either party may terminate this Agreement upon or after the breach of any
material provision of this Agreement by the other party if the other party has
not cured such breach within thirty (30) days after notice thereof by the
non-breaching party.

    7.3  EFFECT OF EXPIRATION OR TERMINATION.  Expiration or termination of
this Agreement shall not relieve the parties of any obligation accruing prior to
such expiration or termination, and the provisions of Articles 5, 6 and 8 shall
survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement.  The licenses granted
pursuant to Article 3 shall survive termination of this Agreement solely with
respect to the non-breaching party.

                                      ARTICLE 8.

                INDEMNIFICATION, INSURANCE AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

    8.1  INDEMNIFICATION.  Each party shall indemnify and hold the other party
and its Affiliates harmless from all claims, demands, liabilities, damages and
expenses, including attorneys' fees and costs (all "Liabilities") arising out of
any breach of this Agreement by such party, or the gross negligence or willful
misconduct, of such party, its Affiliates or permitted sublicensees in
connection with its activities contemplated by this Agreement; except in each
case to the extent such Liabilities resulted from the negligence, recklessness
or intentional acts or omissions of the other party.

    8.2  INSURANCE.  Each party shall maintain liability insurance, including
product liability insurance, with respect to the research, development,
manufacture and sales of products by such party in at least such amount as
(a) such party customarily maintains with respect to the research, development,
manufacture and sales of its other products and (b) is deemed reasonable by such
party's board of directors.  Each party shall maintain such insurance for so
long as it continues to research, develop, manufacture or sell any products, and
thereafter for so long as such party maintains insurance for itself covering
research, development, manufacture or sales.

    8.3  LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.  IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE TO
THE OTHER PARTY FOR EXEMPLARY, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION LOSS OF PROFIT, SAVINGS OR
REVENUE, OR THE CLAIMS OF THIRD PARTIES, WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH


                                          8
<PAGE>


LOSS, HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF THIS
AGREEMENT.

                                      ARTICLE 9.

                                   EXPORT CONTROLS

    This Agreement shall at all times be subject to any applicable United
States laws and regulations affecting exports of products or technology related
to Licensed Patent Rights.  Each party shall perform its obligations hereunder
in compliance with such laws and regulations and further agrees not to take any
action contrary thereto.  Specifically, each party shall not export (a) any
technical information acquired from the other party under this Agreement or
(b) any products incorporating or utilizing Licensed Patent Rights, either
directly or indirectly, to any country in contravention of United States law.

                                     ARTICLE 10.

                                    FORCE MAJEURE

    Neither party shall be held liable or responsible to the other party nor be
deemed to have defaulted under or breached this Agreement for failure or delay
in fulfilling or performing any term of this Agreement to the extent, and for so
long as, such failure or delay is caused by or results from causes beyond the
reasonable control of the affected party including but not limited to fire,
floods, embargoes, war, acts of war (whether war be declared or not),
insurrections, riots, civil commotions, strikes, lockouts or other labor
disturbances, acts of God or acts, omissions or delays in acting by any
governmental authority or other party.

                                     ARTICLE 11.

                                    MISCELLANEOUS

    11.1 NOTICES.  Any consent, notice or report required or permitted to be
given or made under this Agreement by one of the parties hereto to the other
party shall be in writing, delivered personally or by facsimile (and promptly
confirmed by personal delivery, U.S. first class mail or courier), U.S. first
class mail or courier, postage prepaid (where applicable), addressed to such
other party at its address indicated below, or to such other address as the
addressee shall have last furnished in writing to the addressor and (except as
otherwise provided in this Agreement) shall be effective upon receipt by the
addressee.

              If to GI:      General Instrument Corporation of Delaware
                             GI Communications Division
                             6262 Lusk Boulevard
                             San Diego, California 92121
              Attention:     Vice President, Engineering


                                          9
<PAGE>


              with a copy to:     General Instrument Corporation of Delaware
                                  GI Communications Division
                                  6262 Lusk Boulevard
                                  San Diego, California 92121
                   Attention:     General Counsel

              If to Faroudja:     Faroudja Laboratories, Inc.
                                  750 Palomar Road
                                  Sunnyvale, California 94086
                   Attention:     Yves Faroudja

    11.2  GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of California, without regard to the
conflicts of law principles thereof.

    11.3  ASSIGNMENT.  Neither party shall assign its rights or obligations
under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that either party may, without such consent, assign this
Agreement and its rights and obligations hereunder in connection with the
transfer or sale of all or substantially all of its business, or in the event of
its merger or consolidation or change in control or similar transaction.  Any
permitted assignee shall assume all obligations of its assignor under this
Agreement.  Any purported assignment in violation of this Section 11.3 shall be
void.

    11.4  WAIVERS AND AMENDMENTS.  No change, modification, extension,
termination or waiver of this Agreement, or any of the provisions herein
contained, shall be valid unless made in writing and signed by duly authorized
representatives of the parties hereto.

    11.5  ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Agreement embodies the entire understanding
between the parties and supersedes any prior understanding and agreements
between and among them respecting the subject matter hereof.  There are no
representations, agreements, arrangements or understandings, oral or written,
between the parties hereto relating to the subject matter of this Agreement
which are not fully expressed herein.

    11.6  SEVERABILITY.  Should one or more provisions of this Agreement be or
become invalid, the parties shall substitute, by mutual consent, valid
provisions for such invalid provisions which valid provisions in their economic
effect are sufficiently similar to the invalid provisions that it can be
reasonably assumed that the parties would have entered into this Agreement with
such provisions.  In case such provisions cannot be agreed upon, the invalidity
of one or several provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity of
this Agreement as a whole, unless the invalid provisions are of such essential
importance to this Agreement that it can be reasonably assumed that the parties
would not have entered into this Agreement without the invalid provisions.

    11.7  ATTORNEY'S FEES AND OTHER COSTS.  In the event either party brings
any legal action or other proceeding arising from or related to this Agreement,
the successful or


                                          10
<PAGE>


prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorney's fees and
other costs incurred in connection with that action or proceeding, in addition
to any other relief to which it may be entitled.

    11.8  WAIVER.  The waiver by either party hereto of any right hereunder or
the failure to perform or of a breach by the other party shall not be deemed a
waiver of any other right hereunder or of any other breach of failure by said
other party whether of a similar nature or otherwise.

    11.9  GENERAL CONSTRUCTION.  As used in this Agreement, the plural form
and singular form each shall be deemed to include the other in all cases where
such form would apply.  "Includes" and "including" are not limiting, and "or" is
not exclusive.









                                          11
<PAGE>

    11.10 COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in two or more
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date
first set forth above.

GENERAL INSTRUMENT CORPORATION              FAROUDJA RESEARCH ENTERPRISES
OF DELAWARE


By: /s/ Thomas A. Dumit                     By:  /s/ Yves Faroudja
   ---------------------------------------     --------------------------------

Name:   Thomas A. Dumit                     Name:   Yves Faroudja
     -------------------------------------       ------------------------------

Title:  Vice President and General Counsel  Title:    President
      ------------------------------------        -----------------------------



                                            YVES FAROUDJA

                                              /s/  Yves Faroudja
                                            -----------------------------------



                                            FAROUDJA LABORATORIES, INC.


                                            By:  /s/  Yves Faroudja
                                               --------------------------------

                                            Name:  Yves Faroudja
                                                 ------------------------------

                                            Title:  President
                                                  -----------------------------



















                                          12



<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 11.1
 
                                 FAROUDJA, INC.
 
                STATEMENT OF COMPUTATION OF NET INCOME PER SHARE
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            YEAR ENDED     YEAR ENDED     YEAR ENDED    SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                           DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,   --------------------------
                                               1994           1995           1996           1996          1997
                                           -------------  -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                        <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>
Net income...............................       N/A            N/A            N/A           N/A       $    534,308
                                                                                                      ------------
                                                                                                      ------------
Pro forma net income.....................   $ 1,228,031    $ 3,070,026    $ 1,318,721   $    615,967      N/A
                                           -------------  -------------  -------------  ------------
                                           -------------  -------------  -------------  ------------
Weighted-average shares of Common Stock
  outstanding............................     7,156,895      7,156,895      7,976,892      7,753,783     8,200,000
Dilutive effect of options and
  warrants...............................            --         19,220        213,038        208,107       707,622
Shares related to staff accounting
  bulletin topic 4D:
  Stock options and warrants.............       266,475        266,475        266,475        266,475       266,475
  Common stock...........................       555,556        555,556        555,556        555,556       555,556
                                           -------------  -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
Shares used in per share computations....     7,978,926      7,998,146      9,011,961      8,783,921     9,729,653
                                           -------------  -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
                                           -------------  -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
Net income per share.....................                                                             $       0.05
                                                                                                      ------------
                                                                                                      ------------
Pro forma net income per share...........   $      0.15    $      0.38    $      0.15   $       0.07
                                           -------------  -------------  -------------  ------------
                                           -------------  -------------  -------------  ------------
</TABLE>
    

<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1
 
               CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
   
    We consent to the reference to our firm under the captions "Selected
Financial Data" and "Experts" and to the use of our report dated July 18, 1997,
except for Note 12 as to which the date is July 22, 1997 in Amendment No. 2 to
the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of Faroudja, Inc.
for the registration of 3,000,000 shares of its Common Stock.
    
 
    Our audits also included the financial statement schedule of Faroudja, Inc.
listed in Item 16(b). This schedule is the responsibility of the Company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion based on our audits. In
our opinion, the financial statement schedule referred to above, when considered
in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly
in all material respects the information set forth therein.
 
                                                               ERNST & YOUNG LLP
 
   
San Jose, California
October 1, 1997
    


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission